Following The Eagle S Flight Understanding The Books of Carlos Castaneda

Part I. - The Nature of the Universe and Ourselves.
A.) THE UNIVERSE

What makes up the universe?
What is the source of the universe's energy?
THE EAGLE
Why is the source of all energy called the eagle?
Do we really "see" the eagle?
Is it dangerous to see the eagle?
Does the eagle really look like an eagle?
What is the eagle's purpose?
Can you pray or ask favors from the eagle?
What does the eagle respond to?
How is the eagle's energy dispersed throughout the universe?
THE EAGLE'S EMANATIONS/LINES OF THE WORLD/EAGLE'S COMMANDS
What are the eagle's emanations?
Why are the eagle's emanations also called the eagle's commands?
What do the eagle's emanations look like?
How are the eagle's emanations arranged in the universe?
THE GREAT BAND OF EMANATIONS
How would you describe the great bands?
Are they really bands?
How many great bands are there in the universe?
THE EARTH'S 48 GREAT BANDS OF EMANATIONS
What do the earth's 48 great bands of emanations produce?
How are the earth's 48 great bands of emanations divided?
THE ORGANIC BEING BAND
What does the organic being band produce?
What does the organic being cluster look like?
How are the organic beings aligned on the band?
THE INORGANIC BEING BAND
What do the seven inorganic bands produce?
THE OTHER 40 GREAT BANDS OF EMANATIONS FOR EARTH
What are the other 40 great bands like?
What do these other 40 bands look like?
WILL/INTENT
What sustains or controls the eagle's emanations?
What is the difference between will and intent?
What is intent?
What are the different names of intent besides will?
How does intent appear to people?
Can intent communicate with us?
How does intent communicate with us?
What is the voice of the spirit?
How do we understand the voice of the spirit/intent?
How can we hear the voice of the spirit?
How does intent affect us?
ROLLING FORCE
What is the rolling force?
What makes up the rolling force?
TUMBLING FORCE
What is the tumbling force?
CIRCULAR FORCE
What is the circular force?
Why is it called the circular force?
Are they really circles?
How do the two forces hit us?
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B.)LUMINOUS BEINGS/LUMINOUS EGGS
What are all living creatures really?
Does every creature have a body of energy?
What are some other names for this body of energy?
What exactly is the energy body?
Does our energy body belong to the physical body?
What is the real division in humans?
What separates the physical body and the energy body?
What does our energy look like?
What determines the luminosity of a living creature?
Are the emanations inside the bubbles the same as the eagle's emanations outside
?
What do you call the emanations outside the physical body but still within the c
ocoon?
What do you call the emanations outside the cocoon?
What shape do the emanations form?
What do sorcerer's eggs look like?
Were our luminous shapes always shaped like an egg?
What is the purpose of the luminous egg?
What are some chacteristics of the luminous egg?
Are men and women's eggs different?
What causes the intense shine in the luminous egg?
What is the assemblage point?
How big is it?
Where is the assemblage point on the luminous body located?
Where is the assemblage point on the physical body located?
What is the assemblage point's purpose?
What is the glow of awareness/man's band of awareness?
What does the glow of awareness look like?
Where is it located?
What is the purpose of the egg's long fibers that come out from the navel are?
What kind of fibers do people have?
What can you tell about someone from their fibers?
How do the eggs move?
Does the egg has any weaknesses?
What is the luminous gap's purpose?
When does this gap open?
Are all gaps the same?
How does the egg protect itself from the rolling force?
What is the front plate?
How do people see the luminous eggs?
Analogy of the luminous ball: a ball of jack cheese
How is the double divided/how does the energy circulate in the energy body?
Lower section
Upper section
Right section
Left section
How does the double perceive?
How does the double perceive energy in dreaming?
What things can perceive the double?
What can the double do?
What is the physical body?
Where do men and women store their energy?...
Where are the energy centers in the physical body?
First gate
Second gate
Third gate
Fourth gate
Fifth gate
Sixth gate
Seventh gate
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
C.) AWARENESS/PERCEPTION
What is the definition of awareness/perceiving?
How does the eagle give us awareness?
How does the eagle give us awareness through it's emanations?
How do we perceive the 3 giant bundles?
What is associated with each bundle?
What is the amber bundle like?
How is the energy of our world arranged?
What determines the cast/color?
How do living things perceive?
What happens when the emanations at large puts pressure on our emanations?
How does our assemblage point help us to perceive?
What are some ways to refine our perception?
What determines what we can perceive?
Can the assemblage point move?
What moves our assemblage point?
What happens if the assemblage point moves?
What kind of movements can the assemblage point do?
What is a shift of the assemblage point?
What is a movement of the assemblage point?
How do we feel when the ap moves?
How do we know what we experience is real?
So then, what is reality?
What is the criteria for a real perception or a real world/how do we know what w
e experience is real?
When does awareness begin?
How does awareness or consciousness begin?
What determines how much awareness each creature will have?
Do creatures perceive the same when the emanations at large exert pressure on th
e same emanations?
Does awareness grow?
How does consciousness grow?
How do we increase our awareness?
How does the glow increase?
There are two types of awareness: right and left side
What do you call awareness that has matured and developed?
What is attention?
How many types of attention are there?
the first and second attention are found within the human domain
what is the human domain?
The human domain is further split into:
1.) The human known - (first attention, emphasized emanations, used emanations i
n man's band of awareness)
what is man's band of awareness?
2.) The human unknown - (second attention, unused emanations in man's band of aw
areness)
3.) The unknown proper- (second attention, beyond man' s comprehension)
The third attention is found outside the human domain or the luminous cocoon
How do we enter into an attention?
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
D.) THE FIRST ATTENTION
What is the first attention?
What are the other names of the first attention?
What is the first tonal?
How does the tonal make the world?
What position of the assemblage point does the tonal result from?
What great bands does the assemblage point assemble in the first attention?
Seeing people as a tonal: types of tonals
What is seeing people as tonals?
How do you see people as tonals?
What kinds of tonals are there?
Proper tonal
Right tonal
Average tonal
How does the first attention correspond to the luminous body?
How does the first attention corresponds to the physical body?
What are we capable of perceiving in the first attention?
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
E.) SECOND ATTENTION
What is the second attention?
What are the other names of the second attention?
What is the nagual?
How does the nagual work?
Is the nagual god?
What bands does our assemblage point assemble in the second attention?
When do we actually perceive another world?
How does the second attention correspond to the luminous body?
Where is the second attention assembled?
What causes us to perceive the human unknown?
What kind of shifts are there?
Shallow shifts
What will you perceive in a shallow shift?
Where is the shadow world located?
Heightened awareness
What is heightened awareness?
Descriptions of being in heightened awareness
Shift along the midsection
Shift in depth/to the left
A lateral shift
The mold of man
What is it?
Why is it called the mold of man?
The shift below/place of the beast
What causes the human unknown proper (no human traits)?
What kind of movements of the assemblage point are there?
Deep displacement, deep left side
Barrier of perception
What will we perceive there?
On the other side of the wall of fog/no-man's land/limbo/area between the parall
el lines
Descriptions of the second attention
General sensations entering the second attention
Hearing
Vision
Dualism of perception
Colors/lights
Images
Clarity of thinking
Details
Weight sensations
Tickle on the head
Time
Emotions
Anything
Descriptions of being in the second attention
Bubbles
Voices
Seeing in the dark
Cavern/Sponge World
Dome
Other Descriptions
Sensations following the focus of the second attention
Why do we forget experiences in heightened awareness when we are in normal aware
ness?
Where are the memories trapped?
How do you act in the second attention?
What happens to the physical body in the second attention?
What would someone see if someone disappeared into the nagual?
E-1. INORGANIC BEINGS
What are they?
What does the cocoon of an inorganic being look like?
How do inorganic beings interact with us?
Can inorganic beings hurt us?
How do we perceive them?
Types of inorganic being
The inorganic beings realm/dark regions
What does the inorganic being's realm look like?
How many levels in the dark regions?
Other places/Anywhere/Waterholes
Sponge World
Getting an inorganic being as an ally
Calling the inorganic beings
Communicating with the inorganic beings
Why do we seek each other?
E-2. TOTALITY OF OURSELVES
Where are the tonal and nagual located?
Totality of oneself
What is the totality of oneself?
Diagram of the totality of oneself
Drawing the diagram
Another example of a diagram
Meanings of the diagram
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
F.) THIRD ATTENTION
What is the third attention?
Why can't we perceive in the third attention?
What happens to us when we go into the third attention?
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
G.) SEX/CHILDREN
What is the purpose of sex?
What happens to women after sex?
What happens when we have a child?
What happens to your luminous egg when you have children?
How does a black spot develop in the egg?
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
H.) DEATH
What is death?
Where do we find death?
Dying
How do you know when someone is close to dying?
Why do we die?
How does our cocoon become weak?
How does the rolling force kill us?
What happens to us when we die?
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Jump back to the top
Back to Overall Outline
Comments? Questions? e-mail me.
Part I. - The Nature of the Universe and Ourselves
A.) THE UNIVERSE
What makes up the universe?
What is the source of the universe's energy?
THE EAGLE
Why is the source of all energy called the eagle?
Do we really "see" the eagle?
Is it dangerous to see the eagle?
Does the eagle really look like an eagle?
What is the eagle's purpose?
Can you pray or ask favors from the eagle?
What does the eagle respond to?
How is the eagle's energy dispersed throughout the universe?
What are the eagle's emanations?
Why are the eagle's emanations also called the eagle's commands?
What do the eagle's emanations look like?
How are the eagle's emanations arranged in the universe?
How would you describe the great bands?
Are they really bands?
How many great bands are there in the universe?
What do the earth's 48 great bands of emanations produce?
How are the earth's 48 great bands of emanations divided?
What does the organic being band produce?
What does the organic being cluster look like?
How are the organic beings aligned on the band?
What do the seven inorganic bands produce?
What are the other 40 great bands like?
What do these other 40 bands look like?
WILL/INTENT
What sustains or controls the eagle's emanations?
What is the difference between will and intent?
What is intent?
What are the different names of intent besides will?
How does intent appear to people?
Can intent communicate with us?
How does intent communicate with us?
What is the voice of the spirit?
How do we understand the voice of the spirit/intent?
How can we hear the voice of the spirit?
How does intent affect us?
ROLLING FORCE
What is the rolling force?
What makes up the rolling force?
TUMBLING FORCE
What is the tumbling force?
CIRCULAR FORCE
What is the circular force?
Why is it called the circular force?
Are they really circles?
How do the two forces hit us?
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Back to Part I Outline
Back to Part II Outline
Back to Part III Outline
Back to Main Page

B.)LUMINOUS BEINGS/LUMINOUS EGGS
What are all living creatures really?
Does every creature have a body of energy?
What are some other names for this body of energy?
What exactly is the energy body?
Does our energy body belong to the physical body?
What is the real division in humans?
What separates the physical body and the energy body?
What does our energy look like?
What determines the luminosity of a living creature?
Are the emanations inside the bubbles the same as the eagle's emanations outside
?
What do you call the emanations outside the physical body but still within the c
ocoon?
What do you call the emanations outside the cocoon?
What shape do the emanations form?
What do sorcerer's eggs look like?
Were our luminous shapes always shaped like an egg?
What is the purpose of the luminous egg?
What are some chacteristics of the luminous egg?
Are men and women's eggs different?
What causes the intense shine in the luminous egg?
What is the assemblage point?
How big is it?
Where is the assemblage point on the luminous body located?
Where is the assemblage point on the physical body located?
What is the assemblage point's purpose?
What is the glow of awareness/man's band of awareness?
What does the glow of awareness look like?
Where is it located?
What is the purpose of the egg's long fibers that come out from the navel are?
What kind of fibers do people have?
What can you tell about someone from their fibers?
How do the eggs move?
Does the egg has any weaknesses?
What is the luminous gap's purpose?
When does this gap open?
Are all gaps the same?
How does the egg protect itself from the rolling force?
What is the front plate?
How do people see the luminous eggs?
Analogy of the luminous ball: a ball of jack cheese
How is the double divided/how does the energy circulate in the energy body?
Lower section
Upper section
Right section
Left section
How does the double perceive?
How does the double perceive energy in dreaming?
What things can perceive the double?
What can the double do?
What is the physical body?
Where do men and women store their energy?...
Where are the energy centers in the physical body?
First gate
Second gate
Third gate
Fourth gate
Fifth gate
Sixth gate
Seventh gate
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Back to Part I Outline
Back to Part II Outline
Back to Part III Outline
Back to Main Page

C.) AWARENESS/PERCEPTION
What is the definition of awareness/perceiving?
How does the eagle give us awareness?
How does the eagle give us awareness through it's emanations?
How do we perceive the 3 giant bundles?
What is associated with each bundle?
What is the amber bundle like?
How is the energy of our world arranged?
What determines the cast/color?
How do living things perceive?
What happens when the emanations at large puts pressure on our emanations?
How does our assemblage point help us to perceive?
What are some ways to refine our perception?
What determines what we can perceive?
Can the assemblage point move?
What moves our assemblage point?
What happens if the assemblage point moves?
What kind of movements can the assemblage point do?
What is a shift of the assemblage point?
What is a movement of the assemblage point?
How do we feel when the ap moves?
How do we know what we experience is real?
So then, what is reality?
What is the criteria for a real perception or a real world/how do we know what w
e experience is real?
When does awareness begin?
How does awareness or consciousness begin?
What determines how much awareness each creature will have?
Do creatures perceive the same when the emanations at large exert pressure on th
e same emanations?
Does awareness grow?
How does consciousness grow?
How do we increase our awareness?
How does the glow increase?
There are two types of awareness: right and left side
What do you call awareness that has matured and developed?
What is attention?
How many types of attention are there?
the first and second attention are found within the human domain
what is the human domain?
The human domain is further split into:
1.) The human known - (first attention, emphasized emanations, used emanations i
n man's band of awareness)
what is man's band of awareness?
2.) The human unknown - (second attention, unused emanations in man's band of aw
areness)
3.) The unknown proper- (second attention, beyond man' s comprehension)
The third attention is found outside the human domain or the luminous cocoon
How do we enter into an attention?
---------------------------------------------------------------
D.) THE FIRST ATTENTION
What is the first attention?
What are the other names of the first attention?
What is the first tonal?
How does the tonal make the world?
What position of the assemblage point does the tonal result from?
What great bands does the assemblage point assemble in the first attention?
Seeing people as a tonal: types of tonals
What is seeing people as tonals?
How do you see people as tonals?
What kinds of tonals are there?
Proper tonal
Right tonal
Average tonal
How does the first attention correspond to the luminous body?
How does the first attention corresponds to the physical body?
What are we capable of perceiving in the first attention?
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

E.) SECOND ATTENTION
What is the second attention?
What are the other names of the second attention?
What is the nagual?
How does the nagual work?
Is the nagual god?
What bands does our assemblage point assemble in the second attention?
When do we actually perceive another world?
How does the second attention correspond to the luminous body?
Where is the second attention assembled?
What causes us to perceive the human unknown?
What kind of shifts are there?
Shallow shifts
What will you perceive in a shallow shift?
Where is the shadow world located?
Heightened awareness
What is heightened awareness?
Descriptions of being in heightened awareness
Shift along the midsection
Shift in depth/to the left
A lateral shift
The mold of man
What is it?
Why is it called the mold of man?
The shift below/place of the beast
What causes the human unknown proper (no human traits)?
What kind of movements of the assemblage point are there?
Deep displacement, deep left side
Barrier of perception
What will we perceive there?
On the other side of the wall of fog/no-man's land/limbo/area between the parall
el lines
Descriptions of the second attention
General sensations entering the second attention
Hearing
Vision
Dualism of perception
Colors/lights
Images
Clarity of thinking
Details
Weight sensations
Tickle on the head
Time
Emotions
Anything
Descriptions of being in the second attention
Bubbles
Voices
Seeing in the dark
Cavern/Sponge World
Dome
Other Descriptions
Sensations following the focus of the second attention
Why do we forget experiences in heightened awareness when we are in normal aware
ness?
Where are the memories trapped?
How do you act in the second attention?
What happens to the physical body in the second attention?
What would someone see if someone disappeared into the nagual?
E-1. INORGANIC BEINGS
What are they?
What does the cocoon of an inorganic being look like?
How do inorganic beings interact with us?
Can inorganic beings hurt us?
How do we perceive them?
Types of inorganic being
The inorganic beings realm/dark regions
What does the inorganic being's realm look like?
How many levels in the dark regions?
Other places/Anywhere/Waterholes
Sponge World
Getting an inorganic being as an ally
Calling the inorganic beings
Communicating with the inorganic beings
Why do we seek each other?
E-2. TOTALITY OF OURSELVES
Where are the tonal and nagual located?
Totality of oneself
What is the totality of oneself?
Diagram of the totality of oneself
Drawing the diagram
Another example of a diagram
Meanings of the diagram
------------------------
F.) THIRD ATTENTION
What is the third attention?
Why can't we perceive in the third attention?
What happens to us when we go into the third attention?
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
G.) SEX/CHILDREN
What is the purpose of sex?
What happens to women after sex?
What happens when we have a child?
What happens to your luminous egg when you have children?
How does a black spot develop in the egg?
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

H.) DEATH
What is death?
Where do we find death?
Dying
How do you know when someone is close to dying?
Why do we die?
How does our cocoon become weak?
How does the rolling force kill us?
What happens to us when we die?
Introduction: Following the Eagle's Flight - A Conceptual Guide to the Books of

Carlos Castaneda.
Ever since I could remember, I've had a vague awareness that the world was more
than it seemed. As a child, I often felt surreal, like life was a play and every
one else pretended it was real. Growing up, this feeling mainfested itself into
passions for science, literature and metaphysics. I began reading anything that
helped deepen my understanding of life's mysteries.
The first time I read Carlos Castaneda, I was in high school. The book was Don J
uan: A Yaqui's Source of Knowledge and to be honest, it didn't impress me. While
the book was entertaining, I never gave any credence to Castaneda's experiences
and considered them only as drug-induced possibilities. How could anybody turn
into a crow? Instead I read: Watts, Rand, Kerouac, Keats, Pirsig, Jung, and anyo
ne else who I thought had legitimately glimpsed into the human condition. I went
to college, traveled for a few years and tried anything that could turn my vagu
e awareness into a conscious knowing. I took a job teaching science but I was mo
re interested in the metaphysical universe than the physical one. By that time,
I understood that all humans possessed the ability to experience something great
er than themselves. In fact, I would argue that the themes of most books deal wi
th a person's experience of trying to tap into a greater power. The problem for
me was that neither science, philosophy nor religion had ever explained that "gr
eater power" in a rational, causual way.
A few years later, I came across The Art of Dreaming and after only a few pages,
I realized that this book was attempting to explain in detail, the metaphysical
universe. I wondered whether I had missed something in Castaneda's first book s
o I immediately bought the entire series from a second-hand book shop and starte
d reading. The more I read, the more I realized that Castaneda's books were not
about drug-induced fantasies but about a system of knowledge (Toltec) that expla
ined the nature of the universe. To understand that system, I knew I had to pluc
k out all the important pieces from each book and try and put them back together
like a puzzle. After initially reading the series, I reread it again, this time
marking each important passage and typing it into a computer. Having no idea ho
w the pieces of knowledge fit together, I began organizing each idea conceptuall
y trying to understand the main themes of Castaneda's writing. Finally, four yea
rs later, I put the last pieces of the puzzle together and stepped back to see w
hat had been created. I wasn't disappointed. Castaneda had managed to weave into
his books, the Toltec's entire system of knowledge. I was amazed at the simplic
ity behind the knowledge yet the thoroughness to include everything in its descr
iption. I no longer scoffed at the idea of someone becoming a crow, in fact, it
seems very rational to me now. To ensure that I had left nothing out of the Tolt
ec system of knowledge, I read the other books written by other members in Casta
neda's group. All books verified and repeated what Castaneda wrote with the exce
ption of Taisha Abelar's The Sorcerer's Crossing. Her book not only verified the
Toltec knowledge but enhanced some explanations that were vague or incomplete.
Her writings are included along with Castaneda's work.
Three themes emerged from Castaneda's work: First, the description of the univer
se and humans as energy. Second, the description why humans fail to perceive the
universe and themselves as energy. Third, the description on how to perceive th
e universe and ourselves as energy via the sorcerer's way. See the summary of th
e Sorcerer's Way.
To truly appreciate the core ideas of the Toltec knowledge, the work was designe
d to be read completely from beginning to end. Through a series of questions and
answers, each Toltec concept is built upon each other thus enabling the reader
to move deeper and deeper into the knowledge as they read. Each quotation is fol
lowed by the particular book's intials (see bottom of page for key) and page num
ber.
Finally, I would like to caution those who wish to understand Toltec knowledge t
hrough academic means only. You can't. This intellectual organization of knowled
ge serves as a starting point for people to question their reality but does noth
ing to help you experience that reality. To truly understand what it means to st
op the world, to slip between its cracks and to follow the flight of the Eagle,
you need to put away the books, stop talking about it and act. And you might, if
you maintain your actions, (intent) and act impeccably, you just might be lucky
enough to verify for yourself some of the concepts of the Toltec path.
Jay French
A.) THE UNIVERSE
WHAT MAKES UP THE UNIVERSE?
THE WHOLE UNIVERSE IS MADE UP OF ONLY ENERGY
Universe...everything is energy. The whole universe is energy.
TAOD,3....in the universe only energy exists...TAOD,239 .....In the universe the
re is only energy, and energy has only a here and now, an endless and ever prese
nt here and now. TAOD,248
THE UNIVERSE HAS EXITS AND ENTRANCES IN IT'S ENERGY FLOW
There are entrances and exits in the energy flow of the universe. TAOD, 22
WHAT IS THE SOURCE OF THE UNIVERSE'S ENERGY?
The Eagle is the source of the emanations.. FFW,58. The power that governs the d
estiny of all living beings is called the Eagle. EG,172 ...inconceivable dissolv
ing force (Eagle) in the universe, TAOD,149
THE EAGLE
WHY IS THE SOURCE OF ALL ENERGY CALLED THE EAGLE?
OLD SORCERERS DESCRIBED IT AS HAVING THE APPEARANCE OF AN EAGLE
It is called the Eagle not because it is an eagle or has anything to do with an
eagle, but because it appears to the seer as an immeasurable jet-black eagle, st
anding as an eagle stands, its height reaching to infinity. EG,172 the old seers
in the few glimpses that they could sustain, saw it as something that resembled
a black-and-white eagle of infinite size. FFW,55
FOUR BLAZES REVEALED WHAT THE EAGLE IS LIKE TO THE OLD SORCERERS
As the seer gazes on the blackness that the Eagle is, four blazes of light revea
l what the Eagle is like. The first blaze, which is like a bolt of lightening, h
elps the seer make out the contours of the Eagle's body. there are patches of wh
iteness that look like an eagle's feathers and talons. A second blaze of lighten
ing reveals the flapping, wind-creating blackness that looks like eagle's wings.
With the third blaze of lightening the seer beholds a piercing, inhuman eye. An
d the fourth and last blaze discloses what the Eagle is doing. EG,173
DO WE REALLY "SEE" THE EAGLE?
WE CANNOT SEE THE EAGLE BUT OUR BODY SENSES IT
...there is nothing visual about the Eagle. FFW,58. The entire body of a seer se
nses the Eagle. There is something in all of us that can make us witness with ou
r entire body...because man is composed of the Eagle's emanations, man need only
revert back to his components. FFW,58
IS IT DANGEROUS TO SEE THE EAGLE?
THERE IS SOME MORTAL RISK, DREAMING AND ONE'S INTENT HELP PROTECT YOU
..there is no way to see the Eagle's emanations without running a mortal risk...
the technique of dreaming can be used as a shield to protect themselves from the
deadly blow of the Eagle's emanations. FFW,191..The key to withstanding the Eag
le's presence was the potency of one's intent.EG,243.
DOES THE EAGLE REALLY LOOK LIKE AN EAGLE?

MAN'S AWARENESS HAS THE PROBLEM OF TAKING SOMETHING INCOMPREHENSIBLE AND MAKING
IT COMPREHENSIBLE
The problem arises with man's awareness; it is his awareness that becomes entang
led and confused... man's awareness is compelled to interpret. The result is a v
ision of the Eagle and the Eagle's emanations. FFW,58. It is called an Eagle bec
ause it is simply a case of something unknowable vaguely resembling something kn
own.. but that always happens when impressionable people learn to perform acts t
hat require great sobriety FFW,58 ...but there is no Eagle and no Eagle's emanat
ions. What is out there is something that no living creature can grasp. FFW,58.
WHAT IS THE EAGLE'S PURPOSE?
THE EAGLE'S PURPOSE IS TO CONSUME THE AWARENESS OF ALL CREATURES
The Eagle is devouring the awareness of all the creatures that, alive on earth a
moment before and now dead, have floated to the Eagle's beak, like a ceaseless
swarm of fireflies, to meet their owner, their reason for having had life. The E
agle disentangles these tiny flames, lays them flat, as a tanner stretches out a
hide, and then consumes them; for awareness is the Eagle's food. EG,173. (The E
agle) which makes organisms live by lending them their awareness. That force als
o makes organisms die, in order to extract the same lent awareness which organis
ms have enhanced through their life experiences.. TAOD,149
CAN YOU PRAY OR ASK FAVORS FROM THE EAGLE?
THE EAGLE REFLECTS ALL THINGS EQUALLY AND CANNOT BE MOVED
The Eagle reflects equally and at once all those living things. There is no way,
therefore, for man to pray to the Eagle, to ask for favors, to hope for grace.
The human part of the Eagle is too insignificant to move the whole. EG,173.
WHAT DOES THE EAGLE RESPOND TO?
Since the Eagle is made of energy, the Eagle only responds to energy. For a crea
ture to have an affect upon the Eagle that creature must posess an excess of ene
rgy. See Intent.
HOW IS THE EAGLE'S ENERGY DISPERSED THROUGHOUT THE UNIVERSE?

The Eagle's energy is released as lines of energy. These energy lines are known
as the Eagle's emanations, lines of the world or the Eagle's commands. To keep t
hings simple, only the terms Eagle's emanations or emanations will be used.
WHAT ARE THE EAGLE'S EMANATIONS?
THE EAGLE'S EMANATIONS MAKE UP THE UNIVERSE
everything is made out of the Eagle's emanations. FFW,59 there is no world of ob
jects (existing by themselves and as themselves just as we perceive them), but a
universe of the Eagle's emanations. FFW,49, FFW,126 the Eagle's emanations are
an immutable thing-in-itself, which engulfs everything that exists, the knowable
and the unknowable FFW, 57
THE EAGLE'S EMANATIONS ARE AN INFINITE NUMBER OF ENERGY FIELDS
RESEMBLING THREADS OF LIGHTS THAT HAVE AWARENESS AND ARE ETERNAL
the universe is an infinite agglomeration of energy fields, (Eagle's emanations)
resembling threads of light. POS,13 there are an infinite numbers of lines that
joined us to things...,JTI,193 the Eagle's emanations are more than filaments o
f light.. each one of them is a source of boundless energy.. FFW,67 what's reall
y out there are the Eagle's emanations, fluid, forever in motion, and yet unchan
ged, eternal. FFW,54 light that was alive and resemble ordinary light but ordina
ry light has no awareness.. POS,112 the filaments are aware of themselves, alive
and vibrating, that there are so many of them that numbers have no meaning and
that each of them is an eternity in itself. FFW,63 ..Essence of the universe res
embles incandescent threads streched into infinity in every conceivable directio
n, luminous filaments that are conscious of themselves in ways impossible for th
e human mind to comprehend. , TAOD, 5..
The Eagle's emanations are an infinite amount of lines of energy emitting from t
he Eagle (source of all the energy in the universe) which cover the entire unive
rse. These eternal threads of light are alive and aware, making up everything in
the universe.
WHY ARE THE EAGLE'S EMANATIONS ALSO CALLED THE EAGLE'S COMMANDS?
THE EAGLE'S EMANATIONS ARE ALSO CALLED THE EAGLE'S COMMANDS THAT NO ONE CAN DISO
BEY
Eagle's commands ....although DJ disliked calling the emanations commands, that
is what they are: commands that no one can disobey. FFW,92 Seers who see the Eag
le's emanations often call them commands. FFW,59...
WHAT DO THE EAGLE'S EMANATIONS LOOK LIKE?
THERE IS NO TRUE VERSION OF THE EAGLE'S EMANATIONS
there is no pat version of the emanation , as there is of the Eagle. FFW,62...
THERE IS NO WAY TO DESCRIBE WHAT THE EAGLE'S EMANATIONS ARE THEY MUST BE WITNESS
ED AS THE EAGLE WAS WITNESSED
there is no way to describe what the Eagle's emanations really are... a seer mus
t witness them , FFW, 57 ...emanations are something indescribable..FFW,63 One c
an catch a glimpse of them, as one can only catch a glimpse of the Eagle itself.
.. , FFW, 57
DESCRIPTION OF THE EAGLE'S EMANATIONS
(Description of EG,243.) they are a prescence, almost a mass of sorts, a pressur
e that creates a dazzling sensation. FFW, 57 I saw the lines of the world. I act
ually perceived the most extraordinary profusion of fluorescent white lines whic
h crisscrossed everything around me. ,JTI,252...filaments of light began to radi
ate from everything on that prairie. At first it was like the explosion of an in
finite number of short fibers, then the fibers became long threadlike strands of
luminosity bundled together into beams of vibrating light that reached infinity
. There was really no way for me to make sense of what I was seeing, or to descr
ibe it, except as filaments of vibrating light. The filaments were not interming
led or entwined. Although they sprang, and continued to spring, in every directi
on, each one seperate, and yet all of them were inextricably bundled together...
I was seeing the Eagle's emanations POS,110 and the force that keeps them apart
and bundles them together...what he had seen was intent, the force permeates eve
rything. POS,110 almost instantaneously I saw a most brilliant array of live, co
mpelling fibers of light. FFW,240 I thought I must have fainted or that the blow
had made me fall asleep. Suddenly, I was looking at something literally beyond
words. Bright strings of light shot out from everywhere, going everywhere, strin
gs of light which were like nothing that had ever entered my thoughts. ...I made
your assemblage point shift...and for an instant you were dreaming the filament
s of the universe., TAOD, 16
HOW ARE THE EAGLE'S EMANATIONS ARRANGED IN THE UNIVERSE?
THE EMANATIONS ARE GROUPED IN CLUSTERS CALLED THE GREAT BAND OF EMANATIONS
the Eagle's emanations are always grouped in clusters ..the old seers called tho
se clusters the great bands of emanations. FFW,176.
HOW WOULD YOU DESCRIBE THE GREAT BANDS?
THE GREAT BANDS ARE CLUSTERED IN NO REAL ORDER, LIKE A PILE OF HAY HELD IN MID-A
IR.
The great bands are neither flat nor round, but indescribably clustered together
, like a pile of hay, which is held together in midair by the force of the hand
that pitched it. Thus, there is no real order to the emanations; to say that the
re is a central part or that there are edges is misleading, but necessary to und
erstanding. FFW,180
ARE THEY REALLY BANDS?
THEY AREN'T REALLY BANDS BUT THE NAME STUCK
They aren't really bands but the name stuck. FFW,176.
HOW MANY GREAT BANDS ARE THERE IN THE UNIVERSE?
THERE ARE AN INFINITY OF GREAT BANDS IN THE UNIVERSE
There are an infinity of great bands, FFW,177
THERE ARE 48 GREAT BANDS IN THE EARTH,
Seers have found out..that in the earth there are only 48 such bands. There are
48 types of organizations on the earth, 48 types of clusters or structures. Orga
nic life is one of them. FFW,177
WHAT DO THE EARTH'S 48 GREAT BANDS OF EMANATIONS PRODUCE?
Each of the earth's 48 great bands of emanations produces numerous bubbles on ea
ch band. These bubbles are like containers that are filled with a portion of the
band's emanations. Each bubble may represent the emanations or energy associate
d with a living creature.
think of great bands as being like trees. All of them bear fruit; they produce c
ontainers filled with emanations; yet only eight of those trees bear edible frui
t, that is, bubbles of awareness. Seven have sour fruit, but edible nonetheless,
and one has the most juicy, lucious fruit there is. FFW,178..
HOW ARE THE EARTH'S 48 GREAT BANDS OF EMANATIONS DIVIDED?
The earth's 48 great bands are divided into three sections: first, 40 bands that
produce bubbles with emanations that produce no energetic awareness, second, 7
bands called the inorganic being band that produce bubbles that represent creatu
res called inorganic beings, and finally, one band called the organic being band
that produces bubbles that represent creatures called organic beings.
WHAT DOES THE ORGANIC BEING BAND PRODUCE?
THE ORGANIC BEING CLUSTER PRODUCES ALL THE ORGANIC BEINGS
There is an immeasurable cluster that produces organic beings. FFW,177 organic b
eings belong to the great same band. FFW,177.
WHAT DOES THE ORGANIC BEING CLUSTER LOOK LIKE?

THE ORGANIC BAND IS FLUFFY,TRANSPARENT, WITH A PECULIAR ENERGY
the emanations of that organic band have a sort of fluffiness. They are transpar
ent and have a a unique light of their own, a peculiar energy. They are aware, t
hey jump. That's the reason why all organic beings are filled with a peculiar co
nsuming energy. FFW,177
HOW ARE THE ORGANIC BEINGS ALIGNED ON THE BAND?
THE ORGANIC BEINGS ARE BUBBLES FORMED ON DIFFERENT PLACES ON THE BAND: SOME IN T
HE CENTER AND SOME NEAR THE EDGES
Think of it as an enormously wide band of luminous filaments, luminous strings w
ith no end. Organic beings are bubbles that grow around a group of luminous fila
ments. Imagine that in this band of organic life some bubbles are formed around
the luminous filaments in the center of the band, others are formed close to the
edges; the band is wide enough to aomadate every kind of organic being with roo
m to spare. In such an arrangement, bubbles that are close to the edges miss alt
ogether the emanations that are in the center of the band, which are shared only
by the bubbles that are aligned with the center. By the same token, bubbles in
the center miss the emanations from the edges. FFW,177.
WHAT DO THE SEVEN INORGANIC BANDS PRODUCE?
THE INORGANIC CLUSTER PRODUCES ALL THE INORGANIC BEINGS
The same situation (as in the organic band) is prevalent in the inorganic bands.
The three bundles of awareness produce specific kinds of inorganic beings in eac
h of the seven great bands. FFW,180 The seers counted 7 bands that produced inor
ganic bubbles of awareness. FFW,177
WHAT ARE THE OTHER 40 GREAT BANDS LIKE?
THE OTHER 40 BANDS PRODUCE BUBBLES/VESSELS WITHOUT AWARENESS
There are 40 bands that produce bubbles without awareness those are bands that g
enerate only organization. FFW,177.. The product of the other forty great bands
is not awareness at all, but a configuration of inanimate energy. (called vessel
s) ..vessels are rigid recepticles that hold emanations without being fields of
energetic awareness. Their luminosity comes only from the energy of the encased
emanations. FFW,182
WHAT DO THESE OTHER 40 BANDS LOOK LIKE?
THEY ARE OPAQUE AND DARKER THAN THE BANDS WITH AWARENESS
The other bands are darker, but with a quality of opaqueness. FFW,177..
WILL/INTENT
WHAT SUSTAINS OR CONTROLS THE EAGLE'S EMANATIONS?
WILL/INTENT IS THE FORCE THAT SUSTAINS OR CONTROLS THE EAGLE'S EMANATIONS
I was seeing the Eagle's emanations and the force that keeps them apart and bund
les them together...what he had seen was intent, the force permeates everything.
.POS,110
....the energy that comes out of of the alignment of emanations. FFW,189... Inte
nt is the power that upholds the universe, It is a force that gives focus to eve
rything. It makes the world happen...TSC,40...it is what makes the world... EG,1
48 it is present throughout everything there is. FFW,98 Without intent there was
nothing. EG,243... intent is everywhere .. EG,148 ...underneath the dry leaves
is the ground, the enormous earth. intent is the principle underneath everything
. TSC,40. Will is a force which was the true link between men and the world. SR,
147
WHAT IS THE DIFFERENCE BETWEEN WILL AND INTENT?
WILL IS THE IMPERSONAL FORCE OF EAGLE'S EMANATIONS AND INTENT IS THE PERSONALIZE
D FORCE
will is the impersonal force of alignment which changes into intent, the persona
lized force, which is at the service of each individual...FFW,237 ...intent is t
he purposeful guiding of will. FFW,190 they realized that will was the force tha
t kept the Eagle's emanations separated and was not responsible for our awarenes
s, but also for everything in the universe. They saw that this force had total c
onsciousness and that it sprang from the very fields of energy that made the uni
verse. They decided then that intent was a more appropriate name for it than wil
l. POS,113,114. ...the new seers took a close look and called it will,the will o
f the Eagle's emanations or intent. FFW,98 ...alignment is a unique force becaus
e it either helps the assemblage point, or it keeps it glued to its customary po
sition....the aspect of alignment that keeps the assemblage point stationary is
will .... and the aspect that makes it shift is intent. FFW,237.. That blackness
, that silence, gives rise to the intent to direct the second attention, to comm
and it, to make it do things. This is why it is called will. The intent and the
effect are will.. they are tied together. EG,143
Will and Intent are essentially the same thing. Will is used when describing the
force that is holding up the universe in an objective manner and intent is used
when that force changes due to some personal interaction. However, will has als
o been confusingly described as also a personalized power.
Will is something else, something very clear and powerful which can direct our a
cts. Will is something a man uses.. to win a battle which by all calculations, s
hould lose. Will.. has to do with astonishing feats that defy our common sense.
It is kind of a control over ourselves. Will is a power. And since it is a power
it has to be controlled and tuned and that takes time. SR,146.
DJ said that will can be described as the maxium control of the luminosity of th
e body as a field of energy; or it can be described as a level of proficiency, o
r a state of being that comes abruptly into the daily life of a warrior at any g
iven time. .EG,142.
Will was allegedly cultivated only by sorcerers. it came to the practitioners ve
iled in mystery and purportedly gave them the capacity to perform extraordinary
acts. ,TOP,83.
what a sorcerer calls will is a power within ourselves. it is not a thought, or
an object, or a wish. SR,147 What you yourself call will is character and strong
disposition..what a sorcerer calls will is a force that comes from within and a
ttaches itself to the world out there. SR,148Will is what can make you sueed whe
n your thoughts tell you that you're defeated. Will is what makes you invulnerab
le. Will is what sends a sorcerer through a wall; through space; to the moon, if
he wants. SR,147.
Whatever term is used, the meaning is the same.. there is a universal force whic
h holds everything in place and that force can be manipulated. However, for simp
licity we will use the term which involves personal interaction - intent.
WHAT IS INTENT?
INTENT IS AN ABSTRACT UNMEASUREABLE, INDESCRIBABLE, INDEFINABLE, NEITHER GOOD NO
R EVIL FORCE THAT YOU CANNOT SEE OR FEEL IT AND YET IT EXISTS.
Intent is .....an unmeasurable, prevailing (, POS, 28), indescribable, indefinab
le (POS,235), ....something that cannot be seen or felt, something that does not
seem to exist but yet does. POS,170.. ...intent has no desires of its own. EG,1
49. .....there is no way of knowing what intent is. POS,134 it is an abstract fo
rce, neither good nor evil... TSC,85 Everything in the world is a force, a pull
or a push. SRP,139... ....the force that changes and reorders things or keeps th
em as they are (POS, 28,97) force in the universe POS,10, blind, impersonal, cea
seless burst of energy that makes us behave in the ways we do..FFW,189 ...made u
p of pure energy.. POS,112 the nagual never ends..it has no limits..,TOP,138 Wil
l is a force, a power. SR,148. intend it with your intent, which is the layer be
neath your thoughts. TSC,142
INTENT IS CONNECTED TO EVERYTHING
that absolutely everything that exists in the entire cosmos is attached to inten
t by a connecting link. POS,10,22... people and all living creatures are slaves
of intent. We are in its clutches. It makes us do whatever it wants. It makes us
act in the world. It makes us die. EG,148
WHAT ARE THE DIFFERENT NAMES OF INTENT BESIDES WILL?
THE NAMES OF INTENT
.....Intent which sorcerers call the spirit, the abstract, the nagual.. POS, 28
.....the spirit is the force that sustains the universe (POS,114) Don Juan had e
xplained the nagual to me as being the indescribable force, the source of everyt
hing... the nagual is in everything. SRP,198 The nagual is aware of everything..
.,TOP,129. there was only one thing which was indispensable for anything we did.
He called it the spirit. ,JTI, the rolling force or the tumbling or circular fo
rce. FFW,241...the tumbler is the force from the Eagle's emanations..FFW,241. Th
e left side, called the naugal, .states of heightened awareness, or the site of
the second attention. EG,163. ....will is such a complete control of the second
attention that it is called the other self. EG,144..will belongs to the other se
lf. EG,143.......Powers that guide can be called...forces, spirits, airs, winds,
or anything like that. ,JTI,86.
Since intent is the undescribable force of the universe, it thus has many names.
Everything is just an interpretation of that force.
HOW DOES INTENT APPEAR TO PEOPLE?
INTENT MANIFESTS ITSELF DIFFERENTLY IN DIFFERENT THINGS

it is an all-encompassing force that manifests itself differently in different t
hings. TSC,83.
CAN INTENT COMMUNICATE WITH US?
YES, DIRECT CONTACT WITH INTENT IS CALLED SILENT KNOWLEDGE
silent knowledge.. this is direct contact with intent. POS,115... Silent Knowled
ge has complete mastery, complete knowledge of everything.. but it cannot think,
therefore, it cannot speak of what it knows..it is of course, intent- the spiri
t, the abstract. , POS,155
Everything has a form... but besides the outer shape, there is an inner awarenes
s that rules things. This silent awareness is the spirit. TSC,83. This energy co
mmunicates with us. TSC,83.
ANOTHER NAME FOR SILENT KNOWLEDGE IS THE THIRD POINT
silent knowlege is the third point because in order to get to it one had to pass
the second point, the place of no pity. (ruthlessness) POS,242
HOW DOES INTENT COMMUNICATE WITH US?
Voice of the spirit
WHAT IS THE VOICE OF THE SPIRIT?

THE VOICE OF THE SPIRIT IS MORE OF A FEELING
The voice of the spirit is an abstraction that has nothing to do with voices, an
d yet we may at times hear voices...TSC,85 ...don't expect a shout from the tree
tops... what we call the voice of the spirit is more of a feeling. Or it can be
an idea that suddenly pops into your head. Sometimes it can be a longing to go s
omewhere vaguely familiar, or a longing to do something also vaguely familiar. T
SC,84 If the spirit (intent) speaks to you, using its silent words, you will cer
tainly know immediately what the spirit is. , POS,51 .It was not a voice it was
lots of voices. TSC,85. ....will is very quiet, unnoticeable EG,143
HOW DO WE UNDERSTAND THE VOICE OF THE SPIRIT/INTENT?
INTENT CAN ONLY BE UNDERSTOOD THROUGH EXPERIENCE AND WE CAN ONLY TALK ABOUT ITS
EFFECTS.
there is no way to talk about it except metaphorically.. TSC,40 the nagual is on
ly effect. ,TOP,138. in order to talk about it we must borrow from the island of
the tonal(reason), therefore it is more convienient not to explain it but simpl
y recount its effects. ,TOP,129. silent knowledge can't be reasoned out. It can
only be experienced. POS,247 The left side is perhaps comprehended, if comprehen
sion is what takes place, with the total body, thus its resistence to conceptual
ization. EG,163.. By intending it, but not with your thoughts.. Intent is so far
away from thoughts that we can't talk about it; we can't even feel it. But we c
an certainly use it. TSC,142
DESCRIPTION OF EXPERIENCING THE VOICE OF THE SPIRIT
.... Taisha's experience description of.. (jumping and dancing to people singing
in the wind)..TSC,84... When I finally came to sit down next to Clara, I was pe
rspiring, but it was not a healthy physical sweat, It was more like the cold swe
at of exhaustion. TSC,84...
HOW CAN WE HEAR THE VOICE OF THE SPIRIT?
WHEN WE ARE ABSOLUTELY QUIET AND BALANCED
The voice of the spirit comes from nowhere.. it comes from the depth of silence,
from the realm of not-being. That voice can only be heard when we are absolutel
y quiet and balanced. TSC,87.
INTENT ONLY RESPONDS TO POWER NOT PRAYER
a force that has no interest whatsoever in us, but that nevertheless responds to
our own power. Not to our prayers, mind you, but to our power. TSC,85 it is whe
re power hovers, but that was only a way of alluding to it. By reason of its eff
ect, perhaps the nagual can be best understood in terms of power. ,TOP,138. But
the spirit is nobody's guardian.. TSC,85
HOW DOES INTENT AFFECT US?
Intent is continously being produced from the Eagle's emanations and is hitting
us all the time. We are not aware that it is constantly hitting us but it is the
force that gives us both life and eventually caries us to our death. That force
is named the rolling force.
ROLLING FORCE
WHAT IS THE ROLLING FORCE?
THE ROLLING FORCE IS THE INTENT FORCE FROM THE EAGLE'S EMANATIONS THAT CONTROL A
LL ASPECTS OF LIFE AND DEATH FOR THE ORGANIC AND INORGANIC BEINGS
The rolling force is an eternal line of iridescent rings or balls of fire, that
roll onto living beings ceaselessly. FFW,243
The rolling force or balls of fire are expression of a force that pertains to al
l details of life and death. FFW,242. The rolling force is the means through whi
ch the Eagle distributes life and awareness for safekeeping..but it is also a fo
rce..that makes all living beings die. FFW,243
DEATH IS THE ROLLING FORCE.
Death is the rolling force. FFW,245.
WHAT MAKES UP THE ROLLING FORCE?
THE BALANCE BETWEEN THE TWO FORCES(TUMBLING AND CIRCULAR) IS A DELICATE ONE
The balance of the two forces in every living being is a delicate one. FFW,248.
The tumbling force and the circular force.
TUMBLING FORCE
WHAT IS THE TUMBLING FORCE?
THE TUMBLING FORCE IS THE PART OF THE ROLLING FORCE THAT RELATES TO DESTRUCTION
AND DEATH
the tumbling aspect of the RF relates exclusively to destruction and death. FFW,
247. a ceaseless force that strikes us every instant of our lives. FFW,241.
CIRCULAR FORCE
WHAT IS THE CIRCULAR FORCE?
THE CIRCULAR FORCE IS THE PART OF THE ROLLING FORCE THAT MAINTAINS LIFE AND AWAR
ENESS, FULFILLMENT AND PURPOSE
the circular aspect.. is what maintains life and awareness, fulfillment and purp
ose. FFW,247. it strikes all living beings ceaselessly, but for a different purp
ose. It strikes them to give them strength, direction, awareness; to give them l
ife. FFW,248
WHY IS IT CALLED THE CIRCULAR FORCE?
THE CIRCULAR FORCE COMES IN RINGS, THREADLIKE LOOPS OF IRIDESCENCE

The reason they call it the circular force is that it comes in rings, threadlike
loops of iridescence - a very delicate affair indeed... FFW,248
ARE THEY REALLY CIRCLES?
YOU ONLY SENSE THE FEELINGS OF RINGS WHICH FIT ALL ORGANIC AND INORGANIC BEINGS
There are no circles to speak of, just a circular force..the feelings of rings..
there are no different sizes either. It's one indivisible force that fits all li
ving beings, organic and inorganic. FFW,248.
HOW DO THE TWO FORCES HIT US?
THE CIRCULAR FORCE HITS US JUST BEFORE THE TUMBLING FORCE
The new seers saw that both forces are fused but are not the same. the circular
force comes to us just before the tumbling force...they are so close to each oth
er that they seem the same. FFW,248.
A.) THE UNIVERSE

WHAT MAKES UP THE UNIVERSE?
THE WHOLE UNIVERSE IS MADE UP OF ONLY ENERGY
Universe...everything is energy. The whole universe is energy.
TAOD,3....in the universe only energy exists...TAOD,239 .....In the universe the
re is only energy, and energy has only a here and now, an endless and ever prese
nt here and now. TAOD,248
THE UNIVERSE HAS EXITS AND ENTRANCES IN IT'S ENERGY FLOW
There are entrances and exits in the energy flow of the universe. TAOD, 22
WHAT IS THE SOURCE OF THE UNIVERSE'S ENERGY?
The Eagle is the source of the emanations.. FFW,58. The power that governs the d
estiny of all living beings is called the Eagle. EG,172 ...inconceivable dissolv
ing force (Eagle) in the universe, TAOD,149
THE EAGLE
WHY IS THE SOURCE OF ALL ENERGY CALLED THE EAGLE?
OLD SORCERERS DESCRIBED IT AS HAVING THE APPEARANCE OF AN EAGLE
It is called the Eagle not because it is an eagle or has anything to do with an
eagle, but because it appears to the seer as an immeasurable jet-black eagle, st
anding as an eagle stands, its height reaching to infinity. EG,172 the old seers
in the few glimpses that they could sustain, saw it as something that resembled
a black-and-white eagle of infinite size. FFW,55
FOUR BLAZES REVEALED WHAT THE EAGLE IS LIKE TO THE OLD SORCERERS
As the seer gazes on the blackness that the Eagle is, four blazes of light revea
l what the Eagle is like. The first blaze, which is like a bolt of lightening, h
elps the seer make out the contours of the Eagle's body. there are patches of wh
iteness that look like an eagle's feathers and talons. A second blaze of lighten
ing reveals the flapping, wind-creating blackness that looks like eagle's wings.
With the third blaze of lightening the seer beholds a piercing, inhuman eye. An
d the fourth and last blaze discloses what the Eagle is doing. EG,173
DO WE REALLY "SEE" THE EAGLE?
WE CANNOT SEE THE EAGLE BUT OUR BODY SENSES IT
...there is nothing visual about the Eagle. FFW,58. The entire body of a seer se
nses the Eagle. There is something in all of us that can make us witness with ou
r entire body...because man is composed of the Eagle's emanations, man need only
revert back to his components. FFW,58
IS IT DANGEROUS TO SEE THE EAGLE?
THERE IS SOME MORTAL RISK, DREAMING AND ONE'S INTENT HELP PROTECT YOU
..there is no way to see the Eagle's emanations without running a mortal risk...
the technique of dreaming can be used as a shield to protect themselves from the
deadly blow of the Eagle's emanations. FFW,191..The key to withstanding the Eag
le's presence was the potency of one's intent.EG,243.
DOES THE EAGLE REALLY LOOK LIKE AN EAGLE?
MAN'S AWARENESS HAS THE PROBLEM OF TAKING SOMETHING INCOMPREHENSIBLE AND MAKING
IT COMPREHENSIBLE
The problem arises with man's awareness; it is his awareness that becomes entang
led and confused... man's awareness is compelled to interpret. The result is a v
ision of the Eagle and the Eagle's emanations. FFW,58. It is called an Eagle bec
ause it is simply a case of something unknowable vaguely resembling something kn
own.. but that always happens when impressionable people learn to perform acts t
hat require great sobriety FFW,58 ...but there is no Eagle and no Eagle's emanat
ions. What is out there is something that no living creature can grasp. FFW,58.
WHAT IS THE EAGLE'S PURPOSE?
THE EAGLE'S PURPOSE IS TO CONSUME THE AWARENESS OF ALL CREATURES
The Eagle is devouring the awareness of all the creatures that, alive on earth a
moment before and now dead, have floated to the Eagle's beak, like a ceaseless
swarm of fireflies, to meet their owner, their reason for having had life. The E
agle disentangles these tiny flames, lays them flat, as a tanner stretches out a
hide, and then consumes them; for awareness is the Eagle's food. EG,173. (The E
agle) which makes organisms live by lending them their awareness. That force als
o makes organisms die, in order to extract the same lent awareness which organis
ms have enhanced through their life experiences.. TAOD,149
CAN YOU PRAY OR ASK FAVORS FROM THE EAGLE?
THE EAGLE REFLECTS ALL THINGS EQUALLY AND CANNOT BE MOVED
The Eagle reflects equally and at once all those living things. There is no way,
therefore, for man to pray to the Eagle, to ask for favors, to hope for grace.
The human part of the Eagle is too insignificant to move the whole. EG,173.
WHAT DOES THE EAGLE RESPOND TO?
Since the Eagle is made of energy, the Eagle only responds to energy. For a crea
ture to have an affect upon the Eagle that creature must posess an excess of ene
rgy. See Intent.
HOW IS THE EAGLE'S ENERGY DISPERSED THROUGHOUT THE UNIVERSE?
The Eagle's energy is released as lines of energy. These energy lines are known
as the Eagle's emanations, lines of the world or the Eagle's commands. To keep t
hings simple, only the terms Eagle's emanations or emanations will be used.
WHAT ARE THE EAGLE'S EMANATIONS?
THE EAGLE'S EMANATIONS MAKE UP THE UNIVERSE
everything is made out of the Eagle's emanations. FFW,59 there is no world of ob
jects (existing by themselves and as themselves just as we perceive them), but a
universe of the Eagle's emanations. FFW,49, FFW,126 the Eagle's emanations are
an immutable thing-in-itself, which engulfs everything that exists, the knowable
and the unknowable FFW, 57
THE EAGLE'S EMANATIONS ARE AN INFINITE NUMBER OF ENERGY FIELDS
RESEMBLING THREADS OF LIGHTS THAT HAVE AWARENESS AND ARE ETERNAL
the universe is an infinite agglomeration of energy fields, (Eagle's emanations)
resembling threads of light. POS,13 there are an infinite numbers of lines that
joined us to things...,JTI,193 the Eagle's emanations are more than filaments o
f light.. each one of them is a source of boundless energy.. FFW,67 what's reall
y out there are the Eagle's emanations, fluid, forever in motion, and yet unchan
ged, eternal. FFW,54 light that was alive and resemble ordinary light but ordina
ry light has no awareness.. POS,112 the filaments are aware of themselves, alive
and vibrating, that there are so many of them that numbers have no meaning and
that each of them is an eternity in itself. FFW,63 ..Essence of the universe res
embles incandescent threads streched into infinity in every conceivable directio
n, luminous filaments that are conscious of themselves in ways impossible for th
e human mind to comprehend. , TAOD, 5..
The Eagle's emanations are an infinite amount of lines of energy emitting from t
he Eagle (source of all the energy in the universe) which cover the entire unive
rse. These eternal threads of light are alive and aware, making up everything in
the universe.
WHY ARE THE EAGLE'S EMANATIONS ALSO CALLED THE EAGLE'S COMMANDS?
THE EAGLE'S EMANATIONS ARE ALSO CALLED THE EAGLE'S COMMANDS THAT NO ONE CAN DISO
BEY
Eagle's commands ....although DJ disliked calling the emanations commands, that
is what they are: commands that no one can disobey. FFW,92 Seers who see the Eag
le's emanations often call them commands. FFW,59...
WHAT DO THE EAGLE'S EMANATIONS LOOK LIKE?
THERE IS NO TRUE VERSION OF THE EAGLE'S EMANATIONS
there is no pat version of the emanation , as there is of the Eagle. FFW,62...
THERE IS NO WAY TO DESCRIBE WHAT THE EAGLE'S EMANATIONS ARE THEY MUST BE WITNESS
ED AS THE EAGLE WAS WITNESSED
there is no way to describe what the Eagle's emanations really are... a seer mus
t witness them , FFW, 57 ...emanations are something indescribable..FFW,63 One c
an catch a glimpse of them, as one can only catch a glimpse of the Eagle itself.
.. , FFW, 57
DESCRIPTION OF THE EAGLE'S EMANATIONS
(Description of EG,243.) they are a prescence, almost a mass of sorts, a pressur
e that creates a dazzling sensation. FFW, 57 I saw the lines of the world. I act
ually perceived the most extraordinary profusion of fluorescent white lines whic
h crisscrossed everything around me. ,JTI,252...filaments of light began to radi
ate from everything on that prairie. At first it was like the explosion of an in
finite number of short fibers, then the fibers became long threadlike strands of
luminosity bundled together into beams of vibrating light that reached infinity
. There was really no way for me to make sense of what I was seeing, or to descr
ibe it, except as filaments of vibrating light. The filaments were not interming
led or entwined. Although they sprang, and continued to spring, in every directi
on, each one seperate, and yet all of them were inextricably bundled together...
I was seeing the Eagle's emanations POS,110 and the force that keeps them apart
and bundles them together...what he had seen was intent, the force permeates eve
rything. POS,110 almost instantaneously I saw a most brilliant array of live, co
mpelling fibers of light. FFW,240 I thought I must have fainted or that the blow
had made me fall asleep. Suddenly, I was looking at something literally beyond
words. Bright strings of light shot out from everywhere, going everywhere, strin
gs of light which were like nothing that had ever entered my thoughts. ...I made
your assemblage point shift...and for an instant you were dreaming the filament
s of the universe., TAOD, 16
HOW ARE THE EAGLE'S EMANATIONS ARRANGED IN THE UNIVERSE?
THE EMANATIONS ARE GROUPED IN CLUSTERS CALLED THE GREAT BAND OF EMANATIONS
the Eagle's emanations are always grouped in clusters ..the old seers called tho
se clusters the great bands of emanations. FFW,176.
HOW WOULD YOU DESCRIBE THE GREAT BANDS?

THE GREAT BANDS ARE CLUSTERED IN NO REAL ORDER, LIKE A PILE OF HAY HELD IN MID-A
IR.
The great bands are neither flat nor round, but indescribably clustered together
, like a pile of hay, which is held together in midair by the force of the hand
that pitched it. Thus, there is no real order to the emanations; to say that the
re is a central part or that there are edges is misleading, but necessary to und
erstanding. FFW,180
ARE THEY REALLY BANDS?
THEY AREN'T REALLY BANDS BUT THE NAME STUCK
They aren't really bands but the name stuck. FFW,176.
HOW MANY GREAT BANDS ARE THERE IN THE UNIVERSE?
THERE ARE AN INFINITY OF GREAT BANDS IN THE UNIVERSE
There are an infinity of great bands, FFW,177
THERE ARE 48 GREAT BANDS IN THE EARTH,
Seers have found out..that in the earth there are only 48 such bands. There are
48 types of organizations on the earth, 48 types of clusters or structures. Orga
nic life is one of them. FFW,177
WHAT DO THE EARTH'S 48 GREAT BANDS OF EMANATIONS PRODUCE?
Each of the earth's 48 great bands of emanations produces numerous bubbles on ea
ch band. These bubbles are like containers that are filled with a portion of the
band's emanations. Each bubble may represent the emanations or energy associate
d with a living creature.
think of great bands as being like trees. All of them bear fruit; they produce c
ontainers filled with emanations; yet only eight of those trees bear edible frui
t, that is, bubbles of awareness. Seven have sour fruit, but edible nonetheless,
and one has the most juicy, lucious fruit there is. FFW,178..
HOW ARE THE EARTH'S 48 GREAT BANDS OF EMANATIONS DIVIDED?
The earth's 48 great bands are divided into three sections: first, 40 bands that
produce bubbles with emanations that produce no energetic awareness, second, 7
bands called the inorganic being band that produce bubbles that represent creatu
res called inorganic beings, and finally, one band called the organic being band
that produces bubbles that represent creatures called organic beings.
WHAT DOES THE ORGANIC BEING BAND PRODUCE?
THE ORGANIC BEING CLUSTER PRODUCES ALL THE ORGANIC BEINGS
There is an immeasurable cluster that produces organic beings. FFW,177 organic b
eings belong to the great same band. FFW,177.
WHAT DOES THE ORGANIC BEING CLUSTER LOOK LIKE?
THE ORGANIC BAND IS FLUFFY,TRANSPARENT, WITH A PECULIAR ENERGY
the emanations of that organic band have a sort of fluffiness. They are transpar
ent and have a a unique light of their own, a peculiar energy. They are aware, t
hey jump. That's the reason why all organic beings are filled with a peculiar co
nsuming energy. FFW,177
HOW ARE THE ORGANIC BEINGS ALIGNED ON THE BAND?
THE ORGANIC BEINGS ARE BUBBLES FORMED ON DIFFERENT PLACES ON THE BAND: SOME IN T
HE CENTER AND SOME NEAR THE EDGES
Think of it as an enormously wide band of luminous filaments, luminous strings w
ith no end. Organic beings are bubbles that grow around a group of luminous fila
ments. Imagine that in this band of organic life some bubbles are formed around
the luminous filaments in the center of the band, others are formed close to the
edges; the band is wide enough to aomadate every kind of organic being with roo
m to spare. In such an arrangement, bubbles that are close to the edges miss alt
ogether the emanations that are in the center of the band, which are shared only
by the bubbles that are aligned with the center. By the same token, bubbles in
the center miss the emanations from the edges. FFW,177.
WHAT DO THE SEVEN INORGANIC BANDS PRODUCE?
THE INORGANIC CLUSTER PRODUCES ALL THE INORGANIC BEINGS
The same situation (as in the organic band) is prevalent in the inorganic bands.
The three bundles of awareness produce specific kinds of inorganic beings in eac
h of the seven great bands. FFW,180 The seers counted 7 bands that produced inor
ganic bubbles of awareness. FFW,177
WHAT ARE THE OTHER 40 GREAT BANDS LIKE?
THE OTHER 40 BANDS PRODUCE BUBBLES/VESSELS WITHOUT AWARENESS
There are 40 bands that produce bubbles without awareness those are bands that g
enerate only organization. FFW,177.. The product of the other forty great bands
is not awareness at all, but a configuration of inanimate energy. (called vessel
s) ..vessels are rigid recepticles that hold emanations without being fields of
energetic awareness. Their luminosity comes only from the energy of the encased
emanations. FFW,182
WHAT DO THESE OTHER 40 BANDS LOOK LIKE?
THEY ARE OPAQUE AND DARKER THAN THE BANDS WITH AWARENESS
The other bands are darker, but with a quality of opaqueness. FFW,177..
WILL/INTENT
WHAT SUSTAINS OR CONTROLS THE EAGLE'S EMANATIONS?
WILL/INTENT IS THE FORCE THAT SUSTAINS OR CONTROLS THE EAGLE'S EMANATIONS
I was seeing the Eagle's emanations and the force that keeps them apart and bund
les them together...what he had seen was intent, the force permeates everything.
.POS,110
....the energy that comes out of of the alignment of emanations. FFW,189... Inte
nt is the power that upholds the universe, It is a force that gives focus to eve
rything. It makes the world happen...TSC,40...it is what makes the world... EG,1
48 it is present throughout everything there is. FFW,98 Without intent there was
nothing. EG,243... intent is everywhere .. EG,148 ...underneath the dry leaves
is the ground, the enormous earth. intent is the principle underneath everything
. TSC,40. Will is a force which was the true link between men and the world. SR,
147
WHAT IS THE DIFFERENCE BETWEEN WILL AND INTENT?
WILL IS THE IMPERSONAL FORCE OF EAGLE'S EMANATIONS AND INTENT IS THE PERSONALIZE
D FORCE
will is the impersonal force of alignment which changes into intent, the persona
lized force, which is at the service of each individual...FFW,237 ...intent is t
he purposeful guiding of will. FFW,190 they realized that will was the force tha
t kept the Eagle's emanations separated and was not responsible for our awarenes
s, but also for everything in the universe. They saw that this force had total c
onsciousness and that it sprang from the very fields of energy that made the uni
verse. They decided then that intent was a more appropriate name for it than wil
l. POS,113,114. ...the new seers took a close look and called it will,the will o
f the Eagle's emanations or intent. FFW,98 ...alignment is a unique force becaus
e it either helps the assemblage point, or it keeps it glued to its customary po
sition....the aspect of alignment that keeps the assemblage point stationary is
will .... and the aspect that makes it shift is intent. FFW,237.. That blackness
, that silence, gives rise to the intent to direct the second attention, to comm
and it, to make it do things. This is why it is called will. The intent and the
effect are will.. they are tied together. EG,143
Will and Intent are essentially the same thing. Will is used when describing the
force that is holding up the universe in an objective manner and intent is used
when that force changes due to some personal interaction. However, will has als
o been confusingly described as also a personalized power.
Will is something else, something very clear and powerful which can direct our a
cts. Will is something a man uses.. to win a battle which by all calculations, s
hould lose. Will.. has to do with astonishing feats that defy our common sense.
It is kind of a control over ourselves. Will is a power. And since it is a power
it has to be controlled and tuned and that takes time. SR,146.
DJ said that will can be described as the maxium control of the luminosity of th
e body as a field of energy; or it can be described as a level of proficiency, o
r a state of being that comes abruptly into the daily life of a warrior at any g
iven time. .EG,142.
Will was allegedly cultivated only by sorcerers. it came to the practitioners ve
iled in mystery and purportedly gave them the capacity to perform extraordinary
acts. ,TOP,83.
what a sorcerer calls will is a power within ourselves. it is not a thought, or
an object, or a wish. SR,147 What you yourself call will is character and strong
disposition..what a sorcerer calls will is a force that comes from within and a
ttaches itself to the world out there. SR,148Will is what can make you sueed whe
n your thoughts tell you that you're defeated. Will is what makes you invulnerab
le. Will is what sends a sorcerer through a wall; through space; to the moon, if
he wants. SR,147.
Whatever term is used, the meaning is the same.. there is a universal force whic
h holds everything in place and that force can be manipulated. However, for simp
licity we will use the term which involves personal interaction - intent.
WHAT IS INTENT?
INTENT IS AN ABSTRACT UNMEASUREABLE, INDESCRIBABLE, INDEFINABLE, NEITHER GOOD NO
R EVIL FORCE THAT YOU CANNOT SEE OR FEEL IT AND YET IT EXISTS.
Intent is .....an unmeasurable, prevailing (, POS, 28), indescribable, indefinab
le (POS,235), ....something that cannot be seen or felt, something that does not
seem to exist but yet does. POS,170.. ...intent has no desires of its own. EG,1
49. .....there is no way of knowing what intent is. POS,134 it is an abstract fo
rce, neither good nor evil... TSC,85 Everything in the world is a force, a pull
or a push. SRP,139... ....the force that changes and reorders things or keeps th
em as they are (POS, 28,97) force in the universe POS,10, blind, impersonal, cea
seless burst of energy that makes us behave in the ways we do..FFW,189 ...made u
p of pure energy.. POS,112 the nagual never ends..it has no limits..,TOP,138 Wil
l is a force, a power. SR,148. intend it with your intent, which is the layer be
neath your thoughts. TSC,142
INTENT IS CONNECTED TO EVERYTHING
that absolutely everything that exists in the entire cosmos is attached to inten
t by a connecting link. POS,10,22... people and all living creatures are slaves
of intent. We are in its clutches. It makes us do whatever it wants. It makes us
act in the world. It makes us die. EG,148
WHAT ARE THE DIFFERENT NAMES OF INTENT BESIDES WILL?
THE NAMES OF INTENT
.....Intent which sorcerers call the spirit, the abstract, the nagual.. POS, 28
.....the spirit is the force that sustains the universe (POS,114) Don Juan had e
xplained the nagual to me as being the indescribable force, the source of everyt
hing... the nagual is in everything. SRP,198 The nagual is aware of everything..
.,TOP,129. there was only one thing which was indispensable for anything we did.
He called it the spirit. ,JTI, the rolling force or the tumbling or circular fo
rce. FFW,241...the tumbler is the force from the Eagle's emanations..FFW,241. Th
e left side, called the naugal, .states of heightened awareness, or the site of
the second attention. EG,163. ....will is such a complete control of the second
attention that it is called the other self. EG,144..will belongs to the other se
lf. EG,143.......Powers that guide can be called...forces, spirits, airs, winds,
or anything like that. ,JTI,86.
Since intent is the undescribable force of the universe, it thus has many names.
Everything is just an interpretation of that force.
HOW DOES INTENT APPEAR TO PEOPLE?
INTENT MANIFESTS ITSELF DIFFERENTLY IN DIFFERENT THINGS
it is an all-encompassing force that manifests itself differently in different t
hings. TSC,83.
CAN INTENT COMMUNICATE WITH US?

YES, DIRECT CONTACT WITH INTENT IS CALLED SILENT KNOWLEDGE
silent knowledge.. this is direct contact with intent. POS,115... Silent Knowled
ge has complete mastery, complete knowledge of everything.. but it cannot think,
therefore, it cannot speak of what it knows..it is of course, intent- the spiri
t, the abstract. , POS,155
Everything has a form... but besides the outer shape, there is an inner awarenes
s that rules things. This silent awareness is the spirit. TSC,83. This energy co
mmunicates with us. TSC,83.
ANOTHER NAME FOR SILENT KNOWLEDGE IS THE THIRD POINT
silent knowlege is the third point because in order to get to it one had to pass
the second point, the place of no pity. (ruthlessness) POS,242
HOW DOES INTENT COMMUNICATE WITH US?
Voice of the spirit
WHAT IS THE VOICE OF THE SPIRIT?
THE VOICE OF THE SPIRIT IS MORE OF A FEELING
The voice of the spirit is an abstraction that has nothing to do with voices, an
d yet we may at times hear voices...TSC,85 ...don't expect a shout from the tree
tops... what we call the voice of the spirit is more of a feeling. Or it can be
an idea that suddenly pops into your head. Sometimes it can be a longing to go s
omewhere vaguely familiar, or a longing to do something also vaguely familiar. T
SC,84 If the spirit (intent) speaks to you, using its silent words, you will cer
tainly know immediately what the spirit is. , POS,51 .It was not a voice it was
lots of voices. TSC,85. ....will is very quiet, unnoticeable EG,143
HOW DO WE UNDERSTAND THE VOICE OF THE SPIRIT/INTENT?
INTENT CAN ONLY BE UNDERSTOOD THROUGH EXPERIENCE AND WE CAN ONLY TALK ABOUT ITS
EFFECTS.
there is no way to talk about it except metaphorically.. TSC,40 the nagual is on
ly effect. ,TOP,138. in order to talk about it we must borrow from the island of
the tonal(reason), therefore it is more convienient not to explain it but simpl
y recount its effects. ,TOP,129. silent knowledge can't be reasoned out. It can
only be experienced. POS,247 The left side is perhaps comprehended, if comprehen
sion is what takes place, with the total body, thus its resistence to conceptual
ization. EG,163.. By intending it, but not with your thoughts.. Intent is so far
away from thoughts that we can't talk about it; we can't even feel it. But we c
an certainly use it. TSC,142
DESCRIPTION OF EXPERIENCING THE VOICE OF THE SPIRIT
.... Taisha's experience description of.. (jumping and dancing to people singing
in the wind)..TSC,84... When I finally came to sit down next to Clara, I was pe
rspiring, but it was not a healthy physical sweat, It was more like the cold swe
at of exhaustion. TSC,84...
HOW CAN WE HEAR THE VOICE OF THE SPIRIT?
WHEN WE ARE ABSOLUTELY QUIET AND BALANCED
The voice of the spirit comes from nowhere.. it comes from the depth of silence,
from the realm of not-being. That voice can only be heard when we are absolutel
y quiet and balanced. TSC,87.
INTENT ONLY RESPONDS TO POWER NOT PRAYER
a force that has no interest whatsoever in us, but that nevertheless responds to
our own power. Not to our prayers, mind you, but to our power. TSC,85 it is whe
re power hovers, but that was only a way of alluding to it. By reason of its eff
ect, perhaps the nagual can be best understood in terms of power. ,TOP,138. But
the spirit is nobody's guardian.. TSC,85
HOW DOES INTENT AFFECT US?
Intent is continously being produced from the Eagle's emanations and is hitting
us all the time. We are not aware that it is constantly hitting us but it is the
force that gives us both life and eventually caries us to our death. That force
is named the rolling force.
ROLLING FORCE
WHAT IS THE ROLLING FORCE?
THE ROLLING FORCE IS THE INTENT FORCE FROM THE EAGLE'S EMANATIONS THAT CONTROL A
LL ASPECTS OF LIFE AND DEATH FOR THE ORGANIC AND INORGANIC BEINGS
The rolling force is an eternal line of iridescent rings or balls of fire, that
roll onto living beings ceaselessly. FFW,243
The rolling force or balls of fire are expression of a force that pertains to al
l details of life and death. FFW,242. The rolling force is the means through whi
ch the Eagle distributes life and awareness for safekeeping..but it is also a fo
rce..that makes all living beings die. FFW,243
DEATH IS THE ROLLING FORCE.
Death is the rolling force. FFW,245.
WHAT MAKES UP THE ROLLING FORCE?
THE BALANCE BETWEEN THE TWO FORCES(TUMBLING AND CIRCULAR) IS A DELICATE ONE
The balance of the two forces in every living being is a delicate one. FFW,248.
The tumbling force and the circular force.
TUMBLING FORCE
WHAT IS THE TUMBLING FORCE?
THE TUMBLING FORCE IS THE PART OF THE ROLLING FORCE THAT RELATES TO DESTRUCTION
AND DEATH
the tumbling aspect of the RF relates exclusively to destruction and death. FFW,
247. a ceaseless force that strikes us every instant of our lives. FFW,241.
CIRCULAR FORCE
WHAT IS THE CIRCULAR FORCE?
THE CIRCULAR FORCE IS THE PART OF THE ROLLING FORCE THAT MAINTAINS LIFE AND AWAR
ENESS, FULFILLMENT AND PURPOSE
the circular aspect.. is what maintains life and awareness, fulfillment and purp
ose. FFW,247. it strikes all living beings ceaselessly, but for a different purp
ose. It strikes them to give them strength, direction, awareness; to give them l
ife. FFW,248
WHY IS IT CALLED THE CIRCULAR FORCE?
THE CIRCULAR FORCE COMES IN RINGS, THREADLIKE LOOPS OF IRIDESCENCE
The reason they call it the circular force is that it comes in rings, threadlike
loops of iridescence - a very delicate affair indeed... FFW,248
ARE THEY REALLY CIRCLES?

YOU ONLY SENSE THE FEELINGS OF RINGS WHICH FIT ALL ORGANIC AND INORGANIC BEINGS
There are no circles to speak of, just a circular force..the feelings of rings..
there are no different sizes either. It's one indivisible force that fits all li
ving beings, organic and inorganic. FFW,248.
HOW DO THE TWO FORCES HIT US?
THE CIRCULAR FORCE HITS US JUST BEFORE THE TUMBLING FORCE
The new seers saw that both forces are fused but are not the same. the circular
force comes to us just before the tumbling force...they are so close to each oth
er that they seem the same. FFW,248.
---------------------------------------------------------------
A.) INTUITION
THE NAGUAL EXISTS BELOW THE SURFACE BUT WE ARE INTUITIVELY AWARE OF IT
WE ARE DEEPER THAN WE LOOK AND HAVE NO KNOWLEDGE OF IT

...that the human psyche is infinitely more complex than our mundane or academic
reasoning had led us to believe. TAOD, iii..People have no idea of the strange
power we carry within ourselves.. at this moment you have the means to reach inf
inity. POS,84 ..human beings have a very deep sense of magic..we are part of the
mysterious....rationality is only a veneer with us. If we scratch that surface,
we find a sorcerer underneath. POS,174..
HE SAID THAT THE FEELING EVERYONE KNOWS AS INTUITION IS THE ACTIVATION OF OUR LI
NK WITH INTENT
He said that the feeling everyone knows as intuition is the activation of our li
nk with intent. POS,31 and inside every human being was a gigantic, dark lake of
silent knowledge which each of us could intuit. POS,152,155
THE PRESENCE OF THE DOUBLE INSIDE US IS SO SUBTLE THAT WE CAN THROUGH OUR ENTIRE
LIVES WITHOUT EVER KNOWING THAT IT IS THERE
The presence of the double inside us is so subtle that we can through our entire
lives without ever knowing that it is there.TSC,159.
SOME PEOPLE CAN CONTROL THEIR DOUBLE BUT MOST OF US DO NOT EVEN KNOW IT EXISTS
Some persons are masters of the double.. they cannot only focus their awareness
on it but also spur it into action. The majority of us, however, are scarcely aw
are that our ethereal side exists. TSC,136.
B.)THE ASSEMBLAGE POINT'S HABITUAL POSITION HAS CHANGED
HAS THE ASSEMBLAGE POINT ALWAYS BEEN IN ITS CURRENT HABITUAL POSITION?
A LONG TIME AGO, OUR ASSEMBLAGE POINT WAS NOT ON THE POSITION IT IS TODAY BUT RA
THER ON THE PLACE OF SILENT KNOWLEDGE. SILENT KNOWLEDGE HAD BEEN THE NORMAL POSI
TION OF MAN AGES AGO
....it was a general position on the AP that ages ago it had been man's normal p
osition...POS,204.. ..there had been one time when mankind had been on the third
point. POS,243.. when silent knowledge was the first point POS,243 ...the whole
of humanity has moved away from the abstract, although at one time we must have
been close to it. It must have been our sustaining force. And then something ha
ppened and pulled us away from the abstract. Now we can't get back to it POS,52
THE NORMAL POSITION OF MAN HAS CHANGED TO THE POSITION OF REASON FOR UNKNOWN REA
SONS
but for reasons which would be impossible to determine, man's AP moved and adopt
ed a new one called reason. POS,204..
WHAT PROBABLY MOVED THE ASSEMBLAGE POINT TO ITS CURRENT HABITUAL POSITION?
THE TRUE LEADERS OF MANKIND ARE THOSE PEOPLE WHOSE ASSEMBLAGE POINT IS SQUARELY
ON THE POSITION OF REASON OR SILENT KNOWLEDGE
...not every human being's AP was squarely on that position either.. This meant
that the true leaders of mankind had always been the few human beings whose AP h
appened to be either on the exact point of reason or of silent knowledge. The re
st of humanity was merely the audience. In our day, they were the lovers of reas
on. In the past, they had been lovers of silent knowledge. They were the ones wh
o had admired and sung odes to the heroes of either position. POS,243 ..those wh
o were on the spot itself were the true leaders of mankind. Most of the time the
y were unknown people whose genius was the exercising of their reason. POS.242
TO SEE THE POSITION OF REASON YOU HAD TO BE FIXED ON THE POSITION OF SILENT KNOW
LEDGE
..only those who were squarely in either position could see the other position c
learly and that that had been the way the age of reason came into being. The pos
ition of reason was clearly seen from the position of silent knowledge... POS, 2
43, 244
THE ONE WAY BRIDGE FROM SILENT KNOWLEDGE TO REASON IS CALLED CONCERN
the one way bridge from silent knowledge to reason was called concern. That is,
the concern that true men of silent knowledge had about the source of what they
knew. POS, 243, 244
THE ASSEMBLAGE POSITION THE PLACE OF CONCERN WAS THE FORERUNNER OF REASON
the AP position the place of concern was the forerunner of reason... POS,204
SO AS SOON AS THE OLD LEADERS BECAME CONCERNED THEY BEGAN TO THINK ABOUT THEMSEL
VES
WHEN MAN BECAME AWARE THAT HE KNEW HE LOST SIGHT OF WHAT HE KNEW BECAUSE HE WANT
ED TO KNOW IT LIKE HE KNOWS EVERYDAY LIFE
Sorcerers believe that when man became aware that he knew, he lost sight of what
he knew. Man's error was to want to know it directly, the way he knew everyday
life. The more he wanted, the more ephemereal it became... man gave up silent kn
owledge for the world of reason..the more he clings to the world of reason, the
more ephemereal intent becomes.. POS,155
ANCIENT MAN KNEW IN A DIRECT FASHION WHAT TO DO BUT THIS DEVELOPED A SENSE OF SE
LFISHNESS WHICH DEVELOPED THE 'SELF'
...ancient man knew, in the most direct fashion, what to do, and how best to do
it. But, because he performed so well, he started to develop a sense of selfness
, which gave him the feeling he could predict and plan the actions he used to pe
rforming. And thus the idea of individual 'self' appeared; an individual self wh
ich began to dictate the nature and scope of man's actions...POS,167
HAVING A SENSE OF SELF DISCONNECTED MAN FROM SILENT KNOWLEDGE
...it was self-reflection that had disconnected man from the spirit in the first
place. POS,167....As the feeling of the individual self became stronger, man lo
st his natural connection to silent knowledge.. POS,158
SINCE MAN COULDN'T RETURN TO SILENT KNOWLEDGE HE SOUGHT SOLACE IN HIS SELFISHNES
S AND THIS FIXED HIS ASSEMBLAGE POINT INTO PLACE
...Having lost hope of ever returning to the source of everything, man sought so
lace in his selfness. And in doing so, he succeeded in fixing his AP in the exac
t position to perpetuate his self-image. POS,158.....
DO WE EVER WANT TO RETURN TO THE POSITION OF SILENT KNOWLEDGE?
WE LONG FOR THE POSITION OF SILENT KNOWLEDGE BECAUSE MANKIND HAD SPENT A LONGER
PART OF ITS HISTORY THERE
The naugal stated that mankind had spent the longer part of its history in the p
osition of silent knowledge, and that this explained our great longing for it. P
OS,243
GARDEN OF EDEN IS PROBABLY AN ALLEGORY FOR OUR LOSING OUR KNOWLEDGE OF INTENT
..... and that the Christian idea of being cast out from the Garden of Eden.. wa
s probably an allegory for losing our silent knowledge, our knowledge of intent.
POS,114
WHAT HAS HAPPENED TO HUMANS SINCE THEY CANNOT GET BACK TO THE PLACE OF SILENT KN
OWLEDGE?
TO EXPRESS HIS DESPAIR FROM BEING AWAY FROM SILENT KNOWLEDGE HE DOES CYNICAL OR
VIOLENT ACTS WITH NO HOPE OF PEACE OR SATISFACTION
Modern man, being heir to that development, therefore finds himself so hopelessl
y removed from the source of everything that all he can do is express his despai
r in violent and cynical acts of self-destruction. Don Juan asserted that the re
ason for man's cynicism and despair is the bit of silent knowledge left in him,
which does two things: one, it gives man an inkling of his ancient connection to
the source of everything, and two, it makes man feel that without this connecti
on, he has no hope of peace, of satisfaction, of attainment. POS,158
MODERN MAN IS NOW IN THE WORLD OF THE FUNCTIONAL AND BORING
....modern man has left the realm of the unknown and mysterious, and has settled
down in the realm of the functional. He has turned his back to the world of for
eboding and the exulting and has welcomed the world of boredom. FFW,167
IT HAS MADE US BECOME DIVIDED AND WE NOW WE THINK IN OPPOSITES/PAIRS
WHY DO HUMANS THINK WE ARE DIVIDED INTO OPPOSITES?
BEING DIVIDED IS OUR HUMAN CONDITION
Being divided is our human condition.. TSC,43
WHY DO HUMANS ALWAYS MAKE PAIRS?
AS SOON AS WE BECOME TONAL WE BEGIN MAKING PAIRS BECAUSE WE SENSE THE LOSS OF TH
E NAGUAL
From the moment we become tonal we begin making pairs. We sense our two sides, b
ut we always represent them with items of the tonal. We say that the two parts o
f us are the soul and the body. Our mind and matter. Or good and evil. God and S
atan. We never realize, however, that we are merely pairing things on the island
....TOP,126.
HOW DO HUMANS THINK WE ARE DIVIDED?
WE THINK THAT THE DUALISM IN US IS BETWEEN THE MIND AND BODY
Clara explained that we are convinced that a dualism exists in us; the mind is t
he insubstantial part of ourselves, and the body is the concrete part. TSC,43
HOW DOES THIS BELIEF OF BEING DIVIDED HURT US?

THIS FALSE BELIEF OF OUR MIND/BODY DUALISM KEEPS OUR ENERGY FROM JOINING TOGETHE
R
This division keeps our energy in a state of chaotic separation and prevents it
from coalescing. TSC,43
HOW ARE HUMANS REALLY DIVIDED?
Humans are divided into the only true opposites: the tonal and the nagual
WHY ARE THE TONAL AND NAGUAL REALLY THE TRUE OPPOSITES?
ALL OF THE LABELS HUMANS USE FOR THEIR DIVISIONS ARE FOUND IN THE REALM OF THE T
ONAL..
(CC's arguement that the Transcendental Ego is the Nagual and the Empirical ego
is the tonal.) TOP,138. ...everything else you may care to say are only items on
the island of the tonal. TOP,138(using the name nagual doesn't that place it on
the tonal?) ...I have named the tonal and the nagual as a true pair. That is al
l I have done. TOP,127.
C.) SELF-IMPORTANCE AND THE INTERNAL DIALOGUE
WHY DO WE ONLY PERCEIVE IN THE FIRST ATTENTION?

THE FIRST ATTENTION EMPHASIZES ONLY CERTAIN EMANATIONS
TO BRING OUR WORLD IN FOCUS CERTAIN EMANATIONS MUST BE EMPHASIZED
...in order for our first attention to bring into focus the world that we percei
ve, it has to emphasize certain emanations selected from the narrow band of eman
ations where man's awareness is located. The discarded emanations are still with
in our reach but remain dormant, unknown to us for the duration of our lives. FF
W,127.
WE CAN'T PERCEIVE THE NAGUAL BECAUSE OUR ASSEMBLAGE POINT CLUSTERS EMANATIONS FO
R THE FIRST ATTENTION ONLY AND NEVER CLUSTERS EMANATIONS FOR THE SECOND ATTENTIO
N
the AP is responsible for making the first attention perceive in terms of cluste
rs. FFW,142 An example of a cluster of emanations that receive emphasis together
is the human body as we perceive it. Another part of our total being, our lumin
ous cocoon, never receives emphasis and is relegated to oblivion; FFW,142
WE SELECT THOSE EMANATIONS BECAUSE WE WERE TAUGHT THAT THOSE EMANATIONS ARE PERC
EIVABLE AND BECAUSE OUR ASSEMBLAGE POINT SELECT AND PREPARE THOSE EMANATIONS FOR
BEING USED
Human beings repeatedly chose the same emanations for perceiving because of two
reasons. First, and most important, because we have been taught that those emana
tions are perceivable and second because our AP select and prepare those emanati
ons for being used. FFW,136
WHAT DETERMINES WHAT PRECISE EMANATIONS WILL BE USED?
OUR LIMITED ENERGY IS SYSTEMATICALLY DEPLOYED IN ORDER THAT IT MAY BE USED MOST
ADVANTAGEOUSLY BY THE MODALITY OF TIME
an energy that is systematically deployed, beginning at the moment of birth, in
order that it may be used most advantageously by the modality of time... POS,8
WHAT IS THE MODALITY OF TIME? (TONAL OF THE TIMES)
TIME DECIDES WHICH MODE OUR REALITY IS IN OR WHAT PRECISE BUNDLE OF ENERGY FIELD
WE ARE USING
the modality of time is the precise bundle of energy fields being perceived..I b
elieve man's perception has changed through the ages. The actual time decides th
e mode; the time decides which precise bundle of energy fields, out of an incalc
uable number are to be used...And handling the modality of time- those few, sele
cted energy fields- takes all our available energy, leaving us nothing that woul
d help us use any of the other energy fields. POS,8
TO KEEP A CONTINUITY OF PERCEPTION THESE ALIGNMENTS ARE CONSTANTLY RENEWED WHICH
REINFORCES WHAT ALIGNMENT WE HABITUATE ON
ALIGNMENT IS CEASELESSLY RENEWED IN ORDER TO GIVE PERCEPTION CONTINUITY
the new seers examined how the perception of the world of everyday life takes pl
ace and saw the effects of will. They saw that alignment is ceaselessly renewed
in order to imbue perception with continuity. FFW,190.
TO KEEP THE PERCEPTION OF OUR WORLD FRESH, THE BURSTS OF ENERGY FROM OUR HABITUA
L ALIGNMENTS IS REROUTED TO REINFORCE OUR CHOICE ALIGNMENTS
To renew alignment every time with the freshness that it needs to make up a livi
ng world, the bursts of energy that comes out of those very alignments is automa
tically rerouted to reinforce some choice alignments. FFW,190.
THE HABITUAL POSITION OF MAN'S ASSEMBLAGE POINT IS BROUGHT ABOUT BY HABITUATION/
CERTAIN EMANATIONS WERE ROUTINELY ALIGNED
..the assemblage point's habitual location is not innate but brought about by ha
bituation. (old sorcerers saw children's AP constantly fluttering).TAOD,75, 76,
77....Certain emanations are routinely aligned because of the fixation of the AP
on one specific spot; that is all there is to our world. FFW,303
WHAT ARE THE RESULTS BROUGHT ABOUT BY US BEING ON THE HABITUAL POSITION?
WE BECOME VERY SELF-REFLECTIVE
ALL LIVING BEINGS HAVE SOME DEGREE OF SELF-REFLECTION IN ORDER FOR THEM TO INTER
ACT BUT NONE HAS MAN'S HIGH DEGREE OF SELF-ABSORPTION
..the awareness of all living beings has a degree of self-reflection in order fo
r them to interact. But none except man's first attention has such a high degree
of self-absorption. FFW,93
THE FIRST ATTENTION TAKES AN INVENTORY OF THE EAGLE'S EMANATIONS INSIDE THEIR CO
COONS/ IT NOTES EVERYTHING ABOUT ITSELF/WE ONLY QUIET OUR EMANATIONS TO REFLECT
ON OURSELVES
instead, their first attention takes an inventory of the Eagle's emanations insi
de their cocoons. FFW,92 inventory.. human beings take notice of the emanations
they have inside their cocoons.. No other creatures do that. the moment the pres
sure from the emanations at large fixates the emanations inside, the first atten
tion begins to watch itself. It notes everything about itself, or at least it tr
ies to, in whatever aberrant ways it can. FFW,92...seers see the emanations insi
de the cocoon of man are not quieted down for purposes of matching them with tho
se outside... human beings quiet down their emanations and then reflect on them.
The emanations focus on themselves. FFW,92 the new seers realized that all orga
nic beings, except man, quiet down their agitated trapped emanations so that tho
se emanations can align themselves with their matching ones outside. Human being
s do not do that; FFW,92 seers see the emanations inside the cocoon of man are n
ot quieted down for purposes of matching them with those outside... FFW,92
WHAT IS AN INVENTORY?
THE INVENTORY IS THE MIND

The inventory is the mind. POS,173.
KNOWING AN INVENTORY IS WHAT MAKES A MAN OR SCHOLAR AN EXPERT IN HIS FIELD
Inventory..human beings are creatures of inventory. Knowing the ins and outs of
a particular inventory is what makes a man a scholar or an expert in his field..
.POS,173.
WE MUST TAKE AN INVENTORY IT IS THE EAGLE'S COMMAND
to take an inventory is the Eagle's command. FFW,93
EXAMPLES OF OUR INVENTORYS..
LITERAL-MINDEDNESS
literal-mindedness is a major item of our inventory, and that we have to be awar
e of it to bypass it. TSC,85.
WHAT HAPPENS WHEN WE TAKE THE INVENTORY TOO FAR?
TWO THINGS MAY HAPPEN: HUMANS MAY IGNORE THE IMPULSES OF THE EMANATIONS AT LARGE
(REASON) OR THEY MAY USE THEM IN A SPECIALIZED WAY (SELF-ABSORPTION)
.... Human beings carry the command of taking an inventory to its logical extrem
e and disregard everything else. Once they are deeply involved in the inventory,
two things may happen. They may ignore the impulses of the emanations at large,
or they may use them in a very specialized way....FFW,92 The end result of igno
ring those impulses after taking an inventory is a unique state called reason. F
FW,92 The result of using every impulse in a specialized way is known as self-ab
sorption. FFW,92.... Contrary to men of reason, who ignore the impulse of the em
anations at large, the self-absorbed individuals use every impulse and turn them
all into a force to stir the trapped emanations inside their cocoons. FFW,93
REASON
REASON IS A BY-PRODUCT OF THE HABITUAL POSITION OF THE ASSEMBLAGE POINT
Reason is only a by-product of the habitual position of the assemblage point TAO
D,73.
OUR PERSPECTIVE IS FROM THE CENTER OF REASON ONLY REGARDLESS OF WHO WE ARE OR WH
ERE WE COME FROM
We function at the center of reason exclusively, regardless of who we are or whe
re we come from.TOP,237.
HUMAN REASON IS A DULL GLOW THAT MAKES THE EGGLIKE SHELL TOUGHER MORE BRITTLE
Human reason appears to a seer as an unusually homogenous dull glow that rarely
if ever responds to the constant pressure from the emanations at large - a glow
that makes the egglike shell become tougher, but more brittle... reason in the h
uman being should be bountiful, but that in actuality it is very rare. FFW,93
MOST PEOPLE DO NOT HAVE THEIR ASSEMBLAGE POINT SQUARELY ON THE LOCATION OF REASO
N
the majority of people do not have their AP squarely on the location of reason,
but in its immediate vicinity.. POS,204.
MEN OF TRUE REASON LIVE LONGER THAN SELF-ABSORBED HUMANS
The new seers saw that men of reason are bound to live longer, because by disreg
arding the impulse of the emanations at large, they quiet down the natural agita
tion inside their cocoons. FFW,93
SELF-ABSORBED/SELF-IMPORTANCE
SELF-IMPORTANCE IS THE FORCE GENERATED BY MAN'S SELF-IMAGE, IT KEEPS THE ASSEMBL

AGE FIXED
DJ described self-importance as the force generated by man's self-image... it is
that force which keeps the AP fixed where it is at the present. POS,158......
SELF-ABSORPTION AS SEEN ON THE ASSEMBLAGE POINT ARE INTERMITTENT BURSTS OF WHITE
LIGHT FOLLOWED BY LONG PAUSES OF DULLNESS
the majority of human beings turn to self-absorption. Seers see this as intermit
tent bursts of white light, followed by long pauses of dullness. FFW,93
SELF-ABSORBED INDIVIDUALS USE THE IMPULSE OF THE EMANATIONS AT LARGE TO CREATE M
ORE AGITATION SHORTEN THEIR LIVES
The self absorbed individuals... use the impulse of the emanations at large to c
reate more agitation, shorten their lives. FFW,93
WHY CAN'T WE BREAK FROM OUR ASSEMBLAGE POINT'S HABITUAL POSITION?
THE FIRST ATTENTION CAN NEVER BE COMPLETELY OVERCOME, IT CAN ONLY BE TURNED OFF
FOR A MOMENT AND REPLACED WITH THE SECOND ATTENTION
The first attention, the attention that makes the world, can never be completely
overcome; it can only be turned off for a moment and replaced with the second a
ttention, providing the body has stored enough of it. EG,141.
WE ARE BORN WITH A LIMITED AMOUNT OF ENERGY

HUMAN BEINGS ARE BORN WITH A FINITE AMOUNT OF ENERGY
..Human beings are born with a finite amount of energy.. POS,8
THE RIGHT SIDE CONSUMES TOO MUCH ENERGY
On the right side too much energy and time is consumed in the actions and intera
ctions of our daily life. EG,165.
SORCERY OR THE MYSTERY OF THE WORLD IS BEYOND THE AVERAGE MAN BECAUSE HE LACKS T
HE ENERGY TO DEAL WITH IT
From where the average man stands..sorcery is nonsense or an ominous mystery bey
ond his reach. and he is right not because this is an absolute fact, but because
the average man lacks the energy to deal with sorcery. POS,8 ...you cannot witn
ess fields of energy... not as an average man, that is.. FFW,53....moving the AP
or breaking one's continuity is not the real difficulty. The real difficulty is
having energy. POS,232....
WHAT TAKES UP ALL OF OUR ENERGY?
ALL OF OUR AVAILABLE ENERGY GOES TO UPHOLDING OUR WORLD/OUR IMPORTANCE/ FIRST AT
TENTION CONSUMES ALL OUR AVAILABLE ENERGY/ALL THE GLOW OF AWARENESS
he added that we all have a determined quantity of basic energy. That quantity i
s all the energy we have, and we use all of it for perceiving and dealing with o
ur engulfing world. He repeated various times, to emphasize it, that there is no
more energy for us anywhere and since our available energy is already engaged,
there is not a single bit left in us for any extraordinary perception, such as d
reaming....(TAOD, )....the new seers saw that the first attention consumes all t
he glow of awareness that human beings have, and not one iota of energy is left
free...FFW,97...The problem is that all the energy available is consumed by the
first attention. FFW,100 ..most of our energy goes into upholding our importance
. TAOD,37
SELF-IMPORTANCE IS THE SOURCE OF ALL OUR TROUBLES/ OUR PERSONAL HISTORY
Those habitual feelings and thoughts are the source of all troubles..I'm referri
ng to your barrage of habitual feelings and thoughts, your personal history, Eve
rything that makes you into what you think you are, a unique and special person.
TSC,38. You are not used to this kind of life; therefore the indications (omens
) bypass you. Yet you are a serious person, but your seriousness is attached to
what you do, not to what goes on outside you. You dwell upon yourself too much.
That's the trouble. And that produces a terrible fatigue. TDJ,51. Seek and see t
he marvels all around you. You will get tired of looking at yourself alone, and
that fatigue will make you deaf and blind to everything else. TDJ,52. You are vu
lnerable because you feel important.. all that shame was caused by your misguide
d sense of personal worth. TSC,97. We do confuse ourselves deliberately..all of
us are aware of our doings. Our puny reason deliberately makes itself into the m
onster it fancies itself to be. It's too little for such a big mould,though. TOP
,57 the trouble with us is that we take ourselves seriously.. whatever our categ
ory our self-image falls into only matters because of our self-importance. If we
weren't self-important, it wouldn't matter at all which category we fell into.
POS,250. We learn to think about everything.. and we train our eyes to look as w
e think about the things we look at. We look at ourselves already thinking that
we are important. And therefore we've got to feel important. SR,81.You take your
self too seriously.... you are too damn important in your own mind. That must be
changed. You are so goddamn important that you feel justified to be annoyed wit
h everything. You're so damn important that you can afford to leave if things do
n't go your way. I suppose you think that shows you have character. That's nonse
nse. You're weak and conceited. Self-importance is another thing that must be dr
opped, just like personal history... JTI,21. ...self-importance is our greatest
enemy. what weakens us is feeling offended by the deeds and misdeeds of our fell
ow men. Our self-importance requires that we spend most of our lives offended by
someone. FFW,27 the idea of personal self has no value whatsoever. POS,223...se
lf-importance is not simple and naive.. on the one hand, it is the core of every
thing that is good in us and on the other hand it is the core of everything that
is rotten. FFW,29....for the rational man to hold steadfastly to his self-image
insured his abysmal ignorance. He ignored..the fact that sorcery was not incana
tions and hocus-pocus, but the freedom to perceive not only the world taken for
granted, but everything else that was humanly possible. POS,224. He had said tha
t my reason was the demon that kept me chained, and that I had to vanquish it if
I wanted to achieve the realization of his teachings. the issue, therefore had
been how to vanquish my reason. SRP,239. sorcerers believed it was the position
of the AP which made modern man a homicidal egotist, a being totally involved wi
th his self image.POS,158 The position of self-reflection...forces the AP to ass
emble a world of sham compassion, but of very real cruelty and self-centeredness
. In that world the only real feelings are those convienent for the one who feel
s them. POS,158
MESSY LIFE
You always feel compelled to explain your acts, as if you were the only man on e
arth who's wrong...it's your old feeling of importance. You have too much of it;
you also have too much personal history...you don't assume responsibility for y
our acts; your not using death as an adviser, and above all, you are too accessi
ble. In other words, your life is as messy as it was before I met you. JTI,80...
For you the world is weird because if you're not bored with it you're at odds w
ith it. For me the world is weird because it is stupendous, awesome, mysterious,
unfathomable, my interest has been to convince you that must assume responsibil
ity for being here...JTI,81
SELF-PITY
self-pity doesn't jibe with power..the mood of a warrior calls for control over
himself and at the same time calls for abandoning himself. JTI,111. Don't you da
re give in to self-pity in this house. If you do, this house will reject you; it
'll spit you out... TSC,65. There's no way to feel sorry for poor Manfred. No ma
tter what form he's in, he's a warrior. Self-pity... is inside you and expresses
itself in different ways..Right now you're calling it "feeling sorry for Manfre
d" TSC,153.
SELF-IMPORTANCE AND SELF-PITY ARE THE SAME THING

...sorcerers had unmasked self-importance and found that it is self-pity masqu
erading as something else.... Self-pity is the real enemy and the source of man'
s misery. ....Without a degree of pity for himself, man could not afford to be a
s self important as he is. However, once the force of self-importance is engaged
, it develops its own momentum. And it is this seemingly independent nature of s
elf-importance which gives it its fake sense of worth. POS,158
THIS SELF-ABSORPTION IS REINFORCED BY THE INTERNAL DIALOGUE
THE HABITUAL POSITION OF MAN'S ASSEMBLAGE POINT IS MAINTAINED BY THE INTERNAL DI
ALOGUE
The position of the AP on man's cocoon is maintained by the internal dialogue, a
nd because of that, it is a flimsy position at best. That's why men and women lo
se their minds so easily, especially those whose internal dialogue is repetitiou
s, boring, and without any depth. FFW,173
WE MAINTAIN OUR WORLD WITH OUR INTERNAL TALK WE REPEAT THE SAME CHOICES OVER AND
OVER UNTIL THE DAY WE DIE BECAUSE WE KEEP ON REPEATING THE SAME INTERNAL TALK O
VER AND OVER UNTIL THE DAY WE DIE.
You talk to yourself too much. you're not unique at that. Everyone of us do that
. We carry on an internal talk... we talk about our world. In fact we maintain o
ur world with our internal talk. Whenever we finish talking to ourselves the wor
ld is always as it should be. We renew it, we kindle it with life, we uphold it
with our internal talk. Not only that, but we also choose our paths as we talk t
o ourselves. thus we repeat the same choices over and over until the day we die
because we keep on repeating the same internal talk over and over until the day
we die. SR,218.
AS LONG AS YOU REMAIN SELF-IMPORTANT YOU CANNOT APPRECIATE THE WORLD AROUND YOU,
ALL YOU SEE IS YOURSELF APART FROM EVERYTHING ELSE
As long as you feel that you are the most important thing in the world you canno
t really appreciate the world around you. You are like a horse with blinders, al
l you see is yourself apart from everything else. JTI,23
HOW DOES OUR INTERNAL DIALOGUE AND SELF-ABSORPTION DEVELOP?
AT BIRTH WE ARE ALL NAGUAL AND OUR ASSEMBLAGE POINT IS NOT FIXED
BEFORE BIRTH THE DUALITY BETWEEN THE TONAL AND NAGUAL DOESN'T EXIST
She said that before birth, man's imposed duality doesn't exist, TSC,43
BUT AT THE MOMENT OF BIRTH, THE TONAL AND NAGUAL BECOME OPERATIVE
every human being had two sides, two seperate entities, two counterparts which b
ecame operative at the moment of birth; one was called the tonal and the other t
he nagual. TOP,119.
AT BIRTH THE TWO SIDES ARE SEPERATED BY THE PULL OF MANKIND'S INTENT: ONE PART T
URNS OUTWARD AND BECOMES THE PHYSICAL BODY AND THE OTHER INWARD AND BECOMES THE
DOUBLE
but that from birth on, the two parts are seperated by the pull of mankind's int
ent. One part turns outward and becomes the physical body; the other, inward and
becomes the double. TSC,43
AT BIRTH WE ARE ALL NAGUAL AND FOR A SHORT TIME AFTER
At the time of birth, and for awhile after, we are all nagual. TOP,126.
AT FIRST INFANTS HAVE NO FIXED ASSEMBLAGE POINT AND IT MOVES THROUGHOUT MAN'S BA
ND
The seers see that infants have no fixed AP at first. Their encased emanations a
re in a state of great turmoil, and their AP shift everywhere in the band of man
, giving children a great capacity to focus on emanations that later will be thr
oughly disregarded.FFW,151 The fact of the matter is that many children can see.
FFW,151
BUT AFTER A SHORT TIME AFTER BIRTH, THE TONAL BEGINS TO DEVELOP AND BEGINS TO OV
ERTAKE THE NAGUAL
WE SENSE, THEN, THAT IN ORDER TO FUNCTION WE NEED A COUNTER PART TO WHAT WE HAVE
. THE TONAL IS MISSING AND THAT GIVES US, FROM THE VERY BEGINNING, A FEELING OF
INCOMPLETENESS
We sense, then, that in order to function we need a counter part to what we have
. The tonal is missing and that gives us, from the very beginning, a feeling of
incompleteness. TOP,126.
BUT FROM BIRTH THE TONAL BEGINS TO DEVELOP..
We begin to groom it at the moment of birth. The moment we take the first gasp o
f air we also breathe in power for the tonal. So, it is proper to say that the t
onal of a human being is intimately tied to his birth. TOP,122
WHEN THE TONAL DOES DEVELOP, IT BEGINS TO OUTSHINE THE NAGUAL
Then the tonal starts to develop and it becomes utterly important to our functio
ning, so important that it opaques the shine of the nagual, it overwhelms it. Fr
om the moment we become all tonal we do nothing else but to increment that old f
eeling of incompleteness which accompanies us from the moment of our birth, and
which tells us constantly that there is another part to give us completeness. TO
P,126. Our first ring of power is engaged very early in our lives and that we li
ve under the impression that that is all there is to us. SRP,242
WHY DOES THE TONAL START TO DEVELOP?
PEOPLE START TO TEACH US HOW AND WHAT TO PERCEIVE
FROM OUR TEACHERS, WE LEARN WHAT TO PERCEIVE
we perceive this is a hard fact. But what we perceive is not a fact of the same
kind, because we learn what to perceive... FFW,53
THE ISLAND OF THE TONAL IS MADE BY OUR PERCEPTION WHICH HAS BEEN TRAINED TO FOCU
S ON CERTAIN ELEMENTS
I have called that view the island of the tonal. I've said that everything we ar
e is on that island. The sorcerer's explanation says that the island of the tona
l is made by our perception, which has been trained to focus on certain elements
and all of them together form our view of the world. TOP,245
WE LEARN MOODS LIKE SOLACE, HAVEN AND FEAR
Solace, haven, fear, all of them are moods that you have learned without ever qu
estioning their value. TOP,26.
EVERYONE A CHILD WHO COMES INTO CONTACT WITH IS A TEACHER
He pointed out that everyone who comes into contact with a child is a teacher wh
o incessantly describes the world to him, JTI,ix.
WE START TO DEVELOP AN INTERNALIZED DIALOGUE WITHIN OURSELVES WHICH BEGINS TO TA
KE UP ALL OUR ENERGY AND FIXES THE ASSEMBLAGE POINT INTO PLACE
AS INFANTS WE ARE TAUGHT TO REPEAT AN ENDLESS DIALOGUE ABOUT THEMSELVES AND THIS
ENDLESS DIALOGUE BECOMES INTERNALIZED AND THAT FORCE ALONE KEEPS THE ASSEMBLAGE
POINT FIXED
Human beings when they are infants..are taught by everyone around them to repeat
an endless dialogue about themselves. The dialogue becomes internalized and tha
t force alone keeps the AP fixed..infants have hundreds of teachers who teach th
em exactly where to place their AP. FFW,151 The internal dialogue is a process t
hat constantly strengthens the position of the AP, because that position is an a
rbitrary one and needs steady reinforcement. FFW,151 ....the new seers say that
when we were taught to talk to ourselves, we were taught the means to dull ourse
lves in order to keep the AP fixed on one spot. FFW,168.
THERE COMES A MOMENT WHEN THE CHILD PERCEIVES THE WORLD AS DESCRIBED AND BEGINS
AN ENDLESS FLOW OF PERCEPTUAL INTERPRETATIONS (CALLED THE INTERNAL DIALOGUE) WHI
CH IS RARELY OPEN TO QUESTION
until the moment when the child is capable of perceiving the world as it is desc
ribed....we have no memory of that portentous moment, simply because none of us
could possibly have had anything else. From that moment on, however, the child i
s a member. He knows the description of the world; and his membership becomes fu
ll-fledged, I suppose, when he is capable of making all the proper perceptual in
terpretations which, by confirming to that description, validate it. the reality
of our day-to-day life consists of an endless flow of perceptual interpretation
s which we, the individuals who share a specific membership, have learned to mak
e in common... The idea that the perceptual interpretations that make up the wor
ld have a flow is congruous with the fact that they run uninterruptedly and are
rarely, if ever, open to question. In fact, the reality of the world we know is
so taken for granted that the basic premise of sorcery, that our reality is mere
ly one of many descriptions, could hardly be taken as a serious proposition. JTI
,ix. We are all born that light and bouncy, but we become earth bound and fixed.
We make ourselves that way. TOP,39.
WE BEGIN TO THINK VERY QUICKLY THAT WHAT WAS TAUGHT TO US AND WHAT WE CAN SEE IS
OUR ONE AND ONLY REALITY AND OUR PERCEPTION CLOSES.
THE SELF-REFLECTED VIEW IS AT FIRST A DESCRIPTION BUT IT KEEPS BEING GIVEN TO US
UNTIL ALL OF OUR ATTENTION IS CAUGHT BY IT AND IT BECOMES A VIEW
That view is first a description, which is given to us from the moment of our bi
rth until all of our attention is caught by it and the description becomes a vie
w.TOP,244. For a sorcerer, reality, or the world we all know, is only a descript
ion ...what I held in my mind was merely a description of the world; a descripti
on that had been pounded into me from the moment I was born. JTI,ix. We are perc
eivers.The world we perceive though is an illusion. it was created by a descript
ion that was told to us since the moment we were born.FFW,74. We the luminous be
ings are born with two rings of power, but we use only one to create the world.
That ring, which is hooked very soon after we are born, is reason, and its compa
nion is talking. between the two they concoct and maintain the world. So, in ess
ence, the world that your reason wants to sustain is the world created by a desc
ription and its dogmatic and inviolable rules, which the reason learns to accept
and defend. The secret of the luminous beings is that they have another ring of
power which is never used, the will. The trick of the sorcerer is the same tric
k of the average man. Both have a description; the average man upholds his with
reason; the, other upholds it with his will. Both descriptions have their rules
and the rules are perceivable, but the advantage of the sorcerer is that will is
more engulfing than reason. FFW,74.
WE LIVE IN A BUBBLE OF PERCEPTION WHICH CLOSES SOMETIME AFTER BIRTH AND WE WITNE
SS OUR OWN SELF-REFLECTION ON ITS WALLS
Sorcerers say that we are inside a bubble. it is a bubble into which we are plac
ed at the moment of our birth. At first the bubble is open, but then it begins t
o close until it has sealed us in. That bubble is perception. We live in that bu
bble all our lives. And what we witness on its round walls is our own reflection
.TOP,244.. If what we witness on the walls is our own reflection then the thing
thats being reflected must be the real thing.The thing reflected is our view of
the world. TOP,244.The bubble is opened in order to allow the luminous being a v
iew of his totality. ..Naturally, this business of calling it a bubble is only a
way of talking, but in this case it is an accurate way...TOP,245
WE THINK THAT THE WORLD IS SOLID AND FILLED WITH OBJECTS AND FORGET IT IS JUST A
DESCRIPTION POUNDED INTO US EVERYDAY SINCE BIRTH
WE BEGIN TO THINK OF THE WORLD AS A PLACE OF OBJECTS AND SOLIDITY
The world of objects and solidity is a way of making our passage on earth conven
ient. It is only a description that was created for us. We, or rather our reason
, forget that the description is only a description and thus we entrap the total
ity of ourselves in a vicious circle from which we rarely emerge in our lifetime
. TOP,97. there was no world at large but only a description of the world which
we had learned to visualize and take for granted. TOP,122....we think it is a wo
rld of objects and its not... the world is not as solid and as real as our perce
ption has been led to believe, but it isn't a mirage either.. FFW,52.. .To belie
ve that the world is only as you think it is, is stupid. JTI,64. ...human beings
employ the Eagle's emanations and interpret them as reality. But what man sense
s is such a small portion of the Eagle's emanations that its ridiculous to put m
uch stock in our perceptions and yet it isn't possible for us to disregard our p
erceptions. FFW,60. the basic premise of sorcery...that for a sorcerer, the worl
d of everyday life is not real, or out there, as we believe it is. JTI,ix. ...So
rcerers call it the secret of the luminous beings and it is the fact that we are
perceivers. We men and all the other luminous beings on earth are perceivers. T
hat is our bubble, the bubble of perception. Our mistake is to believe that the
only perception worthy of acknowledgement is what goes through our reason. Sorce
rers believe that reason is only one center and it shouldn't take so much for gr
anted. TOP,246 the conviction that there is a real you is a result of the fact t
hat you have rallied everything you've got around your reason.TOP,267
WE REGARD THE VISUAL AS THE ONLY REALITY BECAUSE WE RELY ON LANGUAGE AND REASON
Because we rely on language and reason.. it is the level of the visible that we
regard as reality. it appears to have an order, and is stable and predictable. Y
et in actuality, it is elusive, temporary and ever changing. What we judge as pe
rmanent reality is only the surface appearance of an unfathomable force. TSC,187
.
THERE IS ONLY PERCEPTION AND THE NAGUAL AND THINGS LIKE EVIL, THE DEVIL, WITCHCR
AFT COMES FROM OUR REASON
...Turn everything into what it really is: the abstract, the spirit, the nagual.
There is no witchcraft, no evil, no devil. There is only perception. POS,216
EVIL IS A CONCATENATION OF THE MIND BECAUSE OF THE FIXATION OF THE ASSEMBLAGE PO
INT ON ITS HABITUAL POSITION
evil is merely a concatenation of the human mind, overwhelmed by the fixation of
the assemblage point on its habitual position. TAOD,239
AND WHAT HAS BEEN TAUGHT TO US IS BASED UPON WHATEVER SOCIETY WE ARE IN AT THE T
IME
THE PARAMETERS OF OUR NORMAL PERCEPTION HAS BEEN IMPOSED ON US AS PART OF OUR SO
CIALIZATION
It is a sorcerer's idea that the parameters of our normal perception have been i
mposed upon us as part of our socialization, not quite arbitrarily but laid down
mandatorily nonetheless. TSC,viii
WE ARE FIXED FOREVER IN OUR THOUGHTS AND ACTIONS TO FOLLOW THE PATH THAT HABITUA
L MAN HAS LINED UP FOR US.
Our fellow men are black magicians. And since you are with them, you too are a b
lack magician. think for a moment. Can you deviate from the path that they've li
ned up for you? No. Your thoughts and your actions are fixed forever in their te
rms. That is slavery..TOP,26. He said I was pimping for someone else. That I was
not fighting my own battle, but the battles of some unknown people..and that in
his world of precise acts and feelings and decisions was infinitely more effect
ive than the blundering idiocy I called my life. JTI,58. ...our thoughts think u
s, our feelings feel; we do not have much say in the matter...the Buddha explain
s, "All that we are is the result of what we have thought." EE,M,10,11
OUR REALITY IS CONTINUALLY UPHELD BECAUSE WE HAVE ALL BEEN TAUGHT THE SAME TO AG
REE ON WHAT IS REAL
FOR THINGS TO BE REAL IN OUR WORLD WE HAVE TO AGREE UPON THEM
Things are real only after one has learned to agree on their realness. What took
place this evening... cannot possibly be real to you, because no one could agre
e with you about it. TOP,25. let's say that when every one of us is born we brin
g with us a little ring of power. That little ring is almost immediately put to
use. So every one of us is already hooked from birth and our rings of power are
joined to everyone else's. In other words, our rings of power are hooked to the
doing of the world in order to make the world.... for instance, our rings of pow
er, yours and mine, are hooked right now to the doing in this room. We are makin
g this room. Our rings of power are spinning this room into being at this very m
oment. JTI,211...every one of us knows the doing of rooms because, in one way or
another, we have spent much of our lives in rooms. JTI,212 All I did was to hoo
k my ring of power to your own doing... you yourself did the rest and so did the
others... we all have been taught to agree about doing..you don't have any idea
of the power that that agreement brings it....but, fortunately, not-doing is eq
ually miraculous, and powerful. JTI,212.
OUR REALITY IS FURTHER ENHANCED BECAUSE HUMANS CAN SKIM THEIR PERCEPTIONS
SKIMMING MAKES OUR PERCEPTION EVEN MORE REAL THAN OTHER CREATURES
The skimmings of men are more real than what other creatures perceive. FFW,158
THE PROBLEM WITH SKIMMING IS THAT IS MAKES THINGS SO REAL WE FORGET WE HAVE CONS
TRUCTED THEM BY COMMANDING OUR ASSEMBLAGE POINT TO APPEAR WHERE THEY DO
that is our pitfall. they are so real to us that we forget we have constructed t
hem by commanding our AP to appear where they do. We forget they are real to us
only because it is our command to perceive them as real. We have the power to sk
im the top off the alignments, but we don't have the power to protect ourselves
from our own commands. That has to be learned. FFW,158.
D.) INVENTORY AND SHIELDS
AND BY THE TIME WE OUR TEENAGERS, SOCIETY HAS FILLED US UP WITH ITS INVENTORY LI
KE AN ENORMOUS WAREHOUSE WITH NO SAY FROM US AND IT USUALLY NEVER CHANGES
WE ARE LIKE A GIANT WAREHOUSE THAT STORES OUR FEELINGS, IDEAS, BEHAVIOR PATTERNS
ETC.,
try to imagine yourself as a giant warehouse.. in that wherehouse, someone other
than yourself has stored feelings, ideas, mental dialogues and behavior pattern
s. Since it is your wherehouse, you can go in there and rummage around any time
you want and use whatever you find there.TSC,74.
OUR PROBLEM IS THAT WE HAVE NO SAY OVER OUR INVENTORY AND USUALLY OUR INVENTORY
NEVER CHANGES
the problem is that you have absolutely no say over the inventory, for it was al
ready established before you came into possession of the wherehouse. Thus you ar
e drastically linked in your selection of items... she added that our lives seem
to be an uninterrupted time line because in our wherehouses the inventory never
changes. TSC,74.
AND OUR ENERGY FIELD IS CONSTANTLY LESSENED AND MADE MORE RIGID AS WE GET OLDER
AND IT BECOMES HARDER TO CHANGE
THE WEB GETS PORTIONS OF ITSELF LOST OR ENTWINED IN OTHER PEOPLE'S BANDS OF ENER
GY AND GETS TORN TO SHREDS
This web of energy gets torn to shreds during daily living. Huge portions of it
become lost or entwined in other people's bands of energy. If a person loses too
much vital force, he becomes ill or dies. TSC,134...
MAN'S INVENTORY ALSO TOUGHENS THE COCOON TO THE POINT OF MAKING IT INFLEXIBLE
Man's inventory not only takes it all, but it also toughens the cocoon to the po
int of making it inflexible. FFW,100
AND SO FINALLY, WE DEVELOP OUR CONTINUITY FOR ALL OF OUR LIVES
WHAT IS CONTINUITY?
CONTINUITY IS THE IDEA THAT WE ARE A SOLID BLOCK AND OUR WORLD IS NOT CHANGEABLE
continuity..the idea that we are a solid block.. in our minds, what sustains our
world is the certainty that we are unchangeable... we may accept that our behav
ior or our reactions and opinions can be modified, but the idea that we can chan
ge appearances, to the point of being someone else.. is not part of our underlyi
ng order of our self-reflection.... POS,172
ONE ASPECT OF THESE MANDATORY PERCEPTION PARAMETERS IS AN INTERPRETATION CENTER
One aspect of these obligatory parameters is an interpretation system, TSC,viii
WHAT IS AN INTERPRETATION SYSTEM?
AN INTERPRETATION SYSTEM PROCESSES SENSORY DATA INTO MEANINGFUL UNITS AND USES T
HE SOCIAL STRUCTURE AS A WAY TO INTERPRET THESE UNITS
which processes sensory data into meaningful units and renders the social struct
ure as a structure of interpretation. TSC,viii
OUR INTERPRETATION REQUIRES FAITHFUL AND BLIND ADHERENCE TO ALL ITS CONCEPTS/ NO
NE OF WHICH CALLS FOR THE POSSIBILITY OF DIRECTLY PERCEIVING ENERGY
Our normal functioning within the social order requires a blind and faithful adh
erence to all its precepts, none of which calls for the possibility of directly
perceiving energy. For example, DJ maintained that it is possible to perceive hu
man beings as fields of energy, like huge, oblong, whitish luminous eggs. TSC,vi
ii
WE STIFLE OUR POTENTIAL TO SEE AND THAT EVENTUALLY THE SEER IS FILLED WITH BITTE
RNESS AND HATRED AND FINALLY DESTROYS US
Yet in spite of the clarity and accuracy of the seer's assessment's, we never pa
y attention to it or give the seer a chance to make itself heard. Through a cont
inual suppression, we stifle its growth and prevent it from developing its full
potential. TSC,99. In the end, the seer inside us is filled with bitterness and
hatred.. the ancient men of wisdom who invented the recapitulation believed that
since we never stop subduing the seer, it finally destroys us.TSC,99.
WHAT PROTECTS US AND KEEPS US FROM EXPERIENCING THE NAGUAL?
THE TONAL PROTECTS US
The tonal is rightfully so, a protector, a guardian - a guardian that most of th
e time turns into a guard. TOP,120
HOW DOES THE TONAL HELP PROTECT US FROM THE NAGUAL?
THE TONAL SUPRESSES THE NAGUAL
The tonal's great art is to supress any manifestations of the nagual in such a m
anner that even if its presence should be the most obvious thing in the world, i
t is unnoticeable. TOP,131
THE FIRST ATTENTION BLOCKS OUT THE UNKNOWN SO WELL THAT IT DOESN'T EXIST FOR US/
WE NEVER BELIEVE WHAT IS HAPPENING TO US
The first attention works very well with the unknown. It blocks it; denies it so
fiercely that in the end, the unknown doesn't exist for the first attention. FF
W,94..the world kept him so busy that he had neither the time nor the inclinatio
n really to examine the matter.. the spirit tried, uselessly, to reveal their co
nnection. Using an inner voice, the spirit disclosed its secrets, but the man wa
s incapable of understanding the revelations. Naturally he heard the inner voice
, but he believed it to be his own feelings he was feeling and his own thoughts
he was thinking. POS, 23, reason doesn't deal with man as energy. FFW, 130....we
are not aware of being linked to everything else..POS,114 ....being too rationa
l is a handicap. POS,174 Our great enemy is the fact that we never believe what
is happening to us. SRP,55... It was stupidity that forced us to discard anythin
g that did not form with our self-reflective expectations...as average men, we w
ere blind to the most crucial piece of knowledge available to a human being: the
existence of the AP and the fact that it could move.POS,224. Mr. Abelar promise
d that he himself would guide me to deliberately open the first gate after I had
successfully accomplished the abstract flight. he emphasized that in order to o
pen the gates, a complete change of attitude is necessary because our preconceiv
ed notion that we are solid is what keeps the double imprisoned, rather than any
physical structure of the body itself. TSC,160.
ONE OF THE SELF'S STRONGEST LINES OF DEFENSE IS INDEED OUR RATIONALITY
One of the self's strongest lines of defense is indeed our rationality.. TAOD,83
WE ARE BARRED FROM SILENT KNOWLEDGE BY NATURAL BARRIERS, SPECIFIC TO EACH INDIVI
DUAL
Don Juan remarked that each of us was barred from silent knowledge by natural ba
rriers, specific to each individual; and that the most impregnable of CC barrier
s was the drive to disguise my complacency as independence. POS, 62.. (Like thin
gs he didn't want to do were disguised as things he chose not to do.. but really
he was too lazy to do them.)
THE TONAL USES SHIELDS TO PROTECT US
SHIELDS ENGAGE ALL OF OUR AWARENESS AND THIS KEEPS US FROM SEEING THE ROLLING FO
RCE
We have consuming interests that engage all of our awareness. We are permantely
worried about our station, our possessions. These shields, however do not keep t
he tumbler away, they keep us from seeing it directly, protecting us in this way
from getting hurt from seeing the balls of fire hitting us. FFW,241
THE ROLLING FORCE IS LETHAL WHEN WE CAN SEE IT, BUT OTHERWISE WE ARE OBLIVIOUS T
O IT BECAUSE WE HAVE PROTECTIVE SHIELDS
...It's lethal when seen, but otherwise we are oblivious to it, in our ordinary
lives, because we have protective shields. FFW,241
AVERAGE PEOPLE HAVE SPECIAL SHIELDS TO PROTECT THEMSELVES.. PEOPLE ARE BUSY DOIN
G WHAT PEOPLE DO
An average man is equally surrounded by those inexplicable forces is oblivious t
o them because he has other kinds of special shields to protect himself.... Peop
le are busy doing that which people do. Those are their shields. SR,216,217.
WHAT ARE SOME EXAMPLES OF A SHIELD?
TAKING AN INVENTORY MAKES US INVULNERABLE WHICH IS WHY THE INVENTORY CAME INTO E
XISTENCE IN THE FIRST PLACE
taking an inventory makes us invulnerable. That is why the inventory came into e
xistence in the first place. FFW,94
WRITING
writing was the best protective shield that I had. TOP,31.I was indulging in bei
ng broad minded and good...a warrior never lets his guard down..be yourself...it
is not a matter whether you like it or not. What matters is, what can you use a
s a shield?TOP,76.
DOES THE TONAL ALWAYS PROTECT US?
AS A RULE THE TONAL MUST DEFEND ITSELF AT ANY COST, EVERYTIME IT IS THREATENED
...as a rule the tonal must defend itself, at any cost, every time it is threate
ned; so it is of no real consequence how the tonal reacts in order to accomplish
its defence. TOP,173.
WHAT WOULD HAPPEN TO US IF OUR TONAL DID NOT PROTECT US?
THE NAGUAL COULD DESTROY THE TONAL WHEN IT COMES OUT
The nagual once it learns to surface, may cause a great damage to the tonal by c
oming out without any control. TOP,157.
A THREAT TO THE TONAL ALWAYS RESULTS IN DEATH
The tonal must be protected at any cost. The crown has to be taken away from it,
but it must remain as the protected overseer. Any threat to the tonal always re
sults in its death. And if the tonal dies, so does the whole man. TOP,157. (SEE
HUMAN SHIELDS)
WHAT ARE THE DRAWBACKS TO BEING PROTECTED BY THE TONAL?
THE TONAL'S ORIGINAL FUNCTION IS TO PROTECT OUR BEING (MAKING SENSE OUT OF THINN
GS) BUT IT EVENTUALLY BECOMES A GUARD BECAUSE IT LIMITS OUR PERCEPTION
I would say then that the tonal is a guardian that protects something priceless,
our very being. Therefore, an inherent quality of the tonal is to be cagey and
jealous of its doings. And since its doings are by far the most important part o
f our lives, it is no wonder that it eventually changes, in every one of us, fro
m a guardian into a guard. TOP,120,121. A guardian is broad-minded and understan
ding.. a guard is a vigilante, narrow-minded and most of the time despotic. I sa
y,then, that the tonal in all of us has been made into a petty and despotic guar
d when it should be a broad-minded guardian. TOP,121.
so don juan's references to the guardian was not the guardian itself but to the
tonal in which it must be overcome before we can enter into the other side 10/23
/94
SHIELDS ARE A GREAT HELP AND A HINDERANCE, THEY GIVE US A FALSE SENSE OF SECURIT
Y
Shields are great help and a great hinderance to us. They pacify us and at the s
ame time fool us. They give us a false sense of security. FFW,241
WHY DON'T PEOPLE BREAK THEIR SELF-REFLECTION?
THE THINGS PEOPLE DO ARE SHIELDS AGAINST THE FORCES THAT SURROUND US; WHAT WE DO
AS PEOPLE GIVES US COMFORT AND MAKES US FEEL SAFE
Your problem is that you confuse the world with what people do. Again you're not
unique at that. Every one of us does that. The things people do are shields aga
inst the forces that surround us; what we do as people gives us comfort and make
s us feel safe; what people do is rightfully important, but only as a shield. We
never learn that the things we do as people are only shields and we let them do
minate, and topple our lives. In fact I could say that for mankind, what people
do is greater and more important than the world itself. SR,219. Our flaw is to i
nsist on remaining on our monotonous, tiring, but convenient island. the tonal i
s the villain and it shouldn't be. TOP,155.
PEOPLE ARE AFRAID OF FREEDOM OF PERCEPTION BECAUSE IT DISRUPTS OUR COMFORTABLE S
POTS OF SELF-REFLECTION AND IT REQUIRED A HUGE AMOUNT OF STRENGTH TO DO IT
People might not appreciate that, and that's because they don't want to be free.
freedom is frightening. FFW,290. Cutting our chains (ego) is marvelous but also
very undesirable for nobody wants to be free....the chains imprison us, but by
keeping us pinned down on our comfortable spots of self-reflection, they defend
us from the onslaughts of the unknown. POS,101...the average man trembles at the
possibility of freedom. POS,224...the strangest part of this mystery (moving th
e AP) is that it is so easy to accomplish.. but what is not easy is to convince
ourselves that it is possible. There, right there, is our safety catch. We have
to be convinced. And none of us wants to be. FFW,237. it took enormity of streng
th to let go of the intent of everyday life....EG,308.
DOES THE TONAL EVER NOTICE THE NAGUAL?
SOMETIMES THE TONAL NOTICES THE NAGUAL AND THE TOTALITY OF OURSELVES ARISES
..on certain occasions, however, or under certain special circumstances, somethi
ng in the tonal itself becomes aware that there is more to us. It is like the vo
ice that comes from the depths, the voice of the nagual. You see the totality of
ourselves is a natural condition which the tonal cannot obliterate altogether,
and there are moments, especially in the life of a warrior, when the totality be
comes apparent. At those moments one can surmise and assess what we really are.
TOP,131.
THE TONAL IS ALWAYS USED BUT SOMETIMES THE NAGUAL ACTS OUT AND TERRIFIES THE TON
AL
..the tonal rules and yet it is very vulnerable. the nagual..never, or almost ne
ver, acts out; but when it does, it terrifies the tonal. TOP,157.
IS IT EASY TO EXPERIENCE THE NAGUAL ?
FOR AVERAGE PEOPLE IT IS A ONE-SHOT AFFAIR THAT IS THE RESULT OF A RANDOM MOVEME
NT OF THE ASSEMBLAGE POINT
He called the mystical experience a chance seeing, a one-shot affair that has no
significance whatsoever because it is the result of a random movement of the AP
. FFW,282. . Sometimes if we have enough personal power we can catch a glimpse o
f the mould even though we are not sorcerers; when that happens we say that we h
ave seen God. SRP,139..
PROBABLY EVERY PERSON HAS HAD A CHANCE TO MOVE THEIR ASSEMBLAGE POINT
possibly every human being under normal living conditions had had at one time or
another the opportunity to break away from the bindings of convention...not soc
ial convention..but the conventions binding our perception. A moment of elation
would suffice to move our AP and break our conventions. (see moving the AP) So,
too, a moment of fright, ill, health, anger, or grief. POS,215,232,242.
MYSTICS
all the mystics and spiritual teacher's had moved their assemblage points, eithe
r through discipline or accident, to a certain point and then they returned to n
ormalcy carrying a memory that lasted them a lifetime. POS,215
WHAT DO WE DO WHEN THE TONAL EXPERIENCES THE NAGUAL?
WHEN AN INVENTORY FAILS OR WE ENCOUNTER PHENOMENOM THAT WE CANNOT EXPLAIN, THE P
ERSON EITHER ENLARGES HIS INVENTORY OR HIS WHOLE WORLD OF SELF-REFLECTION COLLAP
SES (STOPPING THE WORLD)
when an average person's inventory fails, the person either enlarges his invento
ry or his whole world of self-reflection collapses. POS,173. Interpretation syst
em..(when we encounter phenomenom that is beyond our sytem of interpretation we
have two options)...Sometimes as a fluke, an average person ends up performing i
t (moving the assemblage point and fixating it) and entering into another world.
But this is immediately explained away as insanity or hallucination. TAOD,190
1. REVAMP OUR INTERPRETATION SYSTEM
1. REVAMP OUR INTERPRETATION SYSTEM; THIS MEANS TO ENLARGE WHAT WE EXPERIENCE AS
REALITY WHICH DOES NOT ENDANGER OUR INTEGRETY OF REALITY.
Revamp our interpretation system...to enlarge its capabilities..reality becomes
fluid and the scope of what can be real is enhanced without endangering the inte
grity of reality. TAOD.97
CREATE SOMETHING OUR MIND CAN HANDLE
WE CAN TRANSFORM A FIELD OF ENERGY INTO ANYTHING WE WANT, THE RANGE IS SO BROAD
ESTABLISHING UNITS ARE USELESS BUT WE USUALLY TRANSFORM IT INTO SOMETHING FAMILI
AR LIKE THE IMAGE OF A PHYSICAL BODY
the second attention is unavoidaby drawn to focus on our total being as a field
of energy, and transforms that energy as anything suitable. The easiest thing is
of course the image of the physical body, with which we are already thoroughly
familiar from our daily lives and the use of our first attention. What channels
the energy of our total being to produce anything that might be within the bound
aries were, except that at the level of luminous beings the range is so broad th
at it is futile to try and establish limits- thus, the energy of a luminous bein
g can be transformed through will into anything. EG,23. since I was a Catholic (
Taisha)... my own way of adapting my inventory would be to turn the spirit into
a sort of a guardian angel; a kind, protective male that watches over me. TSC,85
...Social part... since we can't directly perceive energy, we process our perce
ption to fit a mold. This mold is the social part of perception. .. it deliberat
ely reduces the scope of what can be percieved and makes us believe that the mol
d into which we fit our perception is all that exists.... TAOD, 3.
WE CONFORM THE WORLD/UNKNOWN THINGS TO OUR THOUGHTS
Your knowledge of the world told you that in the bushes one can find only animal
s prowling or men hiding behind the foliage. You held that thought, and naturall
y you had to find ways to make the world conform to that thought. let's not call
it thinking then. It is rather the habit of having the world conform to our tho
ughts. When it doesn't, we simply make it conform. TOP,27.
WHAT MADE THE ASSEMBLAGE POINT MOVE LATERALLY IN MAN'S BAND WAS A HUGE DESIRE TO
RENDER THE INCOMPREHENSIBLE INTO WHAT IS MOST FAMILIAR TO US: THAT IS WHY WE SE
E THE MOLD OF MAN AS A MAN AND THE BARRIER OF PERCEPTION AS A WALL OF FOG
I asked him why it was that I always saw the mold of man as a male. he said that
it was because my AP did not have the stability then to remain completely glued
to its new position and shifted laterally in man's band. It was the same case a
s seeing the barrier of perception as a wall of fog. What made the AP move later
ally was a nearly unavoidable desire, or necessity, to render the incomprehensib
le in terms of what is most familiar to us: a barrier is a wall and the mold of
man cannot be anything else but a man. he thought that if I were a women I would
see the mold as a woman. FFW,287.
THE AVERAGE MAN CALLS UNUSUAL PERCEPTIONS WITCHCRAFT
the average man, incapable of finding the energy to perceive beyond his daily li
mits, called the realm of extraordinary perception sorcery, witchcraft, or the w
ork of the devil, and shied away from it without examining it further. POS,216..
.
WE EXPLAIN SHIFTS AS FANTASIES IF IT IS MINIMAL AND HALLUCINATIONS IF THE SHIFT
IS CONSIDERABLE
If the shift is minimal, the results are explained as fantasies of the mind. If
the shift is considerable, the results are called hallucinations. FFW,?? (missed
one, anyone know?)
THE AVERAGE MAN BELIEVES THAT THE INEXPLICABLE FORCES WILL EVENTUALLY BE EXPLAIN
ED
The world is indeed full of frightening things and we are helpless creatures sur
rounded by forces that are inexplicable and unbending. The average man, in ignor
ance, belives that those forces can be explained or changed; he doesn't really k
now how to do that, but he expects that the actions of mankind will explain them
or change them sooner or later. SR,214.
FOR AN AVERAGE MAN, WHEN THE AP SHIFTS, THEY THINK THEY ARE LOSING THEIR MIND
when a person's AP loses its rigidity (shifts) then if they're not warriors, the
y think they're losing their minds.. if they're warriors, they know they've gone
crazy, but they patiently wait. To be healthy and sane means that the AP is imm
ovable. When it shifts, it literally means that one is deranged. FFW,138
COINCIDENCE
WE TAKE IT FOR GRANTED THAT ATTENTION CAN BECKON AN EVENT AND WE TALK ABOUT IT I
N TERMS OF COINCIDENCE
But that was also the function of attention in general (the more it is exercised
the better chance of getting the desired results,) a function so taken for gran
ted in our daily life that it has become unnoticeable; if we encounter a fortuit
ous occurrence, we talk about it in terms of accident or coincidence, rather in
terms of our attention having beckoned the event. EG,139...
REPAIRING THE CONTINUITY
IF CONTINUITY BREAKS IT'S ALWAYS INSTANTLY REPAIRED
..continuity is so important in our lives that if it breaks it's always instantl
y repaired. POS, 176
WHENEVER THE ASSEMBLAGE POINT SHIFTS WE COMPENSATE FOR IT SO WE ARE CONSTANTLY R
EBALANCING OURSELVES AND GO AS IF NOTHING HAS HAPPENED TO US
since the AP normally shifts during dreams...whenever we undergo an induced shif
t we are all experts at immedietely compensating for it. We rebalance ourselves
constantly and activity goes on as if nothing has happened to us. FFW,285. the e
vent was so farfetched for me that I could not even begin to understand it in an
y logical way. As usual when things of that nature confronted me, I would lump t
hem into an amorphous category of "perceptions under conditions of severe stress
". I argued that in cases of severe stress, perception could be greatly distorte
d by the senses. My explanation did not explain anything but seemed to keep my r
eason pacified. EG,140.
WHEN OUR ASSEMBLAGE POINT DOES MOVE ACCIDENTLY OUR SOCIAL BACKGROUNDS RETURN IT
TO ITS HABITUAL SPOT
But ordinarily, whenever we had a chance to move our AP we become frightened. Ou
r religious, academic,social backgrounds would come into play. They would assure
our safe return to the flock; the return of our AP to the prescribed position o
f normal living. POS,215,232,242.
EVERYTHING WE DO IS REALLY A DISGUISE
everything we do is in some way merely a disguise. Everything we do.. is a matte
r of doing. A man of knowledge could hook himself to everyone's doing and come u
p with weird things. But they are not weird, not really. They are weird only to
those who are trapped in doing... JTI,211
WHEN HUMANS TRY TO FIGURE IT ALL OUT ALL YOU ARE DOING IS TRYING TO MAKE THE WOR
LD MORE FAMILIAR
So when you're trying to figure it out, all you're doing is trying to make the w
orld more familiar. You and I are right here, in the world that you call real, s
imply because we both know it. You don't the world of power, therefore you canno
t make it into a familiar scene. JTI,137
WHAT HAPPENS WHEN WE REVAMP OUR INTERPRETATION SYSTEM?
PROBLEMS THAT SOME SEERS CAUSE WITH THEIR INTERPRETATIONS OF WHAT THEY EXPERIENC
E/ THE MISINTERPRETATION OF THE EAGLE
More important than seeing itself is what seers do with what they see... look at
what some seers have done to us. We are stuck with their vision of an Eagle tha
t rules us and devours us at the moment of our death...DJ thought it would be ac
curate to say that there is a force that attracts our consciousness much as a ma
gnet attracts iron shavings.FFW,58.. our flaws remain with us even after we beco
me seers... so when you see the that force (Eagle), you may very well agree with
the lax seers who called it the Eagle.. on the other hand, you may resist the t
emptation to acsribe human attributes to what is incomprehensible, and actually
improvise a new name for it, a more accurate one. FFW,59...
WHY DO PEOPLE THINK THE MOLD OF MAN IS GOD?

WE THINK THE MOLD IS GOD BECAUSE WE ARE WHAT IT STAMPS US WITH
The mold is our God because we are what it stamps us with and not because it has
created us from nothing and made us in its image and likeness...FFW,281
WHY ARE MANY PEOPLE WHO HAVE SEEN THE MOLD OF MAN ARE WRONG ABOUT WHAT HOW THEY
INTERPRET IT?
THEY BELIEVE IT IS AN OMNIPOTENT CREATURE/PROTECTOR OF MAN
Mystics and old seers have seen the mold of man but could not understand what it
is. Mystics, throughout the centuries, have given us moving accounts of their e
xperiences. But these accounts, however beautiful, are flawed by the gross and d
espairing mistake of believing the mold of man to be an omnipotent, omniscient c
reature; and so is the interpretation of the old seers, who called the mold of m
an a friendly spirit, a protector of man. FFW,281
Anyone who sees the mold of man automatically assumes that it is God. FFW,282 He
said that if we call it God it is the truth. The mould is God. SRP,139..
ALL PEOPLE'S BELIEF IN GOD IS BASED ON FAITH AND IS A SECOND HAND CONVICTION
..he said my belief was based on faith and as such, was a secondhand conviction
that did not amount to anything; my belief in the existence of God was, like eve
ryone else's, based on hearsay and not on the act of seeing. FFW,282.
IT IS ARROGANT AND SELF CENTERED TO PRAY TO THE MOLD OF MAN
in DJ's opinion to fall on our knees in the prescence of the mold of man reeks o
f arrogance and human self centeredness. FFW,281.
WE REGARD THAT THE IDEA OF OUR GOD UNCHALLENGABLE
one of the most sturdy aspects of our inventory... like a powerful glue that bou
nd the AP to its original position. FFW,277
E.) THE TRICKERY OF LANGUAGE
WHEN THE NAGUAL IS EXPERIENCED, WHY IS IT SO DIFFICULT TO EXPLAIN AND DESCRIBE?
THE TONAL IS CONVINCED BY REASON/THE NAGUAL WITH ACTIONS YOU CANNOT EXPLAIN THE
NAGUAL WITH THE TONAL
Your tonal has to be convinced with reasons, your nagual with actions, until one
props the other.TOP,157. Whenever you are in the world of the nagual, you shoul
d be impeccable; no time for rational crap. SRP,198. The tonal and nagual are tw
o different worlds. in one you talk, in the other you act. SRP,235. I've never p
ut a ban on talking..we can talk about the nagual to your heart's content, as lo
ng as you don't try to explain it. ...I said that the nagual is only for witness
ing..so we can talk about what we witnessed and about how we witnessed it. You w
ant to take on the explanation of how all that is possible, though and that is a
n abomination. You want to explain the nagual with the tonal. TOP,186 You know v
ery well that we make sense in talking only because we stay within certain bound
ries, and those boundaries are not applicable to the nagual. TOP,187.
REASONING STOPS IN THE SECOND ATTENTION
my reasoning faculties ceased to function. Literally, I felt as though a dark bl
anket had covered me and obscured my thoughts. And I let go of my reason with th
e abandon of one who doesn't have a worry in the world. I was convinced that if
I wanted to dispel the obscuring blanket, all I had to do was feel myself breaki
ng through it. In that state, I felt I was being propelled, set in motion. Somet
hing was making me move physically from one place to the other. I did not experi
ence any fatigue. The speed and ease with which I could move elated me. POS,216.
.. Reason craps out in an instant when it is out of its safe narrow bounds. (?)
(missed this one, anyone know?)
WE HAVE NO WAY TO TALK ABOUT THE EXPERIENCE BECAUSE WE HAVE NO WORDS TO DESCRIBE
THE EXPERIENCE (THE WORDS ARE NOT PART OF OUR INTERPRETATION SYSTEM)
My difficulty in grasping his concepts and methods stemmed from the fact that th
e units of his description were alien and incompatible with those of my own. JTI
,ix Sure I can explain anything, he said, laughing, But could you understand it?
JTI,190. Don't take that leap in the sense that you understand a leap...once ag
ain, this is only a way of speaking. As long as you think that you are a solid b
ody you cannot conceive what I am talking about. TOP,95. Of course you cannot un
derstand it.. you are trying to think about it and what I said does not fit with
your thoughts. SR,82 What I perceived in those states of altered consciousness
was incomprehensible and impossible to interpret by means of our everyday mode o
f understanding the world. In other words, the condition of inapplicability enta
iled the cessation of the pertinence of my world view. SR,9. Our difficulty in u
nderstanding (DJ's teachings) it stems, no doubt, from the alien units of meanin
g with which it deals. SR,10. I instantly realized that I had entered again into
a state in which I could think coherently, but I could not talk. don Juan told
me not to worry. He said our speech faculty is extremely flimsy and attacks of m
uteness are common among sorcerers who venture beyond the limits of normal perce
ption. ..he warned me that it was not possible to rely on my rationality to unde
rstand my experience, not because my rationality was in any way impaired but bec
ause what had taken place was a phenomenon outside the parameters of reason. TAO
D,72,73 I became incapable of rendering intelligently what I saw . My sensation
was that I had reached states of perception for which I had no lexicon. TAOD,198
emanations cannot be rendered at all in a language of comparisons. FFW,62 The j
ourney (entering the unconscious fully aware) cannot be adequately described. EE
. M,10. he said that if he attempted to explain the perceptual bias of the secon
d attention in terms of the perceptual bias of the first attention, he would onl
y trap himself hopelessly in words. EG,265. Freedom...cannot be an investment...
an adventure with no end, in which we risk our lives and much more for a few mom
ents of something beyond words, beyond thoughts or feelings. TAOD,81 One could c
ome into it by changing levels of awareness, therefore HA was an entrance..but e
ven the entrance could not be explained. One could only make use of it. POS,97 D
reaming can only be experienced. TAOD, ii,iii.
To explain what we are and what we do is the most trying thing in the world. I w
ish I could make it clearer, but I can't. So, it's pointless to keep insisting o
n explanations when there are none. TSC,175 .....beware of the frustrating desir
e to explain the sorcery experience in cogent, well-reasoned terms. the sorcerer
s experience is so outlandish.. that sorcerers consider it an intellectual exper
ience, and use it to stalk themselves with. Their trump card as stalkers, though
, is that they remain keenly aware that we are perceivers, and that perception h
as more possibilities than the mind can conceive of.. in order to protect themse
lves from that immensity..sorcerers learn to maintain a perfect blend of ruthles
sness, cunning, patience and sweetness. POS, 246,247 For the nagual there is no
land, or air, or water..so the nagual glides, or flies. or does whatever it may
do, in naguals time and that has nothing to do with tonal's time. The two things
don't jibe. TOP,189. The view of the nagual must prevail if one is going to use
the nagual the way sorcerers do. TOP,262 there is nothing of that sort in the n
agual. (order in our perception) . TOP,263
I can't describe it..not because it is a personal matter, but because there is n
o way to describe it. TOP,174.... not because I don't want to, but simply becaus
e I can't. My tonal stops there....TOP,175. the reason why I never wanted to dis
cuss your encounters with power plants, or let you talk obsessively about them;
there was no point in elaborating about the unspeakable. Those were true excursi
ons into the nagual, the unknown. TOP,238.
Whenever the nagual prevails, even if it is only for an instant, there is no way
of describing the feeling that the body experiences. TOP,228. In the case of se
eing..thinking is not the issue at all, so I cannot tell you what it is like to
see. SR,86. Seeing is very difficult and is not a matter of talk. SR,105. There
is really no way to talk about it.(seeing) SR,170. ...For awhile you were all na
gual and could not talk. TOP,154....The affairs of the nagual can be witnesses o
nly with the body, and not the reason. TOP,155
WORDS ONLY CONFUSE,TRICK,FAIL US WHEN DESCRIBING THE NAGUAL
..in the sorcerer's world there are only contradictions of terms.. in practice t
here are no contradictions. POS,166...the problem with words was that any attemp
t to clarify the sorcerers description only made them more confusing. POS,225 We
always get tricked by words... TAOD, ii,iii That's the flaw with words. They al
ways force us to feel enlightened, but when we turn around to face the world the
y always fail us and we end up facing the world as we always have, without enlig
htenment. TOP,29 (See sorcerers way: action) Definitions change as knowledge inc
reases.. POS,7 The danger of definitions is that they simplify matters to make t
hem understandable; in this case, in defining attention, one runs the risk of tr
ansforming a magical, miraculous accomplishment into something commonplace. FFW,
82
WE USE MANY WORDS TO EXPLAIN ONE KIND OF EXPERIENCE
...nagualism, knowledge, witchcraft, mastery of intent, the search for total fre
edom..POS,7
EVERY EXPERIENCE CAN BE DIFFERENT FOR EVERY PERSON
It is impossible to explain that knowing..because it is different for every man.
SR,68.
KNOWLEDGE AND LANGUAGE CAN EXIST INDEPENDENT OF EACH OTHER
KNOWLEDGE AND LANGUAGE CAN EXIST INDEPENDENT OF EACH OTHER
Knowledge and language can exist independent of each other, they are seperate...
.. there is no way to talk about the spirit because the spirit can only be exper
ienced.... POS, 52 ....we begin tosee ..and then we begin to know without having
to use words.. POS,9 ...and. above all, I understood that that knowledge could
not be turned into words. That knowledge was there for everyone. It (silent know
ledge) was there to be felt, to be used, but not to be explained. POS,97
WE HAVE DIFFICULTY ACCEPTING THE NAGUAL BECAUSE WE THINK THAT WE COULD NEVER KNO
W THINGS WITHOUT WORDS OR THOUGHTS
that is to know that ... knowledge and language can exist independent of each ot
her...the crux of our difficulty to going back to the abstract was our refusal t
o accept that we could know without words or even without thoughts. POS,52
USING FEELINGS AS THOUGHTS
My reactions to his comments were not thoughts proper but rather complete units
of feeling, which had all the innuendos of meaning that I usually associate with
thinking. TOP,209.
WHY DO PEOPLE USE METAPHORS TO EXPLAIN THE NAGUAL?
SOMETIMES A SORCERER HAS TO CHANGE A DESCRIPTION INTO SOMETHING KNOWN TO HELP NO
VICES UNDERSTAND AN UNKNOWN CONCEPT/USING SYMBOLIC TERMS
.... he was of course tailoring his description to fit my mentality..... TAOD, i
i,iii. Those are ways of talking about mysteries for which there are no words. T
OP,85. Everything one sees is so unique that there is no way to talk about it ex
cept by comparing it to something known to us..... TAOD,7
...we are so visual, so ruled by our predator's perception, that everything we m
ust see must be rendered in terms of what the predator's eyes normally sees. TAO
D, 7
Don Juan explained that the events unleashed by sorcerers as a result of silent
knowledge were so simple and yet so abstract that sorcerers had decided long ago
to speak of those events only in symbolic terms. POS, 61
I said that we talked, but that wasn't so. To say that we had a conversation is
only a way of arranging it so I can talk about it. The deer and I did something,
but at the time it was taking place I needed to make the world conform to my id
eas... I had been talking all my life.. therefore my habits prevailed and were e
xtended to the deer. When the deer came to me and did whatever it did, I was for
ced to understand it as talking. The world..had to conform to its description; t
hat is, the description reflected itself. ..another point..was that we had learn
ed to relate our selfs to our description of the world in terms of what he calle
d habits. the way to overcome them is to persist in acting like a warrior. the r
est comes of itself and by itself. TOP,28.
WHY WILL WE PROBABLY NEVER BE ABLE TO EXPLAIN THE NAGUAL?
FOR ANY ATTEMPT AT EXPLAINING THE MOVEMENT OF THE ASSEMBLAGE POINT, THE PERSON W
OULD HAVE TO HAVE THE ABILITY TO GO FROM THE PLACE OF REASON AND THE PLACE OF SI
LENT KNOWLEDGE AT WILL.
for a movement of my AP to make sense, I would need to have energy to fluctuate
from the place of reason to the place of silent knowledge.. POS,220..in other wo
rds, the experiences from moving the AP can be described, to at least yourself,
only when the position of the AP has become part of your new continuity. This oc
curs only when the person has enough energy to move the AP to that position at w
ill. Before that the experience is only thought of as a hallucination or a somet
hing that doesn't fit in with your rationality so it can't be thought of as some
thing that makes sense.
Paradoxically, I found what he was saying incomprehensible, yet also familiar an
d believable. ... that was so because he was directly addressing a part of me th
at was not quite rational and had the ability to grasp things directly, especial
ly if a sorcerer spoke to it directly... something in the intensity of his eyes
forced me to listen and follow his explanations. TSC,138.
WHICH PEOPLE ARE THE CLOSEST PEOPLE FOR EXPLAINING THE NAGUAL?
POETS AND POEMS ARE THE CLOSEST PEOPLE WHO CAN EXPLAIN THE NAGUAL
Don Juan said that poets were keenly aware of our connecting link with the spiri
t, but that they were aware of it intuitively, not in the deliberate, pragmatic
way of sorcerers. Poets have no first hand knowledge of the spirit..that is why
their poems cannot really hit the center of true gestures of the spirit. they hi
t pretty close to it ,though.... poets can explain what can hardly be explained.
POS, 63,121
2. OUR INTERPRETATION SYSTEM COLLAPSES (STOPPING THE WORLD) AND WE PERCEIVE THIN
GS WITHOUT INTERPRETATION.
2. DISREGARD OUR INTERPRETATION SYSTEM (STOPPING THE WORLD) TO PERCEIVE THINGS W
ITHOUT INTERPRETATION: OUR REALITY AS WE KNOW IT IS SHATTERED
Disregard our interpretation system..the scope of what can be perceived without
interpretation grows inordinately. the expansion of our perception is so giganti
c that we are left with very few tools for sensory interpretation and thus, a se
nse of an infinite realness that is unreal or an infinite unrealness that could
very well be real but is not. TAOD,97
IF THE NEW ITEMS OF THE INVENTORY CONTRADICT THE INVENTORY'S UNDERLINING ORDER,
THE PERSON MIND COLLAPSES (STOPPING THE WORLD)
The average person is willing to incorporate new items into his inventory if the
y don't contradict the inventory's underlying order. But if the items contradict
that order, the person's mind collapses.POS,173. Sorcerers count on this when t
hey attempt to break the mirror of self-reflection. POS,173.
IT IMPOSSIBLE TO RESTORE A SHATTERED CONTINUITY
...it is impossible to restore a shattered continuity.... it is impossible of us
ing the continuity dictated by the new position of their AP...the new continuity
does not offer the assuredness they need to function as if they were in the wor
ld of everyday life. The sorcerers don't resolve this problem with continuity, t
he spirit resolves it...that is why impeccability is all that counts.... and tha
t seems to beckon a solution... POS,231.
A.) SORCERY
1. SORCERY EXPLAINED
WHEN WE EXPERIENCE THE NAGUAL WE MUST REVAMP OUR UNDERSTANDING OF THE WORLD
through usage this specific way of perceiving becomes a system of interpreting s
ensory data...(when we move beyond our world) there is no sense to what we perce
ive ..the new sensory data has rendered our system inoperative; it can no longer
be used to interpret what we are perceiving.. (but our rationality comes back a
nd takes a chaotic perception and makes it into a comprehensible world) TAOD,75,
76,77... I would have given anything to be crazy. That would have absolved some
part of me from the crushing responsibility of revamping my understanding of the
world. (after CC realizes that the allies were actual entities.) SRP,134.
HOW DO WE REVAMP OUR UNDERSTANDING OF THE WORLD?
WE TURN TO SORCERY AND THE SORCERY'S WAY WHICH TELLS US THAT OUR PERCEPTION IS F
IXED AND CAN BE CHANGED
....First, by making us realize we process our perception to fit a mold and seco
nd, by fiercely guiding us to perceive energy directly.....like the one used to
teach us to perceive the world of daily affairs. TAOD,3
WHY SHOULD WE REVAMP OUR WORLD?
HUMANS MUST FREE THEIR PERCEPTION IN ORDER TO EVOLVE
in order to evolve, humans must free their awareness from its bindings to the so
cial order. Once awareness is free, intent will redirect it into a new evolution
ary path. TAOD,176
THE PURPOSE OF HUMANS IS ONLY TO LEARN
...man lives only to learn. And if he learns it is because that is the nature of
his lot, for good or bad. TDJ,64.
ALL LIVING CREATURES EXIST TO ENHANCE AWARENESS
the reason for the existence of all sentintent beings is to enhance awareness. F
FW,54..
HUMANS NEED SPIRITUALITY, NOWADAYS MORE THAN EVER
Nowadays, more than ever, man needs to renew himself and experience emptiness an
d freedom. TSC,103....man's predicament is that he intuits his hidden resources,
but he dares not use them... man needs now, more so than ever, to be taught new
ideas that have to do exclusively with his inner world- sorcerer's ideas, not s
ocial ideas, ideas pertaining to man facing the unknown, facing his personal dea
th. ..he needs to be taught the secrets of the AP. POS, 233
WHAT IS SORCERY?
SORCERY IS THE PATH THAT TEACHES US TO FREE ENERGY. PERCEIVE ENERGY DIRECTLY AND
EXPERIENCE THE NAGUAL
For don Juan, sorcery was the act of embodying some specialized theoretical and
practical premises about the nature and role of perception in molding the univer
se around us. TAOD, I.. And that is sorcery: the ability to use energy fields th
at are not employed in perceiving the ordinary world we know. Sorcery is a state
of awareness. Sorcery is the ability to perceive something which ordinary perce
ption cannot. POS,8 DJ had taught us sorcery as a pragmatic endeavor by means of
which any of us can directly perceive energy. TSC,viii...sorcery is the act of
reaching the place of silent knowledge. POS,247...he also taught me the art of f
reedom and that means that I learned to see the flow of energy. TSC,53
FREE EXISTING ENERGY IN US BY FOLLOWING THE SORCERER'S WAY, DEVELOP THE ENERGY B
ODY AND ENTER OTHER WORLDS WITH ALL OUR PHYSICALITY
in terms of practicalities, the trajectory of sorcery is, first, to free the exi
sting energy in us by impeccably following the sorcerers' path; second, to use t
hat energy to develop the energy body by means of dreaming; and third, to use aw
areness as an element of the environment in order to enter with the energy body
and all our physicality into other worlds.TAOD ? She went on to elaborate that a
bstract sorcerers seek freedom through enhancing their capacity to perceive, whi
le concrete sorcerers. like the traditional ones who lived in ancient Mexico, se
ek personal power and gratification through increasing their self-importance. TS
C,151. We are a group consisting of sixteen people, myself included and one bein
g: Manfred... ten of the people are women. All of us do the same thing: we have
dedicated our lives to developing our double. We use our ethereal bodies and def
y many of the natural laws of the physical world. Now, if that's being a sorcere
r, then all of us are sorcerers. If not, then we're not. TSC,161.
SORCERY IS INTERFERENCE/KEY JOINT WHICH AFFECTS THINGS
Sorcery is to apply one's will to a key joint.. sorcery is interference. A sorce
rer searches and finds the key joint of anything he wants to affect and then he
applies his will to it. A sorcerer doesn't have to see to be a sorcerer, all he
has to know is how to use his will. SR,199.
SORCERY IS MORE THAN BLACK MAGIC, IT IS COLD, ABSTRACT, IMPERSONAL
Sorcery is more than black cats and naked people dancing in a graveyard at midni
ght, putting hexes on people.. sorcery is cold, abstract, personal. That's why w
e call the act of perceiving it the sorcerer's crossing, or the flight to the ab
stract. To withstand its awesome pull we have to be strong and determined; it's
not for the timid or weak-hearted. TSC,248.
SORCERY IS A JOURNEY OF RETURN. WE RETURN VICTORIOUS TO THE SPIRIT, HAVING DESCE
NDED INTO HELL. AND FROM HELL WE BRING TROPHIES. UNDERSTANDING IS ONE OF OUR TRO
PHIES.
sorcery is a journey of return. We return victorious to the spirit, having desce
nded into hell. And from hell we bring trophies. Understanding is one of our tro
phies. POS,167
SORCERY TRUTHS THAT HAVE NO RATIONAL FOUNDATIONS AND ARE TRUTHS FOUND ONLY FOR P
EOPLE WHO PERCEIVE ENERGY DIRECTLY AND SEE THE ESSENCE OF EVERYTHING
Sorcery truths.. these have no rational foundations and no relation whatsoever t
o the facts of our daily world but which are self evident truths for the sorcere
rs who perceive energy directly and see the essence of everything. TAOD, 5
WHY IS IT CALLED SORCERY?
CALLING THE KNOWLEDGE SORCERY OBSCURES EVEN MORE THE ALREADY OBSCURE PHENOMENA P
RESENTED IN THE TEACHINGS
Following don Juan's suggestion, I have refrained from using shamanism, a catego
ry proper to anthropology, to classify his knowledge. I have called it all along
what he himself called it: sorcery. On examination, however, I realized that ca
lling it sorcery obscures even more the already obscure phenomena he presented t
o me in his teachings. TAOD,i., POS,7
IT DOESN'T MAKE ANY DIFFERENCE WHAT TERMS ARE USED TO DESCRIBE SORCERY AS LONG A
S THE TRUTHS HAVE BEEN VERIFIED BY SEEING.
it does not make any difference what terms are used (to describe sorcery) as lon
g as the truths have been verified by seeing... FFW,65,66
THE TERMS SORCERER'S USE ARE NEVER A FIGURE OF SPEECH BECAUSE IT STEMS FROM SEEI
NG AND EMBRACES EVERYTHING THAT SEERS CAN ATTAIN
if the terms we propose originate in our reason they can only communicate the mu
ndane agreement of everyday life. When seers propose a term.. it is never a figu
re of speech because it stems from seeing and embraces everything that seers can
attain. FFW,65,66
SORCERY CONTRADICTION
HOW CAN MAN KEEP THE BONDS OF HIS HUMANNESS AND STILL VENTURE GLADLY AND PURPOSE
FULLY INTO THE ABSOLUTE LONELINESS OF ETERNITY? WHENEVER YOU RESOLVE THIS RIDDLE
, YOU'LL BE READY FOR THE DEFINITIVE JOURNEY.
how can man keep the bonds of his humanness and still venture gladly and purpose
fully into the absolute loneliness of eternity? Whenever you resolve this riddle
, you'll be ready for the definitive journey. FFW,116.
THE RIDDLE OF THE SPIRIT, OR THE PARADOX OF THE ABSTRACT - SORCERER'S THOUGHTS A
ND ACTIONS PROJECTED BEYOND OUR HUMAN CONDITION.
the riddle of the spirit, or the paradox of the abstract - sorcerer's thoughts a
nd actions projected beyond our human condition. POS,12.
THE RIDDLE OF THE HEART; THE PUZZLEMENT SORCERERS FEEL UPON BEOMING AWARE OF TWO
THINGS: FIRST THAT THE WORLD APPEARS TO US TO BE UNALTERABLY OBJECTIVE AND FACT
UAL, BECAUSE OF PECULIARITIES OF OUR AWARENESS AND PERCEPTION; SECOND, THAT IF D
IFFERENT PECULIARITIES OF PERCEPTION COME INTO PLAY, THE VERY THINGS ABOUT THE W
ORLD THAT SEEM SO UNALTERABLY OBJECTIVE AND FACTUAL CHANGE.
..is the riddle of the heart; the puzzlement sorcerers feel upon beoming aware o
f two things: first that the world appears to us to be unalterably objective and
factual, because of peculiarities of our awareness and perception; second, that
if different peculiarities of perception come into play, the very things about
the world that seem so unalterably objective and factual change. POS,12 ( In oth
er words, Don Juan thought that if you learn to relive or undergo certain experi
ences that your assemblage point will shift. Thus art of stalking is just a way
to practice moving the assemblage point. If you move the assemblage point your p
erception changes.. if your perception changes then your world view changes.)
SORCERY'S NEGATIVE REPUTATION
FOR THE AVERAGE MAN SORCERY IS A NEGATIVE BUSINESS
...for the average man..sorcery is a negative buisness....but it serves to attra
ct interest.. but for the new seers to be sorcerers would be like entering a dea
d-end street. (DJ is talking about how the old sorcerers became doomed when they
became obsessed with the unknown universes.) FFW,17
THE WORD SORCERER CONNOTES BELIEFS AND ACTIONS THAT ARE NOT PART OF WHAT THE NEW
SORCERERS DO
We are sorcerers interested in power, in gathering energy, not losing it... I do
n't feel at ease with the word sorcerer.. he said (Don Juan).. because it connot
es beliefs and actions that are not part of what we do. TSC,161. ...In this hous
e are sorcerers... the nagual, myself (Clara), Manfred and the fourteen others y
ou haven't met yet. We are all sorcerer's, all abstract beings. If you want to t
hink of sorcery as something concrete, involving rituals and magic potions, all
I can tell you is that there are sorcerers who are as concrete as that, but you
won't find them in this house. TSC,150.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2. TYPES OF SORCERERS
WHAT IS A SORCERER?
ANYONE WHO SUCCEEDS IN MOVING THEIR ASSEMBLAGE POINT TO A NEW POSITION IS A SORC
ERER.
A sorcerer to us, is someone who, through discipline and perserverance, can brea
k the limits of natural perception... TSC,150. Anyone who succeeds in moving his
assemblage point to a new position is a sorcerer.POS,94
YOU DO NOT HAVE TO BE AN APPRENTICE OF SORCERY TO MOVE THE ASSEMBLAGE POINT
one did not have to be an apprentice of sorcery to reach this threshold (see mov
ing the AP)POS,101
ONLY A SORCERER CAN EXPERIENCE THE NAGUAL
while the naugal which is in everything manifested itself only to the eye of the
sorcerer. SRP,199
THE ONLY DIFFERENCE BETWEEN AN AVERAGE MAN AND A SORCERER IS WHAT ONE EMPHASIZES
: THE SORCERER USES THAT THRESHOLD AS A POINT OF REFERENCE AND AN AVERAGE MAN DO
ES HIS BEST TO FORGET ALL ABOUT IT.
and the only difference between an average man and a sorcerer, in such cases, is
what each emphasizes. A sorcerer emphasizes crossing this threshold and uses th
e memory of it as a point of reference. An average man does not cross the thresh
old and does his best to forget all about it. POS,101....
SORCERERS CAN CHANGE THEIR AWARENESS ON EITHER SIDE OF THE DOUBLE AT WILL, WITH
A BREATH AND ARE AS EFFICIENT AT SORCERY OR MARTIAL ARTS AS READILY AS THEY CAN
MANIPULATE INTRICATE ACADEMIC CONSTRUCTS
I asked him if there are some people who can focus their awareness on either sid
e of the double at will. .. sorcerers can do that... the day you can do that, yo
u'll be a sorceress yourself. TSC,237. He said that some people can shift their
awareness to the right or the left side of the double, after they have successfu
lly completed the abstract flight, simply by manipulating the flow of their brea
th. Such people can practice sorcery or martial arts as readily as they can mani
pulate intricate academic constructs. TSC,237.
CHARACTERISTICS OF SORCERER'S
SORCERER'S ARE MYSTERIOUS
Sorcerer's are extremely mysterious beings... because most of the time they act
from the energy of their double. TSC,231.
SORCERERS AS STORYTELLER
Sorcerers were storytellers.. storytelling for them was not only the advance run
ner that probed their perceptual limits but their path to perfection, to power,
to the spirit. POS,124
SORCERER'S CREATE ILLUSIONS
Sorcerer's create illusions. TSC,155.
COMPARING SORCERER'S TO PRIESTS AND NUNS: NO REAL DIFFERENCE IN LIFESTYLES
she saw no difference in terms of life-style between sorcerers and true nuns and
priests. She pointed out that not only were true nuns and priests complete as a
rule, but they did not even weaken themselves with sexual acts... that is the r
eason why they will never be exterminated, no matter who tries to exterminate th
em... those who are after them are always empty; they don't have the vigour that
true nuns and priests have... we have given up the world and yet we are in the
midst of it. SRP,212.
SHINE OF A SORCERER'S EYE
INTENSITY IS AN AUTOMATIC RESULT OF THE MOVEMENT OF THE AP..IT IS AN ASPECT OF I
NTENT SO IT IS CONNECTED TO THE SHINE OF A SORCERER'S EYES..
intensity is an automatic result of the movement of the AP..it is an aspect of i
ntent so it is connected to the shine of a sorcerer's eyes...POS,246 it's shown
in the eyes of a sorcerer.. like a shimmering film over the eyes...the eyes of a
sorcerer are brilliant.. POS,134.
THE GREATER THE SHINE, THE MORE RUTHLESS THE SORCERER...THIS IS BECAUSE THE FIRM
ER THE GRIP OF THE AP ON THE PLACE OF NO PITY..THE MORE THE EYES SHOWN.
the greater the shine, the more ruthless the sorcerer...this is because the firm
er the grip of the AP on the place of no pity..the more the eyes shown. POS,134.
..
TYPES OF SORCERER'S
MASTER SORCERER
a master sorcerer was an eagle, or rather could make himself into an eagle. SR,9
8.. a master sorcerer could take his disciple on a journey with him and could ac
tually pass through the ten layers of the other world. SR,99 (SEE OTHER WORLDS)T
he master provided that he was an eagle, could start at the very bottom layer an
d then go through each successive world until he reached the top. Evil sorcerers
and dilettantes could be at best... go through only three layers. SR,99 You sta
rt at the very bottom and then your teacher takes you with him in his flight and
soon, boom!. You go through the second; and boom! SR,99
He is a being who shapes and molds perception the way you paint a picture with y
our brushes. but that doesn't mean that he is abitrary. When he manipulates perc
eption with his intent, his behavior is impeccable. TSC,92... when a consummate
sorcerer is ready to leave the world, all he has to do is manipulate perception,
intend a door, step through it and disappear. TSC,92.
She's so far removed from human beings and their concerns that her energy might
completely disrupt you. By now, there's no difference between her physical body
and her ethereal double. What I mean to say is that she is a master sorceress. T
SC,173.
EVIL SORCERER
an evil sorcerer was a "tecolote", an owl.... an evil sorcerer was a child of th
e night and for such a man the most useful animals were the mountain lion or oth
er wild cats, or the night birds, especially the owl. SR,98
LYRIC SORCERER
the brujos liricos, lyric sorcerers, meaning the dilettante sorcerers, preferred
other animals-a crow for example. SR,98.
PHONY SORCERER
a phony sorcerer tries to explain everything in the world with explanations he i
s not sure about.. and so everything is witchcraft. SR,127.
BETTER TO SEE THAN BE A SORCERER
To be a sorcerer is a terrible burden...it is much better to learn to see. A man
who sees is everything, in comparison, the sorcerer is a sad fellow. SR,199.
SEERS
THERE ARE MANY KINDS OF SEERS

Seers ..come in all shapes and sizes..there are scores of imbeciles who become s
eers...the characteristic of miserable seers is that they forget the wonder of t
he world... they become overwhelmed by the fact that they can see and believe it
s their genius that counts. ...Description of the two kinds of seers (FFW,29)
SEERS HAVE A HARD TIME COPING WITH SEEING
Seers ordinarily go to pieces on finding out that existence is incomprehensibly
complex and that our normal awareness maligns it with its limitations. FFW,70..
WHAT ARE SOME OTHER NAMES OF SORCERY?
THE ART OF EMPTINESS/THE ART OF FREEDOM
The art of emptiness was the technique practiced by Chinese men of wisdom who wa
nted to go through the dragon's eye... today, we call it the art of freedom. We
feel it's a better term because that art really leads to an abstract realm where
humanness doesn't count... everything we have heard about this realm, from sage
s and seers who sought it, smacks of human concerns. But we, the ones who practi
ce the art of freedom, have found out from firsthand experience that this is an
inaccurate portrayal. in our experience, whatever is human in that realm is so u
nimportant that it is lost in the vastness. TSC,65. The art I am going to teach
you is called the art of freedom. An art infinitely difficult to practice, but e
ven more difficult to explain...TSC,43...
WHAT IS THE ULTIMATE GOAL OF SORCERY?
THE ULTIMATE GOAL OF SORCERY IS TO LIGHT ALL THE EMANATIONS INSIDE THEIR COCOON
(LIGHT THE FIRE FROM WITHIN) WHICH MAKES US ENTER INTO THE THIRD ATTENTION/THIRD
POINT (COMPLETE FREEDOM FROM PERCEPTION)/THIS MAKES US SLIP BY THE EAGLE WITHOU
T BEING CONSUMED IN FULL AWARENESS
the final purpose for the impeccability code is that one day their individual co
nnecting link with intent had to set them free to light the fire from within. PO
S,115 A perfect recapitulation could change a warrior as much, if not more, than
the total control of the dreaming body. In this respect, dreaming and stalking
led to the same end, the entering of the third attention. It was important for a
warrior to know and practice both. EG,288
Warriors have only one thing in mind-their freedom. to die and be eaten by the E
agle is no challenge. On the other hand, to sneak around the Eagle and be free i
s the ultimate audacity. EG,296.
...the supreme accomplishment of human beings.. is to attain that level of atten
tion (third) while retaining the life-force, without becoming a disembodied awar
eness moving like a flicker of light up to the Eagle's beak to be devoured. FFW,
85. The real hope for us lies in the center.... he said touching my forehead and
the center of my chest.. for in the wall that divides the two sides of the doub
le is a hidden door that opens into a third, thin, secret compartment. Only when
this door opens can one experience true freedom. TSC,237.
....The aim of sorcerers is to reach a state of total awareness in order to expe
rience all the possibilities available to man. This state of awareness even impl
ies an alternative way of dying. POS,15. Sorcerers' purpose is to free their per
ception. Sorcerers don't make up the world they are perceiving; they perceive en
ergy directly, and then they discover that what they are perceiving is an unknow
n world. TAOD,79 The new seers aim to be free. FFW,132 ....the new seers are the
warriors of total freedom, that their only search is the ultimate liberation th
at comes when they attain total awareness. FFW,146. She revealed in a confiding
tone that we die because the possiblity that we could be transformed hasn't ente
red our conception. She stressed that this transformation must be accomplished d
uring our lifetime, and that to succeed in this task is the only true purpose a
human being can have. All other attainments are transient, since death dissolves
them into nothingness.. the transformantion entails a total change.. and that i
s accomplished by the recapitulation; the conerstone of the art of freedom. TSC,
43 Abstract....the search for freedom, the freedom to perceive, without obsessio
ns, all that's humanly possible. TAOD 2..to be abstract means to make yourself a
vailable to the spirit by being aware of it.. not thinking abstractly POS,223. F
reedom.....of perception...the third point....it is intent, the spirit, the some
rsault of thought into the miraculous; the act of reaching beyond our boundaries
and touching the inconceivable. POS, 224, 228.. cannot be an investment...an ad
venture with no end, in which we risk our lives and much more for a few moments
of something beyond words, beyond thoughts or feelings..to seek freedom is the o
nly driving force..to fly off into that infinity out there..to dissolve..to lift
off..to be like a flame of a candle, which in spite of being up against the lig
ht of a billion stars, remains intact, because it never pretended to be more tha
n what it is: a mere candle TAOD,81
they were warriors of total freedom..not caught by death..but choose the moment
and their departure from this world...at that moment they would be consumed by t
he fire from within and vanish from the face of the earth. FFW,13.. the new seer
s let the mastery of awareness develop to its natural end, which is to extend th
e glow of awareness beyond the bounds of the luminous cocoon in one single strok
e. (see third attention) FFW,85. He asserted that for the new seers to enter int
o the third attention is also a gift, but has a different meaning. It is more li
ke a reward for an attainment. FFW,85
THE EAGLE FOR PURPOSES OF ENHANCING AWARENESS ALLOWS BEINGS TO SLIP BY IT WITHOU
T BEING CONSUMED
It is only from the Eagle's actions that a seer can tell what it wants. The Eagl
e, although it is not moved by the circumstances of any living being, has grante
d a gift to each of those beings. In its own way and right, any one of them, if
it so desires, has the power to keep the flame of awareness, the power to disobe
y the summons to die and be consumed. Every living thing has been granted the po
wer, if it so desires, to seek an opening to freedom and go through it. it is ev
ident to the seer who sees the opening and to the creatures who go through it, t
hat the Eagle has granted that gift in order to perpetuate awareness. EG,173.
TO HELP GUIDE BEINGS PAST THE EAGLE, THE EAGLE CREATED THE NAGUAL
For the purpose of guiding living things to that opening, the Eagle created the
Naugal.(this refers to living beings.. not intent or will) EG,173
IS SORCERY A BETTER LIFE THAN THE AVERAGE NORMAL ONE?
A SORCERER IS ONLY SLIGHTLY BETTER OFF THAN THE AVERAGE MAN. SORCERY DOES NOT HE
LP HIM LIVE A BETTER LIFE; IN FACT, I SHOULD SAY THAT SORCERY HINDERS HIM; IT MA
KES HIS LIFE CUMBERSOME, PRECARIOUS.
There is very little to sorcery once you find out its trick. A sorcerer is only
slightly better off than the average man. Sorcery does not help him live a bette
r life; in fact, I should say that sorcery hinders him; it makes his life cumber
some, precarious.SR,214.
BY OPENING HIMSELF TO KNOWLEDGE A SORCERER BECOMES MORE VULNERABLE THAN THE AVER
AGE MAN
By opening himself to knowledge a sorcerer becomes more vulnerable than the aver
age man. On the one hand his fellow men hate him and fear him and will strive to
end his life; on the other hand the inexplicable and unbending forces that surr
ound every one of us, by right of our being alive, are for a sorcerer a source o
f greater danger. To be pierced by a fellow man is indeed painful, but nothing i
n comparison to being touched by an ally. A sorcerer, by opening himself to know
ledge, falls prey to his will; thus he must feel and act like a warrior. What he
lps a sorcerer live a better life is the strength of being a warrior. SR,214.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. THE HISTORY OF SORCERY
HOW DID SORCERY START?

A GROUP KNOWN AS THE TOLTECS/SORCERERS OF ANTIQUITY PROBABLY ATE SOME POWER PLAN
TS FOR SOME REASON AND AFTER SOME TIME BEGAN TO ANALYZE THEIR EXPERINECE
The way the Toltecs first started on the path of knowledge was by eating power p
lants.. whether prompted by curiosity, or hunger, or error they ate them. it was
only a matter of time before some of them began to analyse their experiences. F
FW,17
WHAT IS A TOLTEC?
ANTHROPOLOGICAL IT WAS A CULTURE OF NAHUATL-SPEAKING PEOPLE IN CENTRAL AND SOUTH
ERN MEXICO WHICH WAS ALREADY EXTINCT BY THE TIME OF THE SPANISH CONQUEST
The anthropological meaning was... a culture of Nahuatl-speaking people in centr
al and soutern Mexico which was already extinct at the time of the Spanish conqu
est. SRP,163.
A TOLTEC IS ONE WHO KNOWS BOTH THE MYSTERIES OF STALKING AND DREAMING
A Toltec is the receiver and holder of mysteries. SRP,163.
A sorcerer is a Toltec when that sorcerer has received the mysteries of stalking
and dreaming. SRP,215.
WHAT DOES THE WORD "TOLTEC" MEAN?
TOLTEC MEANS "MAN OF KNOWLEDGE" AND DOES NOT REFER TO THE TOLTEC EMPIRE.
Toltec means "man of knowledge" and does not refer to the Toltec Empire. FFW,18.
WHEN DID THE TOLTECS EXIST?

PROBABLY THE LAST LINK IN A CHAIN PERHAPS THOUSANDS OF YEARS BEFORE THE SPANISH
CONQUEST
Toltecs existed ages (centuries or perhaps even millennia FFW,18) before the Spa
niards came to Mexico...last link in a chain of knowledge that extended over tho
usands of years FFW,16 Sorcerers of antiquity.. men who existed in Mexico perhap
s thousands of years before the Spanish Conquest, ( perhaps as far back as ten t
housand years ago..ruled from seven thousand to three thousand years ago..from t
hen on, sorcerers have been regrouping, restructuring what was left of the old o
nes. TAOD,59)
WHERE DID THEY LIVE?
ALL SUCH MEN OF KNOWLEDGE LIVED WITHIN A VAST GEOGRAPHICAL AREA, NORTH AND SOUTH
OF THE VALLEY OF MEXICO
..all such men of knowledge lived within a vast geographical area, north and sou
th of the valley of Mexico..FFW,18
WHAT KIND OF JOBS DID THEY DO?
CURING, BEWITCHING, STORYTELLING, DANCING, BEING AN ORACLE, PREPARING FOOD AND D
RINK. THOSE LINES OF WORK FOSTERED SPECIFIC WISDOM, WISDOM THAT DISTINGUISHED TH
EM FROM AVERAGE MEN
and were employed in specific lines of work: curing, bewitching, storytelling, d
ancing, being an oracle, preparing food and drink. Those lines of work fostered
specific wisdom, wisdom that distinguished them from average men...they were als
o people who fitted into the structure of everyday life, very much as doctors, a
rtists, teachers, priests and merchants in our time do. They practiced their pro
fessions under the strict control of organized brotherhoods and became proficien
t and influential... FFW,18
WHAT SORCERY DID THEY DEVELOP?

THEY KNEW THE ART OF HANDLING AWARENESS/THEY KNEW THOUSANDS OF POSITIONS OF THE
SECOND ATTENTION
they knew the art of handling awareness. FFW,16 men whose greatest accomplishmen
t had been to build the structures of sorcery, emphasizing practicality and conc
reteness. He rendered them as men who were brilliant but lacking in wisdom. TAOD
, pg The Toltecs had divided their secret knowledge into two sets of five catego
ries each: the earth and the dark regions, fire and water, the above and below,
the loud and the silent, the moving and the stationary. ... the old seers secret
knowledge of the earth was employed either to groom or to destroy anything that
stands on the ground. FFW,98,99 Toltec power stand (description of and turning
to the north) SRP,273,274. Holding the images of dreams was a Toltec art. SRP,24
2.
They put all their eggs in one basket: the fixation of the assemblage point on t
he thousands of positions it can adopt...out of all the marvelous things the old
sorcerers learned exploring those thousands of positions, only the art of dream
ing and the art of stalking remain. TAOD,69... the old seers aimed at lighting u
p all the emanations inside their cocoons, one band at a time, They succeeded, b
ut oddly enough the accomplishment of lighting up one band at a time was instrum
ental in their becoming imprisoned in the quagmire of the second attention. FFW,
85
...(they were the only ones able to change their energetic shape into a straight
line.)..they were trying to bend themselves into circles, which they couldn't q
uite make..they had also succeeded in stretching the duration of their conscious
ness. So they are alive and conscious to this day. TAOD, 12,13...they exist toda
y in one of the layers of the universe. TAOD, 171.
..they coined the name allies (inorganic beings) and the allies taught them to m
ove the assemblage point out of the egg's boundaries into the nonhuman universe.
..into worlds beyond the human domain. TAOD,49. The old sorcerers used to love t
heir allies...more than they loved their own kind. TAOD,52,58
The dreaming emissary became the most vital entity for the (old Sorcerers) TAOD,
67
(they could transform themselves into whatever by keeping the uniformity and coh
esion of their assemblage point..their AP was very fluid ..they would shift thei
r AP, stalk their perception, rearrange their cohesiveness to fit their new stat
e of awareness..) TAOD,78
They preferred shifts of the AP...and were after the human unknown. TAOD,79
WHAT WERE THE CHARACTERISTICS OF THE TOLTECS?

POWERFUL SORCERERS, SOMBER THEY LEANED TOWARD ACTION. THEIR BID IS TO DOMINATE,
TO MASTER EVERYBODY AND EVERYTHING.
....powerful sorcerers, somber...they would influence and victimize people by fi
xating the awareness of their victims whatever they chose. FFW,16. Everything th
e Toltecs do is very simple. SRP,258. The ancient sorcerers were not given to th
ought. They leaned toward action. POS,42. Their bid is to dominate, to master ev
erybody and everything. FFW,122 they did not seek order which was a great mistak
e..and a deadly consequence was their assumption that the unknown and the unknow
able are the same thing. FFW,49. they were all action and no real knowledge... w
hen it came time for them to understand what they had seen, they couldn't do it.
FFW,70,71
THEY WERE SIMILAR TO THE ANCIENT CHINESE.. THEY WANTED TO UNDERSTAND THE UNIVERS
E ETC..
the people of pre-Hispanic Mexico were very similar in many respects to the anci
ent Chinese. Perhaps because they both may have had the same origins, they share
d a similar world view. The ancient Indians of Mexico.. had a slight advantage..
because the world in which they lived was in transition. This made them extreme
ly eclectic and curious about every facet of existence. They wanted to understan
d the universe, life, death and the range of human possibilities in terms of awa
reness and perception. Their great drive to know led them to develop practices t
hat enabled them to arrive at unimaginable levels of awareness. They made detail
ed descriptions of their practices and mapped the realms that those practices un
veiled. This tradition they handed down from generation to generation, always sh
rouding it in secrecy. TSC,122.
WHAT HAPPENED TO THE TOLTECS?
THEY BECAME BOGGED DOWN IN THE SECOND ATTENTION/THE SPANISH CAME AND CONQUERED T
HEM AND ONLY A FEW SURVIVED
The cultural context of DJ's knowledge. He did not know that himself. He viewed
it as the product of a sort of Pan-Indianism. His conjecture about its origin wa
s that at one time, in the Indian world prior to the Conquest, the handling of t
he second attention became vitiated. It was developed without any hinderance ove
r perhaps thousands of years, to the point that it lost its strength. The practi
oners of that time may have had no need for controls, and thus without restraint
, the second attention, instead of becoming stronger, became weaker by virtue of
its increased intricacy. Then the Spanish invaders came and destroyed the India
n world.. Only a handful of warriors survived... whatever DJ knew about the seco
nd attention was the restructured version, a new version which had built in rest
raints because it had been forged under the harshest conditions of suppresion..E
G,187. ..demise of the Toltecs FFW,19
Just as in China, where there were ancient beliefs so farfetched that they have
turned into legends, here in Mexico we also have our share of beliefs and legend
s...here in Mexico, there were two cultures that collided head on: the Spaniards
and the Indians... We know everything about ancient Spain but not ancient Mexic
o simply because the Spaniards were the victors and tried to obliterate Indian t
raditions. But in spite of their systematic and relentless efforts, they didn't
succeed completely. TSC,101.
SORCERERS OF TODAY/NEW SEERS
HOW THE NEW SEERS DEVELOPED
(how the new seers developed. FFW,20, 21)
HOW THE NEW SEERS TAUGHT THEIR IDEAS
(new seers of how they teach their ideas.. FFW,187)
WHAT IS THE PHILOSOPHY AND CHARACTERISTICS OF THE NEW SEERS?

THEY CHANGED THE OLD SORCERY TO FIT THEIR NEEDS
Sorcerers of today.... ..men renowned for their sound minds and their capacity t
o rectify the course for sorcery if they deemed it necessary.... they were throu
gh with description, comparison, and conjecture of any sort. FFW, 61.
THE HARSH CONDITIONS FOR THE OLD SEERS HELPED DEVELOP THE NEW SORCERERS
(after the Spanish conquest..the tonal of the Indians were obliterated..except f
or the sorcerers whose tonal)..took refuge in their nagual....The men of knowled
ge of today are the product of those conditions and are the ultimate connoisseur
s of the nagual since they were left there thoroughly alone. There, the white ma
n has never ventured. In fact, he doesn't even have the idea it exists. TOP,138.
THEY DIDN'T WANT CONCRETE THINGS

...they have no interest in concrete gains. There are no social functions for th
em, as there were for the sorcerers of the past. So you'll never catch them bein
g the official seers or the sorcerers in residence. TAOD, 2
THEY DIDN'T WANT RITUALS OR THE UNKNOWN
Because we are interested in something beyond the aberrant esoteric rituals and
incanations of those sorcerers of ancient times. You see, we believe that their
bizarre practices and obsessive search for power resulted only in a greater enha
ncement of the self. TSC,123..This is a dead-end road, for it never leads to tot
al freedom. Which is what we ourselves are after. The danger is that one can eas
ily become swayed by the mood of those sorcerers. TSC,123.
We are sorcerers from the same tradition as those of ancient times. We have inhe
rited all their esoteric rituals and incantations, but although we know how to u
se them we aren't interested in making them work. TSC,154.
THEY ONLY WENT INTO THE INORGANIC WORLDS AS ONLY A TRAINING EXERCISE
They (would go into other worlds (inorganic) only as an exercise)..they prefer m
ovements of the AP...they were after the nonhuman unknown. TAOD, 79.
THE WORLD'S PRODUCED ARE OF NO VALUE FOR A WARRIOR
...most of the time the worlds the AP had assembled had been so close to the wor
ld of everyday life as to be virtually phantom worlds. Those visions are the pro
duct of man's inventory..they are no value for warrior's..because they are produ
ced by a lateral shift of the AP.
THEY MAPPED THE UNKNOWN TO MAKE IT SEPERATE FROM THE UNKNOWABLE
through the use of controlled seeing, the new seers began to map the unknown (ma
king it available to our perception) in order to seperate it from the unknowable
.FFW,51
THEY DIDN'T WANT TO TALK ABOUT RANDOM CASES OF PEOPLE WHO ENTER THE UNKNOWN
the new seers did not consider it worthwhile to discuss the random cases of men
and other sentient beings who enter the unknown and the unknowable without being
aware of it; he referred to this as the Eagle's gift. FFW,85
THE NEW SEERS WERE PROFOUNDLY DISTURBED BY THE FACT THAT AWARENESS FORESTALLS DE
ATH AND AT THE SAME TIME INDUCES IT BY BEING FOOD FOR THE EAGLE. SINCE THEY COUL
D NOT EXPLAIN IT, FOR THERE IS NO RATIONAL WAY TO UNDERSTAND EXISTENCE, SEERS RE
ALIZED THAT THEIR KNOWLEDGE IS COMPOSED OF CONTRADICTORY PROPOSITIONS
The new seers were profoundly disturbed by the fact that awareness forestalls de
ath and at the same time induces it by being food for the Eagle. Since they coul
d not explain it, for there is no rational way to understand existence, seers re
alized that their knowledge is composed of contradictory propositions.... the ne
w seers found unquestionable truths by means of seeing. Those truths are arrange
d in terms of supossedly blatent contradictions. FFW,91
HOW DO THE NEW SORCERERS ORGANIZE THEIR LINEAGE?
THERE ARE TWO BRANCHES OF THAT LINEAGE, EACH HAS EIGHT MEMBERS. THE MEMBERS OF C
LARA'S BRANCH ARE THE GRAUS AND THE MEMBERS OF MY BRANCH ARE THE ABELARS.
We are a lineage, but not a family lineage. In this house there are two branches
of that lineage, each has eight members. The members of Clara's branch are the
Graus and the members of my branch are the Abelars. Our origin is lost in time.
We count ourselves by generations. I can teach what my group knows to someone wh
o is like me. In this case, you are an Abelar (Nelida talking to Taisha.) TSC,18
9.
EXPLANATION OF THE NAUGAL'S GROUP
EG,174-178.... Stop at pg. 174... end of second full paragraph.
SHAMINISM
WHAT IS IT?
SHAMINISM IS DESCRIBED AS A BELIEF SYSTEM... ....WHICH MAINTAINS THAT AN UNSEEN
WORLD OF ANCESTRAL SPIRITUAL FORCES, GOOD AND EVIL, IS PERVASIVE AROUND US AND T
HAT THESE SPIRITUAL FORCES CAN BE SUMMONED OR CONTROLLED THROUGH THE ACTS OF PRA
CTITIONERS, WHO ARE THE INTERMEDIARIES BETWEEN THE NATURAL AND THE SUPERNATURAL
REALMS. DON JUAN CALLED THE SUPERNATURAL THE SECOND ATTENTION.
Shaminism is described as a belief system... ....which maintains that an unseen
world of ancestral spiritual forces, good and evil, is pervasive around us and t
hat these spiritual forces can be summoned or controlled through the acts of pra
ctitioners, who are the intermediaries between the natural and the supernatural
realms. don juan called the supernatural the second attention. TAOD i.
WHO PRACTICES SHAMINISM?
1. Native people of northern Asia , TAOD, i
2. Certain North American Indian tribes, TAOD, i
3. Toltecs
OTHER SORCERERS
to this day there are scores of sorcerers all over, Mexico, descendents of those
conquerors, who follow the Toltec ways but don't know what they are doing, beca
use they are not seers. ..they copied the procedures of the Toltec seers without
having the Toltec's inner knowledge...FFW,19
MAZATEC SORCERER
SRP,186.
TARAHUMARA INDIAN
TDJ,91
REFERENCES
Pima Indians.. JTI,57
MITOTE
a long peyote ceremony for peyoteros and apprentices. TDJ,142.
DIABLERA
a helper is the aid of a diablero. A helper is a spirit that lives on the other
side of the world and helps a diablero to cause sickness and pain. It helps him
kill. (not the same as an ally) To tame an ally is hard work. it is easier to ge
t a helper on the other side. TDJ,181.
B.) SORCERER'S WAY

1. RATIONAL FOR THE SORCERER'S WAY
HOW DOES SORCERY TEACH US TO REACH THIS ULTIMATE GOAL?

Sorcerer's follow a series of guidelines called the sorcerer's way or impeccabil
ity
WHAT IS THE DEFINITION OF THE SORCERER'S WAY?
THE SORCERER'S WAY ARE CHOICES WE MAKE IN LIFE THAT ARE DESIGNED TO CHANGE THE W
AY WE LOOK AND ACT TOWARDS THINGS.
the sorcerer's way is a specific sequence of actions. POS,158 ...a chain of beha
vioral choices for dealing with the world, choices much more intelligent than th
ose our progenitors taught us. These sorcerers' choices are designed to revamp o
ur lives by altering our basic reactions about being alive. TAOD, ? ...dusting t
he connecting link to intent, or stalking oneself POS, 67
MOLDING OUR LIFE SITUATION SO THAT WE CAN GET SOME ENERGY

There are two ways of facing our being alive...one is to surrender to it, either
by acquiescing to its demands or by fighting those demands. The other is by mol
ding our paticular life situation to fit our own configurations...one's particul
ar life situation can be molded to fit one's specification...dreamer's do that.
Through molding this awareness of being alive (molding one's life situation) we
can get enough energy to reach and sustain the energy body and with it we can ce
rtainly mold the total direction and consequences of our lives.TAOD, 33,34
ENERGY CAN BE CULMATIVE
...(energy tends to be culumative... TAOD,138)
WHAT ARE THE OTHER NAMES OF THE SORCERER'S WAY?
Sorcerer's way/warrior's way/impeccability
WHAT IS IMPECCABILITY?
IMPECCABILITY IS SIMPLY THE BEST USE OF OUR ENERGY LEVEL
impeccability is simply the best use of our energy level POS,232, FFW,30... The
only thing that counts is impeccability, that is, freed energy. FFW,119 ...the o
nly thing that stores energy for us is our impeccability. POS,232 ...that action
of rechanneling that energy is impeccability. FFW,31...it leaves us to scrounge
energy for ourselves, wherever we can find it. TAOD, ? ....learning to save ene
rgy.. POS,8 .... ..think of sorcery as learning to save energy. And this energy
will enable you to handle some of the energy fields which are inaccessible to yo
u now. POS,8 ....to be in an impeccable state of being is to be free of rational
assumptions and fears. FFW,279... ...impeccability is to do your best in whatev
er you're engaged in. TOP,191..a life of impeccability by itself leads unavoidab
ly to a sense of sobriety, and this in turn leads to the movement of the AP. FFW
,195 Impeccability is indeed the only act which is free and thus the true measur
e of a warrior's spirit. TOP,241 impeccability the only thing that counts in the
path of knowledge. FFW,33 .......Be impeccable and you'll have enough energy to
reach the place of silent knowledge. POS,267
THE RULE WAS ENDLESS AND COVERED EVERY FACET OF A WARRIOR'S BEHAVIOR
. The rule was endless and covered every facet of a warrior's behavior. EG,178.
How the seers saw this rule. EG,178.
TWO TYPES OF INTERPRETATIONS OF THE RULE: UNIVERSAL AND INDIVIDUAL
two types of interpretations of the rule: universal and individual. explanations
of and examples. EG,181.
WHAT IS THE RATIONALITY BEHIND SORCERY/SORCERER'S WAY?
THAT IS PROVIDED BY THE SORCERER'S EXPLANATION
sorcerer's explanation..DJ gives it to CC start, TOP,224,225 You now know about
the tonal and the nagual which are the core of the sorcerer's explanation. TOP,2
25.
WHAT IS THE SORCERY'S EXPLANATION?
The sorcery's basic premise is that the universe is just energy
WE MUST BELIEVE THAT THE UNIVERSE IS ENERGY OR WE WILL NEVER PERCEIVE ENERGY DIR
ECTLY
..If we don't start out with the premise that it is a world of energy, we'll nev
er be able to perceive energy directly. We'll always be stopped by the physical
certainty of what you've just pointed out: the hardness of objects. TAOD,4. The
social base of our perception should be the physical certainty that energy is al
l there is. TAOD, 3
AND THAT EVERYTHING AROUND US IS ONLY A PERCEPTION
PERCEPTION IS THE UNLTIMATE MYSTERY BECAUSE IT'S TOTALLY UNEXPLAINABLE/ EVERYTHI
NG IS PERCEPTION/EVERYTHING IS AN UNFATHOMABLE MYSTERY
Perception is the ultimate mystery because it's totally unexplainable. Sorcerers
as human beings are perceiving creatures, but what they perceive is neither goo
d nor evil; everything is just perception. If human beings, through discipline,
can perceive more than is normally permitted, more power to them. TSC,215. Your
reason is willing to admit that the world is not as the description portrays it,
that there is much more to it than meets the eye...TOP,265 The first precept of
the rule is that everything that surrounds us is an unfathomable mystery. EG,27
9 I've told you time and time again that the world is unfathomable..and so are w
e, and so is every being that exists in this world. It is impossible, therefore,
to reason out the double. You've been allowed to witness it, though, and that s
hould be more than enough. TOP,49.The world around us is very mysterious..it doe
sn't yield its secrets easily. JTI,22.
THE WORLD IS A MYSTERY
THE WORLD IS INCOMPREHENSIBLE. WE WON'T EVER UNDERSTAND IT; WE WON'T EVER UNRAVE
L ITS SECRETS. THUS WE MUST TREAT IT AS IT IS, A SHEER MYSTERY.
The world is all that is encased here...life,death,people, the allies, and every
thing else that surrounds us. The world is incomprehensible. We won't ever under
stand it; we won't ever unravel its secrets. Thus we must treat it as it is, a s
heer mystery. SR,219... The world is a mystery..and it is not at all as you pict
ure it.... Well, it is also as you picture it, but that's not all there is to wo
rld; there is much more to it. JTI,165.
A WARRIOR TREATS THE WORLD AS A MYSTERY/PEOPLE AS THE FOLLY
A warrior is aware of this confusion and learns to treat things properly. the th
ings that people do cannot under any conditions be more important than the world
. And thus a warrior treats the world as an endless mystery and what people do a
s an endless folly. SR,220.
THE MYSTERY OF US IS OUTSIDE US/WHAT MAKES US PERCEIVE
.....The mystery is outside us... inside us we only have emanations trying to br
eak the cocoon. And this fact aberrates us, one way or the other, whether we are
average men or warriors.. Only the new seers get around this. They struggle to
see. And by means of the shifts of their AP, they get to realize that the myster
y is perceiving. Not so much what we perceive, but what makes us perceive. FFW,1
43
THE WORLD IS WHATEVER WE PERCEIVE IN ANY MANNER WE CHOOSE TO PERCEIVE
He was very careful to establish that the world was whatever we perceive, in any
manner we may choose to perceive. SR,147.
AND THIS PERCEPTION CAN BE MANIPULATED
AWARENESS CAN BE MANIPULATED/HANDLED
Awareness can be manipulated. FFW,16. You'd be surprised what men are capable of
especially if they control awareness... in the old seers excursion to the depth
s they found marvels. It was routine for them to encounter allies. To say the de
pths is a figure of speech. There are no depths there is only handling of awaren
ess. FFW,121
A SORCERER DOES NOT TRY TO EXPLAIN THESE FORCES BUT USES THESE FORCES BY REDIREC
TING HIMSELF AND ADAPTING TO THEIR DIRECTION
The sorcerer, on the other hand, does not think of explaining or changing them;
instead, he learns to use such forces by redirecting himself and adapting to the
ir direction. That's his trick. SR,214.
THE USE OF AWARENESS AS AN ENERGETIC ELEMENT OF OUR ENVIRONMENT/WE CAN GO PLACES
WITH OUR AWARENESS
Through the medium of awareness, scouts from all over the universe come to us, a
nd vice versa; via awareness, sorcerers go to the ends of the universe...The sor
cerers can hitch their energy body to the (glow of awareness) and go with it. th
e use of awareness as an energetic element of our environment is the essence of
sorcery. TAOD,185..awareness can also be used for entering into the energy field
s of inanimate matter or of living beings. TAOD, 198.
PERCEPTION IS CONTROLLED BY WHERE THE ASSEMBLAGE POINT IS FIXED SO MANIPULATING
THE ASSEMBLAGE POINT BECOMES THE MOST IMPORTANT GOAL OF A SORCERER
THE MANIPULATION OF THE ASSEMBLAGE POINT IS THE MOST IMPORTANT TOPIC OF THE SORC
ERER'S WORLD
..the most important topic of the sorcerers' world..the position of the assembla
ge point... TAOD,73..the mystery of the AP is everything in sorcery..or rather,
everything in sorcery rests on the manipulation of the assemblage point. TAOD,17
2.. the position of the AP is everything and that the world it makes us perceive
is so real that it does not leave any room for anything except its realness. FF
W,235,
All of them (sorcerers) pursued, singleheartedly, the same goal: breaking the pe
rceptual dispositions and biases that imprison us within the boundaries of the n
ormal everyday world and prevent us from entering other perceivable worlds. TSC,
xi.
THE MASTERY OF AWARENESS IS WHAT GIVES THE AP ITS INITIAL BOOST TO DISLODGE IT F
ROM ITS ORIGINAL POSITION
the mastery of awareness is what gives the AP its initial boost to dislodge it f
rom its original position...our enemy and at the same time our friend is our int
ernal dialogue, our inventory. Be a warrior; shut off your internal dialogue; ma
ke your inventory and then throw it away. The new seers make accurate inventorie
s and then laugh at them..... without the inventory the AP becomes free.. FFW,27
7.
THE NEW SEERS SAY THAT SINCE THE EXACT POSITION OF THE AP IS AN ARBITRARY POSITI
ON CHOSEN FOR US BY OUR ANCESTORS, IT CAN MOVE WITH A RELATIVELY SMALL EFFORT; O
NCE IT MOVES, IT FORCES NEW ALIGNMENTS OF EMANATIONS, THUS NEW PERCEPTIONS.
moving the AP is complex because it required a tremendous discipline on everybod
y's part; it required that the internal dialogue be stopped, that a state of HA
be reached and that someone walk away with one's AP. The explanation behind all
these complex procedures was very simple; the new seers say that since the exact
position of the AP is an arbitrary position chosen for us by our ancestors, it
can move with a relatively small effort; once it moves, it forces new alignments
of emanations, thus new perceptions. FFW,152
WHAT IS THE PURPOSE OF THE SECOND ATTENTION FOR NEW SORCERERS?
THE SECOND ATTENTION IS THE TRAINING GROUND FOR WARRIORS WANTING TO REACH THE TH
IRD ATTENTION
the battlefield of warriors was the second attention, which was something like a
training ground for reaching the third attention. EG,18.
WHY DO SORCERER GO TO OTHER WORLDS?
SORCERERS GO INTO OTHER WORLDS TO GET ENERGY, POWER, SOLUTIONS TO GENERAL AND PA
RTICULAR PROBLEMS, OR TO FACE THE UNIMAGINABLE.
....Sorcerers go into other worlds to get energy, power, solutions to general an
d particular problems, or to face the unimaginable. POS,13
WHERE DOES THE ENERGY COME FROM TO MOVE THE AP?
THE ENERGY NECESSARY TO MOVE THE ASSEMBLAGE POINT COMES FROM THE REALM OF THE IN
ORGANIC BEINGS
..the energy necessary to move the assemblage points of sorcerers comes from the
realm of the inorganic beings. TAOD, 181.
THE SECOND ATTENTION IS NECESSARY TO PERCEIVE OURSELVES AS LUMINOUS BODIES
the SA is the awareness we need in order to perceive our luminous cocoon and to
act like luminous beings. EG,18
YOU MUST EXERCISE YOUR SECOND ATENTION TO GET YOUR DESIRED RESULTS
The second attention served the function of a beckoner, a caller of chances. The
more it is exercised, the greater the possibility of getting the desired result
. EG,139.
BUT TO MANIPULATE THE ASSEMBLAGE POINT MEANS TO HAVE FREED INTERNAL ENERGY
IN ORDER TO PERCEIVE THE SECOND ATTENTION WE NEED INTERNAL ENERGY TO MOVE THE AS
SEMBLAGE POINT
He had maintained that in order to perceive energy in such a fashion, we need fr
eedom from our normal capacity to perceive. TSC,viii.. In order to accomplish th
e feat of heightening our perception, we need internal energy. Thus the problem
of making internal energy available to fulfill such a task becomes the key issue
for students of sorcery. TSC,viii The difficulty is in breaking the retaining w
all we all have in our mind that holds us in place. To break it all we need is e
nergy. Once we have energy, seeing happens to us itself. The trick is in abandon
ing our fort of self-complacency and false security. TAOD, 9. Don Juan explained
to me that, for us to perceive those other realms, not only do we have to covet
them but we need to have sufficient energy to sieze them. Their existence is co
nstant and independent of our awareness, he said, but their inaccessibility is e
ntirely a consequence of our energetic conditioning. In other words, simply and
solely because of that conditioning, we are compelled to assume that the world o
f daily life is the one and only possible world. TAOD, ii. ...the most difficult
thing in the warrior's path is to make the AP move. That movement is the comple
tion of the warrior's quest... in the warrior's way, the shift of the AP is ever
ything. FFW,214......Sorcerers maintain that moving the AP is all that matters a
nd that movement..depends on increased energy and not instruction. POS,166. the
only value of experiences (in the warrior's path) was the movement of the AP and
not the content of the vision. FFW,227.. ...Sorcerers say that in order to comm
and the spirit, and by that they mean to command the movement of the AP, one nee
ds energy POS,232 ...the only thing that matters is the movement of the AP...no
procedure can cause that. It's an effect that happens all by itself. POS,169 and
such AP movements were ruled by the amount of energy sorcerers had at their com
mand. POS,152.. Once one knows that world all one needs to bring it about is to
use that extra ring of power... JTI,255.
YOU MUST HAVE ENERGY TO MAKE THE AP MOVE OR THE FORCE OF ALIGNMENT WILL CRUSH YO
U
For the AP to shift, one needs energy. If one doesn't have it, the naugal's blow
is not the blow of freedom, but the blow of death. Without enough energy.. the
force of alignment is crushing. FFW,164 You have to have energy to sustain the p
ressure of alignments which never take place under ordinary circumstances. FFW,1
64
SINCE ALL OF OUR ENERGY IS WRAPPED UP IN DEALING WITH OURSELVES, THE SORCERER'S
NEEDED A CODE OR A WAY OF LIFE THAT FREES UP ENERGY AND CAN HANDLE THE DANGERS O
F THE SECOND ATTENTION
ONLY THE SORCERER'S WAY CAN RESTORE THE ENERGY NEEDED TO REGAIN THE TOTALITY OF
OURSELVES
She reached inside the cave and touched the left and right sides of my forehead.
Awareness must shift from here to here... as children, we can easily do this ,
but once the seal of the body has been broken through wasteful excesses, only a
special manipulation of awareness, right living and celibacy can restore the ene
rgy that has drained out, energy needed to make the shift. TSC,42.
THE WARRIOR'S WAY AQUIRED THE INTERNAL STRENGTH THEY NEEDED TO SHIFT THEIR ASSEM
BLAGE POINT IN THEIR DREAMS
With the warrior's path, the new seers fortified themselves and aquired the inte
rnal strength (sobriety) they needed to guide the shift of the AP in dreams. FFW
,195.
HOW DOES THE SORCERER'S WAY/IMPECCABILITY FREE OUR EXISTING ENERGY?
THE SORCERERS CUT DOWN ANYTHING THEY THINK IS SUPERFLUOUS IN THEIR LIVES AND RED
EPLOY THAT ENERGY IN A MORE INTELLIGENT MANNER/LOSE OUR SELF-REFLECTION
....It was implicit that one could have been capable of such an extraordinary ef
fort only by being frugal with any other activity that did not deal directly wit
h such predetermined actions. TDJ,193....the sorcerers' way is the best means of
energy redeployment ...TAOD,138 ...Sorcerers get that energy by redeploying, in
a more intelligent manner, the energy they have and use for perceiving the dail
y world. TAOD,32. The sorcerers redeployed their energy by cutting down anything
they consider superfluous in their lives. TAOD,?...sorcerers get extra energy f
rom eradicating unnecessary habits. FFW,97 Eradicating self-will is the means by
which we realize the supreme goal of the spiritual life. This is what all the g
reat mystics have done and done completely, through years of strenuous effort. E
E, M,173... Of course you need to gather energy..but right now you must do it by
demolishing your indulgence in absurdities. There is plenty of energy you can h
arness simply by not doing the things you are accustomed to, like complaining, o
r feeling sorry for yourself or worrying about things that can't be changed. Def
using these concerns will give you a positive, nurturing energy that will help t
o balance and heal you. TSC,95 Because the spirit had no perceivable essence, so
rcerers deal rather with the specific instances and ways in which they are able
to shatter the mirror of self-reflection. POS,170 This crossing of the threshold
(moving the assemblage point) happens when the spirit cuts our chains of self-r
eflection. POS,101 eradicating unecessary habits detaches awareness from self-re
flection and allows it (I think he means either awareness or glow of awareness)
the freedom to focus on something else. FFW,97 ...the sorcerer's way ...makes th
e person ...aware that self-importance is the force which keeps the AP fixed. Fo
r this reason, the thrust of the warriors' way is to dethrone self-importance. A
nd everything sorcerers do is toward is toward accomplishing this goal.. POS,158
, TAOD,37 much of my endeavors with you has been geared to show you that without
self-importance we are invulnerable. FFW,28. ...I personally have initiated you
in all kinds of sorcery procedures, but only for purposes of luring your first
attention away from the power of self-absorption, which keeps your AP rigidly fi
xed. FFW,138. ..self-importance figures as the activity that consumes the greate
st amount of energy, hence, their effort to eradicate it. FFW,31. ...example of
shattering self-importance. POS,171....the only worthwhile course of action, whe
ther for sorcerers or average men, is to restrict our involvement with our self-
image. POS,165...feeling important makes one heavy, clumsy and vain. to be a man
of knowledge one needs to be light and fluid. SR,8....War, for a warrior, is th
e total struggle against that individual self that has deprived man of his power
. POS,158.. ..self-importance, lack of purpose, unchecked ambition, unexamined s
ensuality, cowardice; and you must be relentless in your fight against them... s
he said she had just been trying to illustrate to me that our attitudes and feel
ings were our real enemy. TSC,153... and that they were just as damaging and dan
gerous as any bandit armed to the teeth that we that we might encounter on the r
oad. TSC,154.
...it calls for frugality, thoughtfulness, simplicity, innocence and above all i
t calls for a lack of self-reflection. POS,232, FFW,30... close the door of self
-reflection. POS,267 ...It doesn't matter what anybody says or does... You must
be an impeccable man yourself. The fight is right here in this chest...if you ar
e impeccable.. you wouldn't have time for petty fights. it takes all the time an
d all the energy we have to conquer the idiocy in us. And that's what matters. T
he rest is of no importance. SRP,213. One must overcome everything...by letting
it turn into nothing. SR,169. It doesn't matter whether you like or dislike the
guardian. As long as you have a feeling toward it, the guardian will remain the
same monstrous, beautiful or whatever. If you have no feeling toward it... the g
uardian will become nothing and will still be there in front of you. SR,170. You
thought it was ugly (guardian). its size was awesome. it was a monster. You kno
w what all those things are. So the guardian was always something you knew you d
id not see it. I have told you already, the guardian had to become nothing and y
et it had to stand in front of you. it had to be there and it had, at the same t
ime, to be nothing. SR,170. The goal of everything I was taught was the redistri
bution of my normal energy, and the enhancement of it, so that it could be used
for the out-of-the-ordinary feats of perception demanded by sorcery training. Th
e idea behind the training is that as soon as the compulsive patterns of old hab
its, thoughts, expectations and feelings is broken by means of the recapitulatio
n one is indisputably in the position to accumulate enough energy to live by the
new rationales provided by the sorcery tradition-and to substantiate those rati
onales by directly perceiving a different reality. TSC,xiii
GOOD SUMMERIZATIONS
POS,158-losing self-importance
POS,167-why we need to lose self-importance-essence of why everything Don Juan d
id what he did.
HOW DOES LOSING YOUR SELF-IMPORTANCE FREE OUR ENERGY?
(The lose of self-importance can also be thought of the lose of socialization..
simply to lessen the control that society has over us)
WHEN SELF-IMPORTANCE IS CURTAILED, THE ENERGY IT REQUIRES IS NO LONGER EXPENDED.
.When self-importance is curtailed, the energy it requires is no longer expended

. POS,167
WHEN OUR WAREHOUSE IS EMPTY/INVENTORY IS DISCARDED THEN ENERGY CAN FLOW THROUGH
US/WHEN WE BECOME NOTHING
If our warhouse is empty, the body itself is empty, and energy from infinity can
flow through it. Clara reiterated that in order to empty ourselves, we have to
sink into a state of profound recapitulation and let energy flow through us impe
ded. Only in quiescence.. can we give the seer in us full reign or can the imper
sonal energy of the universe turn into the very personal force intent. When we h
ave emptied ourselves sufficiently of our obsolete and encumbering inventory...
energy comes to us and gathers itself naturally; when enough of it coalesces, it
turns into power. TSC,102
Chinese sages of ancient times used to say that in order to know your worth, you
have to slip through the eye of the dragon.. she said those sages were convince
d that the boundless unknown is guarded by an enormous dragon whose scales shine
with a dazzling light. They believed that the courageous seekers who dare to ap
proach the dragon are awed by its blinding glare, by the power of its tail that
with the minutest flicker crushes anything in its way, and by its burning breath
that turns to ashes everything within its reach. But they also believed that th
ere is a way to slip by that unapproachable dragon. Clara said that they were co
nfident that by merging with the dragon's intent, one can become invisible and g
o through the dragon's eye... it means that through recapitulation, we can becom
e empty of thought and desire, which for those ancient seers meant to become one
with the dragon's intent, therefore invisible. TSC,65.
Warriors prepare themselves to be aware, and full awareness comes to them only w
hen there is no more self-importance left in them. Only when they are nothing do
they become everything. FFW,147.
WHAT HAPPENS WHEN WE FREE OUR ENERGY?
IT AUTOMATICALLY MOVES THE ASSEMBLAGE POINT AND THIS SERVES AS THE BASIS FOR A C
LEAR CONNECTING LINK WITH THE NAGUAL
That increased energy then serves as the springboard that launches the assemblag
e point, automatically and without premeditation, into an inconceivable journey.
Once the assemblage point has moved, the movement itself entails moving from se
lf-reflection, and this in turn, assures a clear connecting link with the spirit
. POS,167 By seperating the social part of perception, you'll perceive the essen
ce of everything. TAOD, 3 If you want to find your life, you have to lose it. (J
esus)...
I have the greatest ambition imaginable. I want to make myself zero. (Gandhi)...
.. EE,M,173...
ANY MOVEMENT OF THE ASSEMBLAGE POINT AWAY FROM ITS HABITUAL SPOT MEANS A MOVEMEN
T FROM SELF-REFLECTION/SELF-IMPORTANCE
He explained that sorcerers had discovered that any movement of the AP means mov
ement away from the excessive concern with that individual self which was the ma
rk of modern man.... It was therefore safe to say that any movement of the AP aw
ay from its customary position resulted in a movement away from man's self-refle
ction and its concomitant: self-importance. .... sorcerers knew by means of thei
r practical actions, that as soon as their assemblage points move, their self-im
portance crumbles. Without the customary position of their AP, their self image
can no longer be sustained. And without the heavy focus on that self-image, they
lose their self-compassion, and with it their self-importance... POS,159 It was
therefore safe to say that any movement of the AP away from its customary posit
ion resulted in a movement away from man's self-reflection and its concomitant:
self-importance. POS,158, TAOD,37
A WARRIOR ACTS FOR HIMSELF BUT HIS CONTACT WITH THE SPIRIT HELPS HIS SELF BECOME
ABSTRACT AND IMPERSONAL
In a way, a warrior is all for himself for a warrior everything begins and ends
with himself. However, his contact with the abstract causes him to overcome his
feeling of self-importance. Then the self becomes abstract and impersonal. POS,
47
..the internal dialogue is what grounds us.. the world is such and such or so an
d so, only because we talk to ourselves about its being such and such or so and
so. TOP,19.
THE MOVEMENT OF THE ASSEMBLAGE POINT INCREASES THE PERCEPTION OF THE WARRIOR
The sorcerer's increased energy, derived from the curtailment of their self-refl
ection, allows their senses a greater range of perception. POS,165. The greater
your energy.. the greater your capacity to perceive extraordinary things... TSC,
215 this is sorcery! You can perceive it now, because you've freed enough energy
to expand your perception. Anyone can perceive it, provided he has enough energ
y. The tragedy is that most of our energy is trapped in nonsensical concerns. Th
e recapitulation is the key. it releases that trapped energy and voila! You see
infinity right in front of your eyes. TSC,248
OUR NEW COMMAND OF THE AP BECOMES THE EAGLE'S NEW COMMAND
The new seers say that realization is the technique... first of all, one must be
come aware that the world we perceive is the result of our AP's being located on
a specific spot on the cocoon. Once that is understood, the AP can move almost
at will, as a consequence of new habits. FFW,137. The AP of man appears around a
definite area of the cocoon, because the Eagle commands it.. But the precise sp
ot is determined by habit, by repetitious acts. First we learn that it can be pl
aced there and then we ourselves command it to be there. Our command becomes the
Eagle's command.FFW,137. ..once the glow of awareness focuses on man's band of
emanations and selects some for emphasis, it enters into a vicious circle. The m
ore it emphasizes certain emanations, the more stable the AP gets to be. This is
the equivalent of saying that our command becomes the Eagle's command. It goes
without saying that when our awareness develops into first attention the command
is so strong that to break that circle and make the AP shift is a genuine trium
ph. FFW,141,142.. First you must stop your internal dialogue, then you must brin
g up the image of the person that you want to see; any thought that one holds in
mind in a state of silence is properly a command, since there are no other thou
ghts to compete with it. TOP,34.
WHEN SORCERERS MOVE THE ASSEMBLAGE POINT ENOUGH, SORCERERS LEARN TO "SEE"
WHAT DOES IT MEAN TO "SEE"?
SEEING IS THE CAPACITY TO PERCEIVE ENERGY DIRECTLY
Seeing... the capacity to perceive the energetic essence of things... to perceiv
e energy directly.(fields of energy. FFW,10).. TAOD, 3,50
SEEING IS THE ACT OF DEALING DIRECTLY WITH THE NAGUAL
seeing was the act of dealing directly with the nagual, an act that was an unavo
idable end result of the teachings but an unattainable task as a task per se. TO
P,232. Seeing is not a force, but rather getting through things. SR,148. Seeing
must be direct, for a warrior can't use his time to unravel what he himself is s
eeing. Seeing is seeing because it cuts through all that nonsense TOP,151
SEEING IS A FEELING/DIRECT KNOWING/BODILY KNOWLEDGE
..seeing is a peculiar feeling of knowing something without a shadow of a doubt.
FFW,18..the logical conclusion for my intellect would be to say that seeing is
a bodily knowledge. EG,37.Seeing is like that. Statements are made with great ce
rtainity, and one doesn't know how it happened. TOP,134. Clara said that this mo
ment of direct knowing was called the seer by the people who first formulated th
e recapitulation, because it allows us to directly see into things with uncloude
d eyes. TSC,99
HOW DOES SEEING COME ABOUT?

SEEING IS A RESULT OF MOVING THE AP, USING NEW ALIGNMENTS
. ..seeing is a euphemism for moving the AP, FFW,242..... seeing is not a matter
of the eyes.. seeing is alignment.. the alignment of emanations used routinely
is the perception of the day-to-day world, but the alignment of emanations that
are never used ordinarily is seeing. when such an alignment occurs one sees. See
ing, therefore being produced by alignment out of the ordinary cannot be somethi
ng one could merely look at.. FFW,71,72
SEEING HAPPENS BETWEEN THE WORLDS OF ORDINARY PEOPLE AND THE WORLD OF SORCERERS
Perhaps you know now that seeing happens only when one sneaks between the worlds
, the world of ordinary people and the world of sorcerers....one who sees knows
that to believe that is to be pinned down in the realm of sorcerers. By the same
token, not to believe that coyotes talk is to be pinned down in the realm of or
dinary men. They are real worlds. They could act upon you. JTI,254.
SEEING HAS NOTHING TO DO WITH SORCERY
He spoke about seeing as a process independent of the allies and the techniques
of sorcery.SR,167. A sorcerer was a person who command an ally and thus manipula
te an ally's power to his advantage, but the fact that he commanded an ally did
not mean that he could see. I reminded him that he had told me before that it wa
s impossible to see unless one had an ally. Don Juan very calmly replied that he
had come to the conclusion it was possible to see and yet not command an ally.
He felt there was nor reason why not, since seeing had nothing to do with manipu
latory techniques of sorcery, which served only to act upon our fellow men. The
techniques of seeing..had no effect on men. SR,167.....Seeing is not sorcery. ye
t one may easily confuse them, because a man who sees can learn, in no time at a
ll, to manipulate an ally and may become a sorcerer. On the other hand, a man ma
y learn certain techniques in order to command an ally and thus become a sorcere
r, and yet he may never learn to see. SR,168
WHAT IS THE DIFFERENCE BETWEEN LOOKING AND SEEING?
SEEING IS NOT USING THE EYES ALONE
I never said that seeing is a matter of the eyes alone. SR,252
LOOKING CONSISTED IN VIEWING THE TONAL WHICH IS IN EVERYTHING AND SEEING , ON TH
E OTHER HAND, CONSISTED IN VIEWING THE NAUGAL WHICH ALSO IS IN EVERYTHING
She added that we could stumble upon the most outlandish sights of the tonal and
be scared of them, or awed by them, or be indifferent to them, because all of u
s could view those sights. A sight of the naugal... needed the specialized sense
s of a sorcerer in order to be seen at all. And yet, both the tonal and naugal w
ere present in everything at all times. It was appropriate,therefore, for a sorc
erer to say that looking consisted in viewing the tonal which is in everything a
nd seeing , on the other hand, consisted in viewing the naugal which also is in
everything.. Accordingly, if a warrior viewed observed the world as a human bein
g, he was looking, but if he observed it as a sorcerer, he was seeing, and what
he was seeing was properly called the nagual. SRP,199.
SWITCHING BETWEEN LOOKING AND SEEING/FUNCTION OF THE EYES
you must do it yourself (seeing) once you learn, you can see every single thing
in the world in a different way...I see both ways. When I want to look at the wo
rld I see it the way you do. Then when I want to see it I look at it the way I k
now and I perceive it in a different way.... SR,37..He said that the eyes of man
could perform both functions (seeing and looking) but neither of them was bette
r than the other; however, to train the eyes to look was, in his opinion, an unn
ecessary loss... we need to look with our eyes to laugh because only when we loo
k at things can we catch the funny edge of the world. On the other hand, when ou
r eyes see, everything is so equal that nothing is funny... our eyes may look so
we may laugh, or cry, or rejoice, or be happy. SR,83
In order to see one must learn to look at the world in some other fashion, and t
he only other fashion I know is the way of a sorcerer. JTI,256.
DO THINGS CHANGE WHEN YOU SEE?
THINGS DON'T CHANGE WHEN YOU SEE, YOU JUST CHANGE YOUR WAY OF LOOKING AT THEM
things don't change. You change your way of looking, that's all. SR,37.
WHEN YOU LEARN TO SEE..A THING IS NEVER THE SAME EVERY TIME YOU SEE IT, AND YET
IT IS THE SAME
When you learn to see..a thing is never the same every time you see it, and yet
it is the same. I told you, for instance, that a man is like an egg. Every time
I see the same man I see an egg, yet it is not the same egg....you can tell thin
gs apart. You can see them for what they really are. SR,37.
ULTIMATE REALITY
SEEING THE ULTIMATE NATURE OF THINGS
....seeing as a special capacity that one could develop and which would allow on
e to apprehand the ultimate nature of things. TOP,27...to lay bare the core of e
verything, to witness the unknown and to glimpse into the unknowable.. FFW,70..t
he capacity of human beings to enlarge their perceptual field until they are cap
able of assessing not only the outer appearances but the essence of everything.
FFW,10..seeing entailed a very complex process by virtue of which a man of knowl
edge allegedly perceives the essence of the things of the world. SR,8. the old s
eers actually saw the indescribable force which is the source of all sentient be
ings. FFW,54,55
EVERYTHING UNIMPORTANT
WHEN YOU LEARN TO SEE, EVERYTHING BECOMES UNIMPORTANT/EQUAL
Besides seeing is contrary to sorcery. Seeing makes one realize the importance o
f it all... the unimportance of everything. SR,168. When a man learns to see, no
t a single thing he knows prevails. Not a single thing. If the Tibetans could se
e they could tell right away that not a single thing is no longer the same. Once
we see, nothing is known; nothing remains as we used to know it when we didn't
see. When one learns to see, not a single thing is the same.. perhaps the Tibeta
ns really see.. in which case they must have realized that what they see makes n
o sense at all and they wrote that bunch of crap because it doesn't make any dif
ference to them; in which case what they wrote isn't crap at all. SR,194. But th
en when a man learns to see, he realizes that he can no longer think about the t
hings he looks at, and if he cannot think about what he looks at everything beco
mes unimportant. SR,81. Once a man learns to see he finds himself alone in the w
orld with nothing but folly.. your acts as well as the acts of your fellow men i
n general appear to be important to you because you have learned to think they a
re important. SR,81. you believe that (nothing matters is bad) because you're th
inking..you're thinking about life..you're not seeing. SR,80
AFTER SEEING/ UPON LEARNING TO SEE A MAN BECOMES EVERYTHING BY BECOMING NOTHING.
HE SO TO SPEAK VANISHES AND YET HE'S THERE/DEALING WITH PEOPLE
Upon learning to see a man becomes everything by becoming nothing. He so to spea
k vanishes and yet he's there. I would say that this is the time when a man can
be or can get anything he desires. but he desires nothing, and instead of playin
g with his fellow men like they were toys, he meets them in the midst of their f
olly. the only difference between them is that a man who sees controls his folly
, while his fellow men can't. A man who sees has no longer an active interest in
his fellow men. Seeing has already detached him from absolutely everything he k
new before. The thing that should give you chills is not to have anything to loo
k forward to but a lifetime of doing that which you have always done. Seeing is
very difficult and is not a matter of talk. SR,105.
OUR NEW ENERGY THEN BECOMES POWER
PERSONAL POWER
PERSONAL POWER IS THE ONLY THING THAT MATTERS IN THE DOINGS AND NOT-DOINGS OF WA
RRIORS
As is always the in the doings and not doings of warriors, personal power is the
only thing that matters. TOP,106. Everything a man does hinges on his personal
power.. therefore, for one who doesn't have any, the deeds of a powerful man are
incredible. JTI,164. If.. your impeccability and personal power are such that y
ou are capable of fulfilling your tasks, you will then achieve the promise of po
wer. And what's that promise?...it is a promise that power makes to men as lumin
ous beings. Each warrior has a different fate, so there is no way of telling wha
t that promise will be for either of you. TOP,277.
WHAT IS POWER?
POWER IS A VERY PECULIAR AFFAIR..IT IS IMPOSSIBLE TO PIN IT DOWN AND SAY WHAT IT
IS REALLY IS
power is a very peculiar affair..it is impossible to pin it down and say what it
is really is. JTI,122 Then power becomes a serious matter; one may not have it,
or one may not even fully realize that it exists, yet one knows that something
is there, something which was not noticeable before. Next power is manifested as
something uncontrollable that comes to oneself. It is not possible for me to sa
y how it comes to oneself. it is not possible for me to say how it comes or what
it really is. It is nothing and yet it makes marvels appear before your very ey
es. And finally power is something in oneself, something that controls one's act
s and yet obeys one's command. JTI,97. power is like that. it commands you and y
et it obeys you. JTI,122..........power.. it commands you and yet it is at your
command.... JTI,134.
POWER CAN BE ANYTHING
I just saw power. It may have been anything. Power for you, this time, was a bri
dge. I don't know why a bridge. We are most mysterious creatures. JTI,134.
IT TAKES POWER TO EVEN CONCEIVE WHAT POWER IS
It takes power to even conceive what power is.... but I know you don't understan
d, not because you don't want to but because you have very little personal power
. JTI,164. Power is a very weird affair. In order to have it and command it one
must have power to begin with. JTI,135.
IT IS A FEELING THAT ONE HAS ABOUT CERTAIN THINGS.
It is a feeling that one has about certain things. JTI,122 Personal power is a f
eeling..something like being lucky. Or one may call it a mood. JTI,157.
POWER DOES NOT BELONG TO ANYONE.
Power does not belong to anyone. JTI,164.
POWER IS PERSONAL. IT BELONGS TO ONESELF ALONE.
Power is personal. it belongs to oneself alone....JTI,122
POWER PROVIDES ACCORDING TO YOUR IMPECCABILTIY
...power provides according to your impeccabiltiy..if you had seriously used tho
se four techniques, you would've stored enough personal power to find a benefact
or. You would've been impeccable and power would have opened all the necessary a
venues. That is the rule. TOP,236.
PERSONAL POWER IS SOMETHING THAT ONE ACQUIRES REGARDLESS OF ONE'S ORIGIN.

Personal power is something that one acquires regardless of one's origin. I alre
ady have told you that a warrior is a hunter of power, and that I am teaching yo
u how to hunt and store it. the difficulty with you, which is the difficulty wit
h all of us, is to be convinced. You need to believe that personal power can be
used and that it is possible to store it, but you haven't been convinced so far.
JTI,157.
POWER IS WHEN ENERGY GATHERS, EITHER BY ITSELF OR UNDER SOMEONE'S COMMAND.
....Power is when energy gathers, either by itself or under someone's command. T
SC,106
SOME OF US MAY GATHER IT AND THEN IT COULD BE GIVEN DIRECTLY TO SOMEONE ELSE.
Some of us may gather it and then it could be given directly to someone else. JT
I,164.
THE KEY TO STORED POWER IS THAT IT CAN BE USED ONLY TO HELP SOMEONE ELSE STORE P
OWER.
You see, the key to stored power is that it can be used only to help someone els
e store power. ...DJ said he could use his personal power however he pleased, in
anything he himself wanted, but when it came to giving it directly to another p
erson, it was useless unless that person utilized it for his own search of perso
nal power. JTI,164.
WITH SUFFICIENT STORED PERSONAL POWER YOU CAN USE YOUR WILL AS A FUNCTIONING UNI
T
that you have stored sufficient personal power to enable you to turn your will i
nto a functioning unit. TOP,82.
WE NEED PERSONAL POWER TO BOOST THE TONAL
Because of its inherent weakness the tonal is easily destroyed, and thus one of
the balancing arts of the warrior is to make the nagual emerge in order to prop
up the tonal. I say its an art, because sorcerers know that only by boosting the
tonal can the nagual emerge....that boosting is called personal power. TOP,158.
A HUNTER OF POWER WATCHES EVERYTHING... AND EVERYTHING TELLS HIM A SECRET

A hunter of power watches everything... and everything tells him a secret. JTI,1
32
WITH THAT POWER, A SORCERER CAN ACCOMPLISH THEIR GOAL OF REGAINING THE TOTALITY
OF OURSELVES
TO COMPLETE THE ABSTRACT FLIGHT/SORCERER'S CROSSING (MAKING THE TONAL AWARE OF T
HE DOUBLE)/ REGAINING THE TOTALITY OF OURSELVES / EVERY PROCEDURE WAS A STEP TOW
ARD FULFILLING THE GOAL OF THE ABSTRACT FLIGHT
every procedure she was going to teach me, or every task she might ask me to per
form, no matter how ordinary it might seem to me, was a step toward fulfilling t
he ultimate goal of the art of freedom; the abstract flight. TSC,43 But remember
this... regardless of whether you are learning martial arts or the discipline I
have been teaching you, the goal of your training is to perfect your inner bein
g so that it can transcend its outer form in order to accomplish the abstract fl
ight. TSC,121 For sorcerers to break such perceptual dispositions enables one to
cross a barrier and leap into the unimaginable. they call such a leap the sorce
rers crossing. Sometimes they refer to it as the abstract flight. for it entails
soaring from the side of the concrete to the physical, to the side of expanded
perception and impersonal abstract forms. TSC,xi,xii. The apex of the special ar
t I want to teach you..is called the abstract flight, and the means to achieve i
t we call the recapitulation. TSC,42. she explained that this unimaginable fligh
t was symbolized by moving from the right side of the forhead to the left, but w
hat it really meant was bringing of the ethereal part of us, the double, into ou
r daily awareness. TSC,6 the abstract flight takes place when we bring our doubl
e to bear on our daily lives. In other words, the moment our physical body becom
es totally conscious of its energetic ethereal counterpart, we have crossed over
into the abstract, a completely different realm of awareness. TSC,62. as you co
ntinue to recapitulate, the entrance of the realm where humanness doesn't count
will appear to you... that will be your invitation for you to go through the dra
gon's eye. This is what we call the abstract flight. it actually entails crossin
g a vast chasm into a realm that cannot be described because man isn't a measure
of it. TSC,66 You were supposed to cross the chasm gently and harmoniously and
wake up with your double to full awareness in the left hallway. TSC,224. The sor
cerer's crossing consists of shifting the awareness of daily life, which the dou
ble possesses, to the double... the awareness of daily life is what we want to s
hift from the body to the double. TSC,224. To draw the double gently and harmoni
ously and shift to it our awareness of daily life is something without parallel.
TSC,225.
WINGS OF PERCEPTION/JUMPING INTO THE ABYSS
DESCRIPTION OF THE EXPERIENCE
description of experience. TOP,259,260,261...the mystery or the secret of the so
rcerers explanation is that it deals with unfolding the wings of perception. TOP
,248. wings of perception...first time that he saw???TOP,223....the day before t
hey jump into the abyss...last night your bubble of perception opened and its wi
ngs unfolded. Theres nothing else to say about it. It is impossible to explain w
hat happened to you, so I'm not going to attempt to and you shouldn't try either
. It should be enough to say that the wings of your perception were made to touc
h your totality. last night you went back and forth from the nagual to the tonal
time and time again...your perception unfolded its wings when something in you
realized your true nature. TOP,263
Last night was the first time you flew on the wings of your perception. ..you ve
ntured only on the band of human perception..a sorcerer can use those wings to t
ouch other sensibilities, a crows...a coyote's, a cricket's or the order of othe
r worlds in that infinite space...other planets..the wings of perception can tak
e us to the most recondite confines of the nagual or to inconceivable worlds of
the tonal...(a sorcerer can go to the moon..he couldn't bring back a bag of rock
s though)..TOP,268.
JUMP INTO THE ABYSS
jumping into the abyss, I was going to become pure perception and move back and
forth between the two inherent realms of all creation, the tonal and the naugal.
In my jump my perception went through seventeen elastic bounces between the ton
al and the naugal. In my moves into the naugal I perceived my body disintegratin
g. i could not think or feel in the coherent, unifying sense that i ordinarily d
o, but I somehow thought and felt. In my moves into the tonal I burst into unity
. I was whole. My perception had coherence. i had vision of order. Their compell
ing force was so intense, their vividness so real and their complexity so vast t
hat i have not been capable of explaining them to my satisfaction. To say that t
hey were visions, vivid dreams or even hallucinations does not say anything to c
larify their nature. SRP,7.
You will enter into the nagual and the tonal by the force of your personal power
alone. TOP,273.
..few warriors survive the encounter with the unknown that you are about to have
; not so much because it is hard, but because the nagual is enticing beyond any
statement, and warriors who are journeying into it find that to return to the to
nal or to the world of order and noise and pain, is a most appealing affair. The
decision to stay or return is done by something in us which is neither our reas
on nor our desire, but our will, so there is no way of knowing the outcome of it
beforehand. TOP,273,274..
OVERALL SORCERER'S EXPLANATION FOR THE ABSTRACT FLIGHT (REVIEW)
WE ARE A CLUSTER OF FEELINGS, ETC THAT ARE BINDED BY LIFE
You are a cluster. This is the sorcerers explanation. The nagual is the unspeaka
ble. All the possible feelings and beings and selves float in it like barges, pe
aceful, unaltered, forever. Then the glue of life binds some of them togetherTOP
,263
THE CLUSTER IS CALLED THE BUBBLE OF PERCEPTION
I have called that cluster the bubble of perception. TOP,264
AFTER WE ARE BINDED WE LOSE THE SENSE OF OUR TRUE NATURE AND ARE BLINDED BY THE
TONAL
...when the glue of life binds those feelings together a being is created, a bei
ng that loses the sense of its true nature and becomes blinded by the glare and
clamour of the area where beings hover, the tonal. The tonal is where all the un
ified organization exists. A being pops into the tonal once the force of life ha
s bound all the needed feelings together. I said to you once that the tonal begi
ns at birth and ends at death. TOP,263
THE BUBBLE OF PERCEPTION IS USUALLY SEALED AND CLOSED AND DOES NOT OPEN UNTIL TH
E MOMENT OF OUR DEATH
I have also said that it is sealed, closed tightly and that it never opens until
the moment of our death. TOP,264
AT DEATH ALL OF THOSE SINGLE AWARENESSES DISINTEGRATE AND GO BACK AGAIN TO THE N
AGUAL
I said that because I know that as soon as the force of life leaves the body all
those single awarenesses disintegrate and go back again to where they came from
, the nagual. TOP,263 ....At death however, they sink deeply and move independen
tly as if they had never been a unit.......TOP,264
SORCERER'S HAVE LEARNED HOW TO OPEN THAT BUBBLE
Yet it could be made to open. Sorcerer's have obviously learned that secret, and
although not all of them arrive at the totality of themselves, they know about
the possibility of it. TOP,264
THE ABSTRACT FLIGHT MEANS TO SHIFT YOUR AWARENESS BACK AND FORTH BETWEEN YOUR BO
DY AND YOUR DOUBLE WHICH WOULD RESULT IN ERASING ALL THE NATURAL BARRIERS DEVELO
PED THROUGH LIFE, BARRIERS THAT SEPERATE THE PHYSICAL BODY AND THE DOUBLE
under Nelida's direction I was supposed to shift my awareness back and forth bet
ween my body and my double. this shifting was to have erased all the natural bar
riers developed through life, barriers that seperate the physical body from the
double. The sorcerer's plan..was to allow me to get acquainted with all of them
in person, since my double already knew them.TSC,224.
WHEN THE BUBBLE IS OPENED WE PLUNGE INTO THE NAGUAL
They know that the bubble opens only when one plunges into the nagual.. Yesterda
y I gave you a recapitulation of all the steps that you have followed to arrive
at that point. TOP,264.
WHEN A WARRIOR GOES INTO THE NAGUAL, HIS CLUSTER DOES NOT DISINTEGRATE BUT EXPAN
D A BIT WITHOUT LOSING THEIR TOGETHERNESS
What a warrior does in journeying into the unknown is very much like dying, exce
pt that his cluster of single feelings do not disintegrate but expand a bit with
out losing their togetherness. TOP,263
THE FORCE AND BINDING OF LIFE MAKES ALL THAT SHUFFLING POSSIBLE
The force of life is what makes all that shuffling possible. TOP,264
ONCE THE FORCE OF LIFE IS EXHAUSTED THE CLUSTER CANNOT BE REASSEMBLED
Once the force of life is exhausted there is no way to reassemble that cluster.T
OP,264
THE WILL ALLOWS A WARRIOR TO GO INTO THE NAGUAL AND BE REARRANGED
There is no way to refer to the unknown..one can only witness it. The sorcerers
explanation says that each of us has a center from which the nagual can be witne
ssed, the will. Thus, a warrior can venture into the nagual and let his cluster
arrange and rearrange itself in any way possible. TOP,264 Your reason cannot fig
ht the physical knowledge that you are a nameless cluster of feelings. Your reas
on at this point might even admit that there is another center of assemblage, th
e will, through which it is possible to judge or assess and use the extraordinar
y effects of the nagual. It has finally dawned on your reason that one can refle
ct the nagual through the will, although one can never explain it. TOP,266.
IT'S UP TO THE WARRIOR TO DIRECT HOW THE CLUSTER WILL BE ARRANGED
I've said to you that the expression of the nagual is a personal matter. I meant
that it is up to the individual warrior himself to direct the arrangement and r
earrangement of that cluster. The human form of human feeling is the original on
e, perhaps the sweetest form of them all to us; TOP,264
THERE ARE AN ENDLESS NUMBER OF FORMS THAT THE CLUSTER MAY ADOPT
there are..an endless number of alternative forms which the cluster may adopt. A
sorcerer who is in the possession of the totality of himself can direct the par
ts of his cluster to join in any conceivable way. TOP,264
THE CLUSTER OF FEELINGS CAN BE MADE TO ASSEMBLE INSTANTLY ANYWHERE
..The secret of the double is in the bubble of perception which in your case tha
t night was at the top of the cliff and at the bottom of the gorge at the same t
ime...the cluster of feelings can be made to assemble instantly anywhere. In oth
er words, one can perceive the here and the there at once. TOP,265.
WHAT ELSE DOES THE SORCERER'S WAY ACCOMPLISH?
TO TRAIN OUR RATIONAL SIDE TO NOT GO CRAZY WHEN THE IRRATIONAL SIDE BEGINS TO AW
AKEN... AND IRRATIONAL THINGS BEGIN TO HAPPEN.
The goal of a warrior's training then is not to teach him to hex or to charm, bu
t to prepare his tonal not to crap out. A most difficult accomplishment. A warri
or must be taught to be impeccable and thoroughly empty before he could even con
ceive witnessing the nagual. TOP,171 One of the aims of the warrior's training w
as to cut the bewilderment of the tonal until the warrior was so fluid that he c
ould admit everything without admitting anything. TOP,176. I have endeavored to
show you those forces as a sorcerer perceives them, because only under their ter
rifying impact can one become a warrior. To see without first being a warrior wo
uld make you weak; it would give you a false meekness, a desire to retreat; your
body would decay because you would become indifferent. it is my personal commit
ment to make you a warrior so you won't crumble. SR,214,215 he said the effects
of those two techniques were ultimately devastating if they were exercised in th
eir totality...erasing personal history and dreaming should only be help..what a
apprentice needs to buffer him is temperance and strength. That is why a teache
r introduces the warrior's way, or living like a warrior. This is the glue that
joins together everything in sorcerer's world...bit by bit a teacher must forge
and develop it..without the sturdiness and level-headedness of the warrior's way
there is no possibility of withstanding the path of knowledge TOP,233
TO TRAIN THE DOUBLE TO BE OF SOME PRACTICALITY IN THE ORDINARY WORLD.
by the time a warrior had conquered dreaming and seeing and he had developed a d
ouble, he must have also succeeded in erasing personal history, self-importance,
and routines. He said that all the techniques which he had taught me and which
I had considered empty talk were, in essence, means for removing the impractical
ity of having a double in the ordinary world, by making the self and world fluid
, and by placing them outside the bounds of prediction. TOP,49.
TO BE UNBIASED WITNESSES TO WHAT THEY EXPERIENCE WHICH ALLOWS THE SORCERER TO FI
ND OUT WHAT WE REALLY ARE.
warriors are in the world to train themselves to be unbiased witnesses, so as to
understand the mystery of ourselves and relish the exultation of finding what w
e really are. This is the highest of the new seers' goals. And not every warrior
attains it. FFW,167
In order to be unbiased witnesses.. we begin by understanding that the fixation
of the movement of the AP is all there is to us and the world we witness, whatev
er that world might be. FFW,167 seers aim to be free, to be unbiased witnesses i
ncapable of passing judgement; otherwise they would have to assume the responsib
ility for bringing about a more adjusted cycle. No one can do that. The new cycl
e, if it is to come, must come of itself. FFW,79
GOAL OF THE TEACHINGS WAS TO SHOW HOW TO BECOME A MAN OF KNOWLEDGE
The goal of his teachings was to show how to become a man of knowledge. TDJ,190.
FLAWS IN THE WARRIOR'S WAY

THERE IS NO FLAW IN THE WARRIOR'S WAY
There is no flaw in the warrior's way. Follow it and your acts cannot be critici
zed by anyone...Take yesterday for example, the warrior's way would have been, f
irst, to ask questions without fear and without suspicion and then let Genaro sh
ow you the mystery of the dreamer, without fighting him, or draining yourself. T
oday, the warrior's way would assemble what you've learned, without presumptuous
ness and without piousness. Do that and no one can flaws in it. TOP,77.
NO FINAL STEP TO THE SORCERER'S EXPLANATION
NO FINAL STEP TO ANYTHING
In my opinion there is no final crossroad, no final step to anything. And since
there is no final step to anything, there shouldn't be any secrecy about any par
t of our lot as luminous beings..so the matter of secrecy about the sorcerer's e
xplanation boils down to a routine, perhaps a routine as empty as any other rout
ine. TOP,225.
CONTINUE TO #2 AND #3 TEACHING AND TEACHERS OF THE SORCERER'S WAY
B.) SORCERER'S WAY

2. TEACHING THE SORCERER'S WAY
HOW IS SORCERY TAUGHT?

SORCERY IS TAUGHT ON TWO DIFFERENT LEVELS
1. ONE WAS THE INSTRUCTION FOR THE EVERYDAY-LIFE STATE OF AWARENESS, IN WHICH TH
E CLEANING PROCESS WAS PRESENTED IN A DISGUISED FASHION.
Don Juan stressed that this cleaning procedure (connecting link with intent) was
extremely difficult to understand, or to learn to perform. Sorcerers, therefore
, divided their instruction into two categories.
One was the instruction for the everyday-life state of awareness, in which the c
leaning process was presented in a disguised fashion. POS,10
2. THE OTHER WAS INSTRUCTION FOR THE STATES OF HEIGHTENED AWARENESS.. IN WHICH S
ORCERERS OBTAINED KNOWLEDGE DIRECTLY FROM INTENT, WITHOUT THE DISTRACTING INTERV
ENTION OF SPOKEN LANGUAGE.
The other was instruction for the states of heightened awareness.. in which sorc
erers obtained knowledge directly from intent, without the distracting intervent
ion of spoken language. POS,10
THE 21 ABSTRACT CORES IN SORCERY ARE TAUGHT USING STORIES AND IN DIFFERENT SHADE
S OF REALIZATIONS
There are twenty-one abstract cores in sorcery..and then, based on those abstrac
t cores, there are scores of sorcery stories about the naugals of our lineage ba
ttling to understand the spirit. POS,20 the abstract cores taught in sorcery are
shades of realization, degrees of our being aware of intent. POS,106
SORCERY IS TAUGHT USING CONCRETENESS
WHAT IS CONCRETENESS?
CONCRETENESS ARE THE PRACTICES AND TECHNIQUES OF SORCERY
Concreteness...the practical part of sorcery...The obsessive fixation of the min
d on practices and techniques, the unwarrented influence over people. TAOD 2....
...
DO THESE CONCRETE PRACTICES OF SORCERY HAVE ANY REAL VALUE?
SORCERY PRACTICES HAVE NO INTRINSIC VALUE AND ARE ONLY USED FOR FIXING ATTENTION
TO MAKE THE AP SHIFT
The old sorcerer's intricate devices, as bizarre as they were, had no other valu
e than being the means to break the fixation of their AP and make them move. FFW
,137 Sorcery practices have no intrinsic value. FFW,137. Their worth is indirect
, for their real function is to make the AP shift by making the first attention
release its control on that point. FFW,137 Yet rituals and incantations are inde
ed necessary at one time in every warrior's life. I personally have initiated yo
u in all kinds of sorcery procedures, but only for purposes of luring your first
attention away from the power of self-absorption, which keeps your AP rigidly f
ixed. FFW,138. The real challenge for sorcerers was to find a system of behavior
that was neither petty nor caprious, but that combined the morality and the sen
se of beauty which differentiates sorcerer seers from plain witches. POS,94
PSEUDO TASKS TO DRAW AWAY ATTENTION FROM THE REAL TASKS
also using seeing as a pseudo task to take away attention from real task: erasin
g personal history and dreaming (remember he says that seeing will happen as a r
esult of accomplishing these things and seeing cannot be accomplished as a task
only)..he also had outlined the direct encounter with the nagual without mention
ing it.. (this is probably why he used metaphors and things familiar with CC to
describe the nagual)... TOP,232..
THE WARRIORS PATH
It seems that to start on the path one must first become an apprentice, then a w
arrior, then a man of knowledge and then they learn to see... or to put it as DJ
di..first you must dust off the link, then clean it, then command it.... and th
ere really are no steps per se only interpreting omens which determines what you
r next step is.
ARE PEOPLE EVER BORN AS A WARRIOR?

NOBODY IS BORN A WARRIOR, YOU MUST MAKE YOURSELF A WARRIOR AND IT IS AN ENDLESS
STRUGGLE THAT WILL GO ON TO THE VERY LAST MOMENT OF OUR LIVES
A warrior is always ready. To be a warrior is not a simple matter of wishing to
be one. it is rather an endless struggle that will go on to the very last moment
of our lives. nobody is born a warrior, in exactly the same way that nobody is
born a reasonable being. We make ourselves into one or the other. TOP,62.
DO WE NEED HELP ON THE WARRIOR'S PATH?
ANOTHER SORCERER IS NEEDED TO GUIDE A NOVICE IN THE NAGUAL
We cannot be on our own while being in the left side awareness and have to be cu
shioned by warriors who have gained totality of themselves and know how to handl
e themselves in that state. EG,299.
THE SORCERER'S JOB IS ONLY TO TELL THE WARRIOR WHAT TO DO ONLY, IT'S UP TO THE W
ARRIOR TO SEE IF HE/SHE HAS ENOUGH POWER TO ACT.
When the sorcerer is dealing with the nagual, he must give the instruction, whic
h is to show the mystery to the warrior. And that's all he has to do. the warrio
r who receives the mysteries must claim knowledge as power, by doing what he has
been shown. SRP,235
WHEN ONE MEETS THE NAGUAL FACE TO FACE ONE ALWAYS HAS TO BE ALONE
when one meets the nagual face to face, one always has to be alone. TOP,175.
WHY DO WE HAVE TO FACE THE NAGUAL ALONE?
SORCERERS MUST VALIDATE EVERYTHING TAUGHT TO THEM: THE REASON WHY CC AND TA NEVE
R MET
(the reason why CC and TA never met) we had no desire to use our energy to revie
w any previous agreements. All of our available time and energy were employed in
validating for ourselves what DJ had painstakingly taught us. TSC,vii
WHAT ARE THE STEPS ON THE WARRIOR'S PATH?
THERE ARE NO STEPS TO ANYTHING A WARRIOR DOES ONLY PERSONAL POWER AND PERSONAL P
OWER DEPENDS ON IMPECCABILITY
There are no steps to anything a warrior does only personal power. EG,128... eve
rything in a warrior's world depends on personal power and personal power depend
s on impeccability. SRP,153. ... there are no procedures, methods or steps in so
rcery.. POS,169.
FIRST: BECOMING AN APPRENTICE.
HOW DOES SOMEONE BECOME AN APPRENTICE?
BECOMING AN APPRENTICE WAS NOT A PERSONAL CHOICE, BUT A DESIGN OF POWER
neither is it a matter of personal choice who is selected to learn the sorcerer'
s knowledge that leads to that awareness. The decision of picking you was a desi
gn of power; no one can discern the designs of power. TOP,58.
THE SPIRIT SOMETIMES HAS TO TRICK A PERSON INTO BECOMING AN APPRENTICE
..only a crackpot would undertake the task of becoming a man of knowledge of his
own accord. A sober headed man has to be tricked into it. SR,28 ...because of m
an's unwillingness to understand, the spirit was forced to use trickery. And tri
ckery became the essence of the sorcerer's path. POS, 23 Sorcerer's are convince
d that all of us are a bunch of nincompoops..we can never relinquish control vol
untarily (of our tonal) thus we have to be tricked...you were convinced that tha
t trickery was directed at fooling your reason...for me, tricking meant to distr
act your attention, or to trap it as the case required. TOP, 232
USING THE NAGUAL'S MARK/TRACKING A POTENTIAL APPRENTICE
Nobody is born with the nagual's mark.. the nagual's energy is lodged behind you
r left shoulder blade.. I had been aware that one of my left shoulder blades pro
truded more than the other, causing my neck and shoulders to be tense. TSC,167.
His words and mood unleashed a wealth of feelings. For as long as I can remember
, I had been always searching, looking out of windows, peering down streets as i
f something or someone was around the corner waiting for me. I've always had pre
monitions, dreams of escaping, although i didn't know from what. It was this fee
ling that had compelled me to follow Clara to an unknown destination. TSC,168.
WHAT IS A NAGUAL'S MARK?
AN ENERGY LINE TO SOMEONE'S ETHEREAL BODY FROM A NAGUAL
I tied an energy line to your ethereal body the night I burst in on you... since
the double is composed of pure energy it isn't that difficult to mark it. TSC,1
66.
WHEN DO APPRENTICES USUALLY DROP OUT?
WHEN THEIR CONTINUITY HAS BEEN SHATTERED

after the apprentice's internal dialogue has been stopped by the effect of power
plants, an unavoidable impasse develops. The apprentice begins to have second t
houghts about his whole apprenticeship..power plants shake the tonal and threate
n the solidity of the whole island..it is at this time that the apprentice retre
ats and wisely so; he wants to get out of the whole mess. TOP,238,239.
DO APPRENTICES EVER GO BACK TO THE WARRIOR'S WAY?
IT TAKES YEARS FOR AN APPRENTICE TO GO BACK TO THE ABSTRACT
...it takes years for an apprentice to go back to the abstract, POS,52..
HOW DOES AN APPRENTICE KNOW THEY ARE FINISHED WITH THEIR APPRENTICESHIP?
A NEW CONTINUITY HAD DEVELOPED IN A CONVINCING AND AUTHENTIC MANNER
The termination of the apprenticeship meant that I had learned a new description
of the world in a convincing and authentic manner and thus I had become capable
of eliciting a new perception of the world, which matched its new description.
In other words, I had gained membership. JTI.xiii
HOW LONG DOES IT TAKE FOR AN APPRENTICE TO FINISH THEIR APPRENTICESHIP?
MOMENTS TO AS LONG AS YEARS
..Ordinarily, from the moment the spirit knocks, it is years before an apprentic
e reaches that threshold...sometimes it is reached almost immediately. POS,100..
.
SECOND: BECOMING A WARRIOR
WHY DOES ONE BECOME A WARRIOR?
WHEN A PERSON KNOWS WHAT THE WORLD IS REALLY LIKE AND THE ORDINARY WORLD NO LONG
ER BUFFERS HIM THEN HE MUST ADOPT A NEW LIFE TO SURVIVE, HE MUST BECOME A WARRIO
R
My benefactor said that when a man embarks on the paths of sorcery he becomes aw
are, in a gradual manner, that ordinary life has been forever left behind; that
knowledge is indeed a frightening affair; that the means of the ordinary world a
re no longer a buffer for him; and that he must adopt a new way of life if he is
going to survive. SR,149. The first thing he ought to do at that point is to wa
nt to become a warrior, a very important step and decision. The frightening natu
re of knowledge leaves one no alternative but to become a warrior. SR,150.
HOW ARE WARRIOR'S ORGANIZED?
SORCERER'S ARE DIVIDED INTO DREAMERS AND STALKERS DEPENDING ON THEIR BASIC TEMPE
RMENTS
In DJ's world, sorcerers depending on their basic temperments, were divided into
two complementary factions: dreamers and stalkers. (dreaming and stalking canno
t exist without the other.) TAOD,77 Entering into the second attention as stalke
rs do. (poor description of how) EG,293 Stalkers are inherently different than d
reamers in the way they use the world around them.. EG,294
WHAT IS A DREAMER?
DREAMERS ENTER INTO STATES OF HEIGHTENED AWARENESS BY CONTROLLING THEIR DREAMS
Dreamers are those sorcerers who have the inherent facility to enter into states
of heightened awareness by controlling their dreams. This facility is developed
through training into an art: the art of dreaming. TSC,viii
WHAT IS A STALKER?
STALKERS ENTER STATES OF HEIGHTENED AWARENESS BY CONTROLLING THEIR OWN BEHAVIOR

Stalkers, on the other hand, are those sorcerers who have the innate facility to
deal with facts and are capable of entering states of heightened awareness by m
anipulating and controlling their own behavior. Through sorcery training, this n
atural capacity is turned into the art of stalking. TSC,vii
HOW DOES ONE BECOME A WARRIOR?
A WARRIOR GOES THROUGH FOUR STAGES
in terms of the warrior's connection with intent, a warrior goes through four st
ages. POS,10
THE FIRST IS WHEN HE HAS A RUSTY,UNTRUSTWORTHY LINK WITH INTENT.
The first is when he has a rusty,untrustworthy link with intent.POS,10
THE SECOND IS WHEN HE SUCCEEDS IN CLEANING IT.
The second is when he succeeds in cleaning it. POS,10 Sorcerer's.. were concerne
d with discussing, understanding and employing the connecting link of intent. Th
ey were especially concerned with cleaning it of the numbing effects bought abou
t by the ordinary concerns of their everyday lives. Sorcery at this level could
be defined as the procedure of cleaning one's connecting link to intent. POS,10
THE THIRD IS WHEN HE LEARNS TO MANIPULATE IT.
The third is when he learns to manipulate it. POS,10 Before anything could be at
tempted on the warrior's path, warriors must learn to stalk, next they must lear
n to intend and only then could they move their assemblage point at will. POS,92
.
THE FOURTH IS WHEN HE LEARNS TO ACCEPT THE DESIGNS OF THE ABSTRACT.
And the fourth is when he learns to accept the designs of the abstract. POS,230.
...
DURING THESE FOUR STAGES THE WARRIOR WILL LOSE THEIR HUMAN FORM
SORCERERS GO THROUGH TWO CYCLE: THE FIRST IS WHEN THEY HAVE A HUMAN FORM AND THE
SECOND IS WHEN THEY LOSE THE HUMAN FORM
Sorcerers like the Nagual and Genaro have two cycles.. the first is when they're
human...each of us had been given a task and that task is making us leave the h
uman form... The second cycle is when a sorcerer is not human anymore. SRP,231.
There are two basic rounds...first is called formality and rigidity and the seco
nd fluidity. TAOD,150 From now on, you have to lead a life in which awareness ha
s priority... you must avoid anything that is weakening and harmful to your body
or your mind. Also, it is essential, for the time being, to break all physical
and emotional ties with the world.... because before anything you have to acquir
e unity. TSC,42. (Last part means to me that before we can be successful in what
we do we must first have control of the totality of ourselves.. this is why onl
y a self actualized Buddhist can survive in New York.)
WHAT WILL A PERSON BECOME AFTER FINISHING THESE FOUR STAGES?
5 ATTRIBUTES OF WARRIORSHIP
THERE ARE 5 ATTRIBUTES OF WARRIORSHIP
...the most effective strategy for this consists of six elements that interplay
with one another. Five of them are called the attributes of warriorship:
1. CONTROL: TO TUNE THE SPIRIT WHILE SOMEONE IS TRAMPLING ON YOU IS CALLED CONTR
OL
control, (my control made me fulfill the petty tyrants most asine demands. What
usually exhausts us in a situation like that is the wear and tear on our self-im
portance. Any man who has an iota of pride is ripped apart by being made to feel
worthless.. to tune the spirit when someone is trampling on you is called contr
ol. FFW,42)
2. DISCIPLINE: TO GATHER UP INFORMATION WHILE SOMEONE IS TRAMPLING ON YOU
discipline, (to gather up all this information while they are beating you up is
called discipline.. FFW,42)
3. FOREBEARANCE: TO WAIT PATIENTLY, NO RUSH, A SIMPLE HOLDING BACK OF WHAT IS DU
E
forebearance, (to wait patiently-no rush, no anxiety- a simple,joyful holding ba
ck of what is due..FFW,43.. holding back with the spirit something that the warr
ior knows is rightfully due...It doesn't mean that a warrior goes around plottin
g to do anybody mischief, or planning to settle past scores. it is something ind
ependent.. As long as the warrior has control, discipline and timing, forebearan
ce assures giving whatever is due to whoever deserves it..FFW,45 )
4. TIMING: THE QUALITY THAT GOVERNS THE RELEASE OF ALL THAT IS HELD BACK
timing (the quality that governs the release of all that is held back FFW,44) (t
hese four attributes belong to the known are all that is needed to deal with pet
ty tyrants FFW,34)
5. WILL: PERTAINS TO THE FIGHT AGAINST SELF-IMPORTANCE
will. (will belongs to the unknown FFW,34) They pertain to the world of the warr
ior who is fighting to lose self-importance.
THE PETTY TYRANT IN WHICH THE FIVE ATTRIBUTES ARE ENGAGED ON.
The sixth element, which is perhaps the most important of all, pertains to the o
utside world and is called the petty tyrant. FFW,31.
GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF A WARRIOR
A warrior is not a fool. A warrior is an immaculate hunter who hunts power; he's
not drunk, or crazed, and he has neither the time nor the disposition to bluff,
or to lie to himself, or to make a wrong move. The stakes are much too high for
that. The stakes are his trimmed orderly life which he has taken so long to tig
hten and perfect. He is not going to throw that away by making some stupid misca
lculation, by taking something for being something else JTI,91,92....A warrior w
as on permanent guard against the roughness of human behavior. A warrior was mag
ical and ruthless, a maverick with the most refined taste and manners, whose wor
dly task was to sharpen, yet disguise, his cutting edges so that no one would be
able to suspect his ruthlessness. POS,117..To be an impeccable warrior..will gi
ve you vigour and youth and power. SRP,213. Only as a warrior can one survive th
e path of knowledge.. because the art of a warrior is to balance the terror of b
eing a man with the wonder of being a man. JTI,267. any warrior could become a m
an of knowledge...a warrior is an impeccable hunter that hunts power. JTI,107
I hunt in order to live. I can live off the land anywhere....to be a hunter mean
s that one knows a great deal...it means that one can see the world in different
ways. JTI,53....you don't have to care to hunt or like it...I think the best hu
nters never like hunting, they do it well, that's all. JTI,54....Hunters must be
exceptionally tight individuals..a hunter leaves very little to chance. JTI,55.
....a warrior..is a hunter..he calculates everything. That's control. But once h
is calculations are over, he acts. He lets go. That's abandon. A warrior is not
a leaf at the mercy of the wind. No one can push him; no one can make him do thi
ngs against himself or against his better judgement. A warrior is tuned to survi
ve and he survives in the best of all possible fashions. a warrior could be inju
red, but not offended..for a warrior there is nothing offensive about the acts o
f his fellow man as long as he himself is acting within the proper mood. CC.JTI,
120. The only advantage sorcerers may have over average men is that they have st
ored their energy which means a more precise, clearer connecting link with inten
t. POS,133,228 Second: they become warriors (capable of utmost discipline and co
ntrol over themselves.)(this is an inner state..a warrior is self-oriented, not
in a selfish way, but in the sense of a total and continous examination of the s
elf.). SR,149
WHO MAKES BETTER WARRIORS? MEN OR WOMEN?
MEN
A MALE SORCERER IS VERY DIFFICULT TO TRAIN BECAUSE HIS ATTENTION IS ALWAYS CLOSE
D, FOCUSED ON SOMETHING.
A male apprentice.. is extremely difficult. SRP,42 a male sorcerer is very diffi
cult to train because his attention is always closed, focused on something. SRP,
216
WOMEN
EASIER TO TRAIN THAN MEN BECAUSE WOMEN HAVE THE CRACK BETWEEN THE WORLDS IN FRON
T OF THEM (BECAUSE THEY MENSTRUATE) AND MEN HAVE TO MAKE THEIR OWN CRACK
A woman... is much more supple than a man. A woman changes very easily with the
power of a sorcerer. He believed that woman are unequalled, tops. SRP,42..The re
ason the Naugal believes woman are better sorcerers than men is because they alw
ays have the crack in front of them, while a man has to make it. SRP,145 women a
re definitely more bizarre than men. The fact that they have an extra opening be
tween their legs makes them fall prey to strange influences. Strange powerful fo
rces possess them through that opening. FFW,174 Women can be warriors..and they
are even better equipped for the path of knowledge than men. But the men are a b
it more resilient. I would say however, that, all in all, women have a slight ad
vantage. TOP,142. (DJ uses the masculine gender to describe a warrior only becau
se CC is a man.) that's all. the rest is the same. TOP,142. Men have sobriety an
d purpose, but very little talent; that is the reason why a nagual must have eig
ht women seers in his party. Women give the impulse to cross the immeasurable va
stness of the unknown. Together with that natural capacity, or as a consequence
of it, women have a most fierce intensity. FFW,156
WOMEN HAVE A HARD TIME AT THE BEGINNING TO LEARN HOW TO SHUT OFF THEIR INTERNAL
DIALOGUE
I never toil, not ever. Women are like that. The most difficult part for a woman
is to learn how to begin; it took me a couple of years to stop my internal dial
ogue by concentrating my attention on my womb. Perhaps that's why a woman always
need someone else to prod her. EG,136.... Example of how DJ got El Gorda to con
centrate on her womb. EG,137. All of use were brought up to live in a sort of li
mbo where nothing counts except petty immediate gratifications... an women are t
he masters of that state. Not until we recapitulate can we overcome our upbringi
ng. TSC,50.
WOMEN HAVE AN INHERENT BALANCE MORE THAN MEN
The reason the Eagle demanded twice as many female warriors as males was precise
ly because females have an inherent balance which is lacking in males. At the cr
ucial moment, it is the men who get hysterical and commit suicide if they judge
that everything is lost. A woman may kill herself due to lack of direction and p
urpose, but not because of the failure of a system to which she belongs. EG,222.
MEN NEED SERIOUS REASONS TO GO INTO THE UNKNOWN SAFELY, WOMEN DON'T
Male warriors must be given serious reasons before they safely venture into the
unknown. Female warriors are not subject to this and can go without any hesitiat
ion, providing that they have total confidence in whoever is leading them. EG,24
7.
WOMEN ARE MORE PROFICIENT AT DREAMING AND STALKING

for women it took different configurations of the luminous body to master one or
the other.(dreaming and stalking) Men.. could do both with a degree of ease, ye
t they could never get to the proficiency that the woman attained in each art. E
G,288.
FEMALES CAN GO TO THE LEFT SIDE EASILY
Female warriors in particular fall prey to the lure of the left side.. they are
so nimble that they can go into the left side with no effort, often too soon for
their own good. FFW,65
IS IT DIFFICULT IN BECOMING A WARRIOR?
IT WAS A TASK THAT TOOK ALL WE HAD
To free ourselves and dircetly perceive energy was a task that took all we had.
TSC,viii The road to knowledge and power is very difficult and very long. JTI,17
7.
FREEDOM IS EXPENSIVE BUT THE PRICE IS NOT IMPOSSIBLE
I brought you freedom. freedom is expensive, but the price is not impossible. TO
P,26. And freedom has the most devestating implications. Among them is the impla
cation that warriors must purposely seek change. FFW,132
FREEDOM IS LIKE A CONTAGIOUS DISEASE, THE CARRIER IS THE NAGUAL
...freedom is like a contagious disease.. it is transmitted; its carrier is an i
mpeccable naugal. FFW,290.
WE HAVE TO SEIZE OUR CHANCE FOR FREEDOM
We all have a chance for freedom.. but it's up to each one of us to seize it and
turn it into an actuality. TSC,111
LENGTH OF TIME TO BECOME A WARRIOR
IT TAKES YEARS TO BECOME AN IMPECCABLE WARRIOR
It takes years to become an impeccable warrior. FFW,232.
THE ABSTRACT CORES REVEAL THEMSELVES EXTREMELY SLOWLY, ERRATICALLY ADVANCING AND
RETREATING.
....these cores reveal themselves extremely slowly, erratically advancing and re
treating. POS,251.
THIRD: BECOMING MEN OF KNOWLDEGE
WHEN DOES A MAN BECOME A MAN OF KNOWLEDGE?
WHEN A WARRIOR HAS SO MUCH PERSONAL POWER HE BECOMES A MAN OF KNOWLEDGE
personal power grows and you may have the case of a warrior who has so much pers
onal power that he becomes a man of knowledge... JTI,122
THEY ACQUIRE FOREBEARANCE AND TIMING
Third: they aquire forebearance and timing (are not quite an inner state.) and b
ecome men of knowledge.. FFW,39
WHAT IS A MAN OF KNOWLEDGE?
GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF A MAN OF KNOWLEDGE
to become a man of knowledge was a matter of learning, having unbending intent,
have clarity of mind, it was a matter of strenous labor, being a warrior, an unc
easing process, and to have an ally. TDJ,190. Learning was a process of unending
quest, and the power that made the original decision, or a similar power, was e
xpected to make similar decisions on the issue of whether an escogido (the one w
ho was chosen) could continue learning or whether he had been defeated. Those de
cisions were mainfested through omens that occurred at any point of the teaching
s. TDJ,192,193 Men of knowledg have both knowledge and power. And yet, none of t
hem could tell how they got to have them, except that they had kept acting like
warriors and at a given moment everything changed. TOP,29. a man of knowledge is
one who has followed truthfully the hardships of learning..a man who has, witho
ut rushing or faltering, gone as far as he can in unraveling the secrets of pers
onal power. JTI,158
In order to become a man of knowledge one had to meet with the ally as many time
s as possible; one had to become familiar with it. SR,6,7. A man of knowledge is
one who has followed truthfully the hardships of learning.. a man who has, with
out rushing or without faltering, gone as far as he can in unraveling the secret
s of power and knowledge. Not anyone (can be a man of knowledge) (then what must
a man do to become a man of knowledge) He must challenge and defeat his four na
tural enemies. A man can call himself a man of knowledge only if he is capable o
f defeating all four of them. TDJ,82. Anybody who defeats them becomes a man of
knowledge. Anyone can try to become a man of knowledge; very few men actually su
cceed, but that is only natural. The enemies a man encounters on the path of lea
rning to become a man of knowledge are truly formidable; most men succumb to the
m. TDJ,83. the result of the struggle could not be foreseen by any means, becaus
e becoming a man of knowledge was a temporary thing... to be a man of knowledge
has no permanence. one is never a man of knowledge, not really. Rather, one beco
mes a man of knowledge for a very brief instant, after defeating the four natura
l enemies. TDJ,83. the predilection of a man of knowledge is something he does i
n order to know...one can say that Sacateca dances with all he has. SR,11. A sor
cerer may have a very strong will and yet he may not see; which means that only
a man of knowledge perceives the world with his senses and with his will and als
o with his seeing. SR,148.the tonal and nagual are in the exclusive realm of men
of knowledge. TOP,120. A man of knowledge,..develops another ring of power. I w
ould call it the ring of not-doing, because it is hooked to not-doing. With that
ring, therefore, he can spin another world. JTI,212.
FOURTH: BECOMING A SEER
THEY LEARN TO SEE
Fourth: they learn to see. FFW,39
3. TEACHERS FOR THE SORCERER'S WAY

WHY DO WE NEED TEACHERS?
A TEACHER KEEPS US GOING
The only reason we need a teacher is to spur us on mercilessly. Otherwise our na
tural reaction is to stop to congratulate ourselves for having covered so much g
round. POS,252
A TEACHER IS ONLY THERE TO CONVINCE US WE CAN DO IT
What we need is a teacher to convince us that there is incalculable power at our
fingertips. ..to convince us of the power hidden in his being and that he can r
each it. POS,8,9
A TEACHER GIVES US A MINIMAL CHANCE
intermediaries, besides providing a minimal chance - the awareness of intent- he
lp shatter people's mirrors of self-reflection. POS,166 The naugal provides a mi
nimal chance of being made aware of a sequence of actions (in which to move your
assemblage point) but it is not instruction...the minimal chance is being made
aware of the spirit.. POS,166.
SOME PEOPLE DON'T NEED A TEACHER

THESE PEOPLE GET THEIR HARMONY DIRECTLY FROM THE SPIRIT
But their are examples of people, sorcerers or average men, who need no one. The
y get peace, harmony, laughter, knowledge, directly from the spirit. They need n
o intermediaries POS,166
WE DON'T NEED ANYONE TO TEACH US SORCERY BECAUSE THERE IS REALLY NOTHING TO LEAR
N
Everything I put you through.. each of the things I've shown you was only a devi
ce to convince you that's there more to us than meets the eye. We don't need any
one to teach us sorcery, because there is really nothing to learn. POS,8,9
IF WE NEED HELP, IT IS NOT IN METHODS BUT IN EMPHASIS
If we need help, it is not in methods, but in emphasis. If someone makes us awar
e that we need to curtail our self-importance, that help is real. POS,167.
ANY HUMAN BEING WHO WOULD FOLLOW A SPECIFIC AND SIMPLE SEQUENCE OF ACTIONS CAN L
EARN TO MOVE HIS ASSEMBLAGE POINT
...any human being who would follow a specific and simple sequence of actions ca
n learn to move his assemblage point. POS,166
IMPECCABLE MEN NEED NO ONE TO GUIDE THEM
.. impeccable men need no one to guide them, that by themselves, through saving
their energy, they can do everything that seers do.....FFW,195,196
ALL THAT IS REQUIRED IS IMPECCABILITY, ENERGY, AND THAT BEGINS WITH A SINGLE ACT
THAT HAS TO BE DELIBERATE, PRECISE, AND SUSTAINED. IF THAT ACT IS REPEATED LONG
ENOUGH, ONE REQUIRES A SENSE OF UNBENDING INTENT, WHICH CAN BE APPLIED TO ANYTH
ING ELSE. IF THAT IS ACCOMPLISHED THE ROAD IS CLEAR. ONE THING WILL LEAD TO ANOT
HER UNTIL THE WARRIOR REALIZES HIS FULL POTENTIAL
All that is required is impeccability, energy, and that begins with a single act
that has to be deliberate, precise, and sustained. If that act is repeated long
enough, one requires a sense of unbending intent, which can be applied to anyth
ing else. If that is accomplished the road is clear. One thing will lead to anot
her until the warrior realizes his full potential...FFW,195,196
WHY DO PEOPLE HAVE A HARD TIME WITHOUT A TEACHER?
MOST OF US ARE UNWILLING TO ACCEPT THAT WE NEED SO LITTLE TO GET ON WITH IT

..our difficulty with this simple sequence of actions is that most of us are unw
illing to accept that we need so little to get on with it. We are geared to expe
ct instruction, teaching, guides, masters. And when we are told that we need no
one, we don't believe it. We become nervous, then distrustful and finally angry
and disappointed. POS,167.
SOME THINGS THAT A TEACHER DOES
A TEACHER SETS UP THEIR ACTS CAREFULLY
Don Juan explained that he had carefully chosen the props for his act (get CC to
AP on ruthlessness) to break my continuity (see inventory) POS,173 All a teache
r can do then is set up various situations in which the student's mindset of the
world breaks down. ..after the apprentice had made his decision to join the wor
ld of sorcerers, the teacher gave him a pragmatic chore, a task that he had to f
ulfill in his day-to-day life. He explained that the task, which is designed to
fit the apprentice's personality, is usually a sort of farfetched life situation
which the apprentice is supposed to get into as a means of permanently affectin
g his view of the world. TOP,241.
THE TEACHER INTRODUCES THE IDEA THAT THE WORLD IS ONLY A VIEW AND THAT EVERY EFF
ORT IS GEARED TO PROVE THIS POINT BUT STILL THE APPRENTICE WILL HAVE DIFFICULTY
ACCEPTING THIS IDEA
The first act of a teacher is to introduce the idea that the world we think we s
ee is only a view, a description of the world. Every effort of a teacher is gear
ed to prove this point to his apprentice.TOP,229 But accepting it seems to be on
e of the hardest things one can do; we are complacently caught in our particular
view of the world, which compels us to feel and act as if we knew everything ab
out the world. A teacher, from the very first act he performs, aims at stopping
that view. TOP,229
HOW DOES A TEACHER DECIDE ON AN APPRENTICE?
A TEACHER NEVER SEEKS APPRENTICES AND NO ONE CAN SOLICIT THE TEACHINGS..IT'S ALW
AYS AN OMEN WHICH POINTS OUT AN APPRENTICE.
A teacher never seeks apprentices and no one can solicit the teachings..it's alw
ays an omen which points out an apprentice. TOP,227....the decision as to who ca
n be a warrior and who can only be a hunter is not up to us. That decision is in
the realm of the powers that guide men. JTI,91 and it is not possible for the n
augal to choose his own apprentices according to his own volition..... POS,10,11
WHEN AN ORDINARY MAN IS READY, POWER PROVIDES HIM WITH A TEACHER, AND HE BECOMES
AN APPRENTICE. WHEN THE APPRENTICE IS READY, POWER PROVIDES HIM WITH A BENEFACT
OR, AND HE BECOMES A SORCERER
when an ordinary man is ready, power provides him with a teacher, and he becomes
an apprentice. When the apprentice is ready, power provides him with a benefact
or, and he becomes a sorcerer. TOP,172.
THE NAGUAL AS IT REFERS TO THE PERSON
WHAT IS A NAGUAL?
LEADER OF A PARTY OF SORCERERS
....leader of a party of sorcerers. TAOD, 10
SOMEONE WHO HAS A DOUBLE LUMINOUS BALL
refers to any person, male or female, who possesses a specific kind of energy co
nfiguration, (four compartments instead of two) which to a seer appears as a dou
ble luminous ball... TAOD, 10 ...unlike the average human being, who has two sid
es only, a left and a right, the naugal has a left side divided into two long se
ctions, and a right side equally divided into two. EG,174....that extra load of
energy is turned into a measure of strength and the capacity for leadership TAOD
, 10. A nagual, to begin with, is a person with extraordinary energy. TSC,148.
SOMETIMES VERY RARELY A NAGUAL CAN HAVE THREE COMPARTMENTS IN THEIR LUMINOUS BAL
L
He explained that difference in terms of an energy configuration seen only by so
rcerers: instead of having four compartments of energy, as he himself had, I had
only three. TAOD iii.
DON JUAN WAS CALLED THE NAGUAL BECAUSE OF A MENACING SHAPE THAT CAME OUT OF HIM
TWICE AS BIG
The reason we called Don Juan the Nagual.. is because he was split in two. In ot
her words, any time he needed to, he could get into another track that we don't
have ourselves; something would come out of him, something that was not a double
but a horrendous, menacing shape that looked like him but was twice his size. W
e call that shape the naugal and anybody who has it is, of course, the Nagual. S
RP,175.
THE NAGUAL COMES IN PAIRS, MALE AND FEMALE
The Naugal comes in pairs, male and female. A double man and a double woman beco
me the Naugal only after the rule has been told to each of them, and each of the
m has understood it and accepted it in full. EG,174.
A NAGUAL HAS NO SELF-IMPORTANCE
is someone flexible enough to be anything... it means to have no points to defen
d.. it means that, among other things, that a naugal has no obsessions.. FFW,55,
56... Naguals have no self-importance whatsoever... and it is precisely for this
reason that we can adore them. TSC,147.
SOMEONE TO WHOM THE RULE HAS BEEN REVEALED
a double being to whom the rule has been revealed. (Eagle's purpose..EG,173). Bu
t it is not until he is taught the rule of the naguals that he actually becomes
a nagual himself.TSC,148.
THE NAGUAL SEEKS THE HIDDEN PASSAGEWAY
Whether it be in the form of a human being, an animal, a plant, or anything else
that lives, the naugal by virtue of ite doubleness is drawn to seek the hidden
passageway. EG,173,174.
A NAGUAL IS A CONDUIT FOR THE SPIRIT
...the naugal, is a naugal because he can reflect the abstract, the spirit, bett
er than others. But that's all. Our link is with the spirit itself and only inci
dentally with the man who brings us its message... TAOD, 11... a naugal can only
be a conduit for the spirit POS,10,11. has sobriety, endurance, stability.. the
ir energy allows them to channel peace, harmony, laughter and knowledge directly
from the source, from intent and transmit them to their companions. POS,10,11 .
...the naugal taps intent ...formulates, then guides the consequences that that
force can have on his disciples... without the naugal's molding intent there wou
ld be no awe.. and the apprentices would be learning only a trade: healer, sorce
rer, diviner, charlatan, or whatever. POS, 28 being around a naugal the apprenti
ce automatically experiences a shift in his awareness because the naugal is a co
nduit for the spirit and the spirit is what makes the AP move. POS,129,170 the n
augal entices the AP into moving by helping to destroy the mirror of self-reflec
tion. But that is all the naugal can do. The actual mover is the spirit, the abs
tract, ..the naugal, being the conduit of the abstract, is allowed to express it
through his actions. POS,170. All a nagual can do is fulfill the spirit's biddi
ng, or fail miserably. TSC,148.
A NAGUAL GUIDES PEOPLE TO THE NAGUAL

First he guided us to take the rule as a map; then he guided us to the understan
ding that one can attain a paramount awareness, because there is such a thing; a
nd finally he guided us to an actual passageway into that other concealed world
of awareness. EG,179,.. for a little more explanation.. EG,179,180
A NAGUAL TRIES TO BREAK THE APPRENTICE'S SELF-IMPORTANCE
..what the naugal aims at with his apprentices is the shattering of their mirror
of self-reflection. POS,165 ...Don Juan says to CC ... "the only concrete help
you ever get from me is that I attack your self-reflection. If it weren't for th
at, you would be wasting your time. This is the only real help you've gotten fro
m me....I've taught you all kinds of things in order to trap your attention.. Yo
u'll swear, though, that that teaching has been the important part. It hasn't Th
ere is very little value in instruction." POS,166....
A NAGUAL CAN DEVIATE THE APPRENTICE'S ATTENTION
the art of a teacher was to deviate the apprentice's attention from the main iss
ue. TOP,231.
A NAGUAL NEVER MAKES A MISTAKE
... a nagual never makes such a careless mistake because he is always aware of w
hat he does. TSC,164.
HOW DOES ONE BECOME A NAGUAL?
THEY ARE CHOOSEN BY THE SPIRIT
They certainly inherit their post; but not like kings... A nagual has to be sing
led out by the spirit. For unless the spirit chooses him, he cannot set himself
up as a leader. TSC,148.
ADVANTAGES/DISADVANTAGES OF A NAGUAL
EASY MOVEMENT BETWEEN RIGHT SIDE COMPARTMENTS
..A double being has a great advantage: the condition of being double permits re
latively easy movement between compartments on the right side. EG,228
THEY ARE SEDENTARY, CONSERVATIVE AND AFRAID OF CHANGE
The disadvantage of double beings is that by virtue of having two compartments t
hey are sedentary, conservative, afraid of change. EG,228....
C.) ENTERING THE SECOND ATTENTION

1. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
ENTERING THE SECOND ATTENTION
COMPLETENESS
YOU MUST BE COMPLETE IN YOUR LUMINOSITY TO ENTER INTO THE SECOND ATTENTION
To enter into the other world one has to be complete. To be a sorcerer one has t
o have all of one's luminosity: no holes, no patches and all the edge of the spi
rit. SRP,119.
Only sorcerers who want to enter into the other world (must be complete)..There
are plenty of good sorcerers who see and are incomplete. to be complete is only
for us Toltecs. SRP,211. The Nagual said that the edge of the spirit of a person
who dies goes back to the givers, meaning that edge goes back to the parents. I
f the givers are dead and the person has children, the edge goes to the child wh
o is complete. And if all the children are complete, that edge goes to the one w
ith power and not necessarily to the best or diligent. SRP,211. The value is tha
t we all need our edge, all our power, our completeness in order to enter into t
hat other world. SRP,212
PHYSICAL BODY
THE BODY MUST BE STRONG SO THAT AWARENESS CAN BE KEEN AND FLUID WHEN IT FOCUSES
ON THE DOUBLE (ABSTRACT FLIGHT)
The body must be tremendously strong, so that awareness can be keen and fluid in
order to jump from one side of the abyss to the other in the blink of an eye. T
SC,42.
ENTERING THE SECOND ATTENTION
WHAT ARE SOME GENERAL WAYS THAT GET US TO THE SECOND ATTENTION?
THE SECOND ATTENTION CAN BE BROUGHT ON BY MANY THINGS/THERE ARE NO HALLUCINATION
S
There are no hallucinations...if anybody suddenly sees something different, some
thing that was not there before, it is because that person's second attention ha
s been gathered and that person is focusing it on something. Now whatever is gat
hering that person's attention might be anything, maybe its liquor, or maybe its
madness, or maybe its the Nagual's smoking mixture. The other world is the worl
d of our second attention. SRP,282. ...moving the AP is very difficult and yet i
t's the simplest thing in the world.. mysticism, high fever, hunger, fear, love
or hate could do it and also unbending intent, which is the preferred method of
sorcerers. POS,224...Sometimes, due to natural although dramatic circumstances,
such as war, deprivation, stress, fatigue, sorrow, helplessness, men's AP underg
o profound movements. POS,232... I used power plants in order to make your AP mo
ve.. power plants have that effect; but hunger, tiredness, fever,and other thing
s like that can have a similar effect. The flaw of the average man is that he th
inks the result of a shift is purely mental. FFW,152
THE SECOND ATTENTION IS NEVER USED UNLESS THROUGH DELIBERATE TRAINING OR ACCIDEN
TAL TRAUMA
The SA remains in the background for the duration of our lives, unless it is bro
ught forth through deliberate training or accidental trauma, and that it encompa
sses the awareness of the luminous body. EG,18
IS IT DIFFICULT TO ENTER THE SECOND ATTENTION?
THE ENTRANCE TO THE SECOND ATTENTION IS EASY AND ITS LURE IS NEARLY IRRESISTABLE
The great difficulty is that the entrance into the second attention is utterly e
asy and its lure nearly irresistable. FFW,84..
THERE IS A GUARDIAN FOR THE OTHER WORLDS
the keeper of the other world. SR,114 It's not the world of the dead or the worl
d of anything. It's just another world. SR,114. the guardian, being the keeper,
the watchman of that world, knew many secrets that brujo was entitled to share.
SR,132.
WHAT IS INTENDING?
THE MOST SOPHISTICATED CONTROL OF THE FORCE OF ALIGNMENT
...the most sophisticated control of the force of alignment.. FFW,200 .. that po
int (AP) can be moved from within. FFW,136
THE AP IS DISPLACED THROUGH INTENDING AND FIXATE THEM THROUGH INTENDING

...The AP is displaced through intending and fixate them through intending.. TAO
D,161
HOW DOES ONE INTEND?
UNDERSTANDING INTENT'S CONTRADICTION: INTENT IS NOT SOMETHING ONE MIGHT USE OR C
OMMAND OR MOVE IN ANYWAY- NEVERTHELESS, ONE COULD USE IT, COMMAND IT, OR MOVE IT
AS ONE DESIRES
Intent is not something one might use or command or move in anyway- nevertheless
, one could use it, command it, or move it as one desires. This contradiction..
is the essence of sorcery. to fail to understand it had brought generations of s
orcerers unimaginable pain and sorrow. Modern-day naugals, in an effort to avoid
paying this exorbitant price in pain, had developed a code of behavior called t
he warrior's way or the impeccable action, which prepared sorcerers by enhancing
their sobriety and thoughtfulness... POS,115
to intend is to wish without wishing, to do without doing TAOD,25,26 ....most of
the really unusual things that happen to seers, or to the average man for that
matter, happen by themselves, with only the intervention of intent. FFW,257 For
a sorcerer, the spirit is an abstract simply because he knows it without words o
r even thoughts. It's an abstract because he can't conceive what the spirit is.
Yet without the slightest chance or desire to understand it, a sorcerer handles
the spirit. He recognizes it, beckons it, entices it, becomes familiar with it,
and expresses it with his acts... sorcerers meet the abstract without thinking a
bout it or seeing it or touching it or feeling its presence .. POS, 53,54. ...on
e could only beckon it..by acknowledging its existence POS,235..... the spirit's
descent is always shrouded. It happens and yet it seems not to have happened at
all. POS,100.
THE ONLY WAY TO INTEND IS BY FOCUSING YOUR INTENT ON WHATEVER YOU WANT TO INTEND
the only way to intend is by focusing your intent on whatever you want to intend
TAOD,25,26....... Sorcerers intend anything they set themselves to intend, simp
ly by intending it....(this statement pertains only to the realm of energy) sorc
eres believe that if one would intend that statement for the energy body (lumino
us egg) , the energy body would understand it in terms entirely different from t
hose of the mind. The trick is to reach the energy body. For that you need energ
y. ...(understanding the statement in terms of a bodily feeling) TAOD,23 ... bei
ng a by-product of a displacement of the assemblage point, the second attention
does not happen naturally but must be intended, beginning with intending it as a
n idea and ending up with intending it as a steady and controlled awareness of t
he assemblage point's displacement. TAOD,20,21 ..to move the AP first by setting
up an unbending intent to move it and second by letting the context of the situ
ation dictate where it should move. FFW,257 ...a progression: beginning as an id
ea that comes to us more like a curiosity than an actual possibility; turning in
to something that can only be felt, as a sensation is felt; and finally evolving
into a state of being, or a realm of practicalities, or a preeminent force that
opens for us worlds beyond our wildest fantasies. TAOD,20,21
INTENDING OCCURS WITH USAGE BUT THERE ARE NO SPECIFIC TECHNIQUES
there is no technique for intending. One intends through usage. TAOD,161.. the e
nergy that was ordinarily used to maintain the fixed position of the AP became l
iberated, it focused automatically on that connecting link...there are no techni
ques to do this but rather it was a matter of an instantaneous shift taking plac
e once a certain level of proficiency had been attained.. DJ said this level was
pure understanding....a clear connection with intent. POS, 124.
SILENT KNOWLEDGE IS NEEDED TO MAKE ANY PROCESS WORK, NOT PROCEDURES
The edifice that intent flaunts before us is, then, a clearinghouse, within whic
h we find not so much the procedures to clear our connecting link as the silent
knowledge that allows the clearing process to take place. Without the silent kno
wledge no process would work, and all we would have would be an indefinite sense
of needing something. POS, 61.. set up your intent as a customs house..for the
warrior, TOP,170
TO KNOW INTENT IS TO KNOW IT DIRECTLY THROUGH OUR CONNECTING LINK
..The only way to know intent.. is to know it directly through a living connecti
on that exists between intent and all sentient beings. POS, 28
INTENDING RESULTS BY HOOKING OUR AWARENESS TO SOMETHING ALREADY THERE
To make sorcery work, we must know what we're doing when we intend the result-no
t the purpose, mind you, but the result of the sorcery act. If we intended the p
urpose of our sorcery actions, we would be creating sorcery, and you and I don't
have that much power. TSC,106. The intent of all sorcery acts has already been
set. All we have to do is hook our awareness to it. TSC,107. he (Emilito) said t
hat everything I (Taisha) did was tainted by defeat. Therefore the most importan
t thing I had to do now was to set up a new intent. He explained that this new i
ntent was called sorcerer's intent because it isn't just the intent of doing som
ething new, but the intent of joining something already established; an intent t
hat reaches out to us through thousands of years of human toil. TSC,212.
THE INTENT OF SORCERERS DIFFERS FROM THAT OF AVERAGE PEOPLE IN THAT SORCERERS HA
VE LEARNED TO FOCUS THEIR ATTENTION WITH INFINITELY MORE FORCE AND PRECISION.
Emilito.. explained that the intent of sorcerers differs from that of average pe
ople in that sorcerers have learned to focus their attention with infinitely mor
e force and precision. TSC,209.
HOW LONG DOES IT TAKE TO CONNECT WITH INTENT?
IT TAKES A LONG TIME
...it will be a long time before you can apply the principle that your command i
s the Eagle's command. That's the essence of the mystery of intent..make a comma
nd now not to fret, not even even at the worst moments of doubt. it will be a sl
ow process until that command is heard and obeyed as if it were the Eagle's comm
and. FFW,279.
WHAT CAN SORCERER'S DO WITH THEIR INTENT?
ONLY SORCERERS CAN TURN THEIR FEELINGS INTO INTENT
....only sorcerers can turn their feelings into intent. POS,227
WHEN WE BECOME WARRIORS, THOUGH, INTENT BECOMES OUR FRIEND.
..when we become warriors, though, intent becomes our friend. it lets us be free
for a moment; at times it even comes to us, as if it had been waiting for us...
. EG,148
WAKING UP INTENT
this was called waking up intent..this means putting someones AP in the position
of silent knowledge POS,241
TECHNIQUES FOR INTENDING
SHOUTING OUT INTENT
I want you to say intent three of four times or even more, but bring it out from
the depths of you.. allow the word to burst out from your midsection loud and c
lear. In fact, you should shout the word intent with all your strength... shout
as loud and as many times as it's needed. TSC,186. You stop when something happe
ns or when I tell you to stop because nothing has happened. TSC,187.
What did you make me shout for...?.. We were trying to catch the attention of yo
ur double TSC,187 What you and I want to do with all this shouting.. is to catch
the attention not of the visible reality, but rather the attention of the unsee
n, the force that is the source of your existence, a force that we hope will car
ry you across the chasm. TSC,187.
STALKERS CALLED INTENT LOUDLY. THE INDISPENSIBLE PART OF THE ACT OF CALLING INTE
NT WAS A TOTAL CONCENTRATION ON WHAT WAS INTENDED
stalkers called intent loudly. Usually intent was called from within a small, da
rk, isolated room. A candle was placed on a black table with the flame just a fe
w inches before the eyes then the word intent was voiced slowly, enunciated clea
rly and deliberately as many times as one felt was needed. The pitch of the voic
e rose or fell without any thought... the indispensible part of the act of calli
ng intent was a total concentration on what was intended. POS,264.
INTENT IS BECKONED WITH THE EYES
......intent is beckoned with the eyes (not with the reason POS,174) ....A warri
or must evoke intent. the glance is the secret. the eyes beckon intent...EG,308
....I knew automatically that I had to move my eyes in order to make my AP shift
. I could, with my intent, align the emanations that made me see Genaro as a blo
b of light, or I could align the emanations that made me see him as merely odd,
unknown, strange. FFW,292 using the eyes to beckon intent was how to expedite le
tting go of that intent. EG,308. his eyes turned for an instant to focus on the
point of the second attention....one must focus one's attention on the luminous
shell...EG,308.......to revert to the physical level all I had to do was to focu
s my eyes on my body. EG,309 ...the eyes of all living beings can move someone e
lse's AP, especially if their eyes are focused on intent POS,139
WHY IS INTENT BECKONED WITH THE EYES?
BECAUSE EYES ARE DIRECTLY CONNECTED WITH INTENT
....because eyes are directly connected with intent ... POS,133,228 the eyes are
only superficially connected to the world of everyday life. Their deeper connec
tion is to the abstract... the average man knows the same thing about eyes but h
as no energy to explain it... POS,133,228
EACH SPOT TO WHICH THE AP MOVES IS INDICATED BY A SPECIFIC SHINE OF A SORCERER'S
EYES.
each spot to which the AP moves is indicated by a specific shine of a sorcerer's
eyes. Since eyes have their own memory, they can call up the recollection of an
y spot by calling up the specific shine associated with that spot...POS,133,228
NATURALLY, IT ALSO MEANS THEY CAN RECOLLECT AT WILL, USING THE SHINE OF THEIR EY
ES TO MOVE THEIR AP
Naturally, it also means they can recollect at will, using the shine of their ey
es to move their AP. POS,133,135, 136,174
THE REASON WHY SEEING SEEMS TO BE VISUAL IS BECAUSE WE NEED THE EYES TO FOCUS ON
INTENT
....The reason why seeing seems to be visual is because we need the eyes to focu
s on intent. EG,308
THEY KNEW HOW TO USE THEIR EYES TO CATCH ANOTHER ASPECT OF INTENT AND CALLED THI
S ACT SEEING...WHAT SILVIO MANUEL HAD SHOWN ME WAS THE TRUE FUNCTION OF THE EYES
, THE CATCHERS OF INTENT
..they knew how to use their eyes to catch another aspect of intent and called t
his act seeing...what Silvio manuel had shown me was the true function of the ey
es, the catchers of intent. EG,308
USING YOUR EYES AS A WAY TO MOVE THE AP
EVIL EYE
It was at that moment that he lifted his head and looked me squarely in the eyes
. It was a formidable look. Yet it was not menacing or awesome in any way. It wa
s a look that went through me. I became tongue-tied at once and continue with th
e harangues about myself..DJ's look, however, numbed me to the point that I coul
d not think coherently. JTI,2.
my benefactor..could make a person mortally ill by merely looking at him. women
would wane away after he had set eyes on them. Yet he did not make people sick a
ll the time but only when his personal power was involved. JTI,122 It was a pene
trating glance. I felt he had actually grabbed me with his eyes. I had the sensa
tion of two fingers gently clasping me and I acknowleged a weird agitation, an i
tching, a pleasant despair in the area of my solar plexus. I became aware of my
abdominal region. I sensed its heat. I could not speak coherently any more and i
mumbled, then stopped talking altogether. SR,134. he was looking in the distanc
e, past me; his eyes were foggy, out of focus. SR,136. he had fixed his gaze on
me and I had an inexplicable feeling of vacuity, or numbness. ..it was a direct
blow to your tonal. I numbed it by focusing my will..the warrior's gaze is place
d on the right eye of the other person..and what it does is to stop the internal
dialogue, then the nagual takes over..thus the danger of that manoeuvre. The ga
ze on the right eye is not a stare...it's rather a forceful grabbing that one do
es through the eye of the other person...one grabs something that is behind the
eye. One has the actual physical sensation that one is holding something with th
e will...this is, naturally, only a way of talking..a way of explaining weird se
nsations...DJ made me feel that his eyes were actually touching me, in a physica
l sense..TOP,228..there's no way of exactly describing what one does..something
snaps forward from someplace below the stomach; that something has direction and
can be focused on anything. It works only when the warrior learns to focus his
will..there's no way of practicing it..at a given moment in the life of a warrio
r it simply happens. No one knows how. The secret is in the left eye..as a warri
or progresses on the path of knowledge his left eye can clasp anything. Usually
the left eye of a warrior has a strange appearance; sometimes it becomes permane
ntly crossed, or it becomes smaller than the other, or larger, or different in s
ome way. TOP,229
he gave me a long, strange look that produced an itching in the pit of my stomac
h. It was as if he were pushing my middle section with a soft object. I felt lik
e I was going to get ill, but then he turned his head to the side and I regained
my original feeling of well-being. TOP,10.
ROLLING THE EYES
when impatience, or despair, or anger or sadness comes a warrior's way...roll yo
ur eyes. Any direction will do; I prefer to roll mine clockwise. The movement of
the eyes makes the AP shift momentarily.. in that movement you will find relief
. FFW,279.
roll eyes in a counterclockwise direction.. to avoid being dragged with him. FFW
,235.
SOOTHING WITH THE EYES
his eyes were like two slits. When he looked at me he would open them a bit and
the moistness of the corneas reflected the light of the latern. It was as if he
were using the light to create a mirror reflection. he played with it, shaking h
is head almost imperceptibly every time he focused his eyes on me. The effect wa
s a fascinating quiver of light...the steady flicker in his eyes were not menaci
ng..you can soothe yourself.. you won't soothe yourself bobbing your head like t
hat.. the secret is not in the head shake but in the feeling that comes to the e
yes from the area below the stomach. This is what makes the head shake. TOP,24..
. to soothe myself by reflecting a beam of light on the cornea of my eyes... TOP
,52.
HOW DOES A WARRIOR GET TO THE NAGUAL THROUGH HIS WILL?
A WARRIOR LEARNS TO FOCUS HIS WILL AS ONE SINGLE LUMINOUS FIBER FROM HIS BELLY A
ND CONNECTS TO THE NAGUAL
Let's say the warrior learns to tune his will, to direct it to a pinpoint, to fo
cus it wherever he wants. it is as if his will, which comes from the midsection
of his body, is one single luminous fiber, a fiber that he can direct at any con
ceivable place. That fiber is the road to the nagual. Or I could also say that t
he warrior sinks into the nagual through that single fiber TOP,175
WHAT CONDITIONS ALLOW FOR THE DEVELOPMENT OF WILL?
THE WILL DEVELOPS IN A WARRIOR REGARDLESS OF REASON
The will develops in a warrior in spite of every opposition of reason. TOP,83..
THE WILL WORKS REGARDLESS OF OUR INDULGENCE
Our will operates in spite of our indulgence. SR,147 For example, your will is a
lready opening your gap, little by little. SR,147 Watch carefully everything you
do. the very thing that could help you develop your will is admist all the litt
le things that you do.
THE BODY MUST BE PERFECT FOR WILL TO WORK
The body must be perfection before the will is a functioning unit. TOP,83.
WHEN DOES WILL COME OUT?

FOLLOWING A MOMENT OF THE ABSOLUTE SILENCE, OR AT A MOMENT OF SHEER TERROR, OR P
ROFOUND SADNESS
It is experienced as a force that radiates out of the middle part of the body fo
llowing a moment of the absolute silence, or at a moment of sheer terror, or pro
found sadness; EG,142.
WHEN DOES WILL NOT COME OUT?
NO, TOO DISRUPTIVE FOR THE WARRIOR'S CONCENTRATION
but not after a moment of happiness, because happiness is too disruptive to affo
rd the warrior the concentration needed to use the luminosity of the body and tu
rn it into silence.EG,142.
HOW DOES THE WILL WORK?
NO ONE KNOWS HOW THE WILL WORKS/PERCEIVING WITH YOUR WILL
Will is something very special. it happens mysteriously. There is no real way of
telling how one uses it, except that the results of using the will are astoundi
ng. SR,148 An average man can grab the things of the world only with his hands,
or his eyes, or his ears, but a sorcerer can grab them also with his nose, or hi
s tongue, or his will, especially with his will. I cannot really describe how it
is done, but you yourself, for instance cannot describe to me how you hear. It
happens that I am also capable of hearing, so we can talk about what we hear, bu
t not about how we hear. A sorcerer uses his will to perceive the will. That per
ceiving, however, is not like hearing. When we look at the world or when we hear
it, we have the impression that it is out there and that it is real. When we pe
rceive the world with our will we know that it is not as out there or as real as
we think. SR,148
DESCRIPTION OF THE ACQUIREMENT OF A WARRIOR'S WILL/ A FINE POWER IS ALWAYS HERAL
DED BY GREAT PAIN
and one day he succeeds in performing something ordinarily quite impossible to a
ccomplish. he may not even notice his extraordinarily deed. But as he keeps on p
erforming impossible acts, or as impossible things keep on happening to him, he
becomes aware that a sort of power is emerging. A power that comes out of his bo
dy as he progresses on the path of knowledge. At first it is like an itching on
the belly, or a warm spot that cannot be soothed; then it becomes a pain, a grea
t discomfort. Sometimes the pain and discomfort are so great that the warrior ha
s convulsions for months, the more severe the better for him. A fine power is al
ways heralded by great pain. SR,152
When the convulsions cease the warrior notices he has strange feelings about thi
ngs. he notices that he can touch actually touch anything he wants with a feelin
g that comes out of his body from a spot right below or right above his navel. T
hat feeling is the will, and when he is capable of grabbing with it, one can rig
htfully say that the warrior is a sorcerer, and that he has acquired will. SR,15
2.
HOW DOES A SORCERER USE DEATH TO TUNE HIS/HER WILL?
A SORCERER TUNES HIS WILL BY LETTING HIS DEATH OVERTAKE HIM, AND WHEN HE IS FLAT
AND BEGINS TO EXPAND, HIS IMPECCABLE WILL TAKES OVER AND ASSEMBLES THE FOG INTO
ONE PERSON AGAIN.
A sorcerer tunes his will by letting his death overtake him, and when he is flat
and begins to expand, his impeccable will takes over and assembles the fog into
one person again. SR,197,198... he opened his hands like two fans, lifted them
to the level of his elbows, turned them until his thumbs were touching the sides
, and then brought them slowly together at the center of his body over his navel
. He kept them there for a moment. His arms shivered with the strain. Then he br
ought them up until the tips of his middle fingers touched his forehead, and the
n pulled them down in the same position to the center of his body. SR,198.
2. STOPPING THE WORLD

WHAT IS STOPPING THE WORLD?
STOPPING THE WORLD MEANS TO DESTROY THE CONTINUITY OF OUR WORLD
stopping the world was a technique practiced by those who were hunting for power
, a technique by virtue of which the world as we know it was made to collapse. J
TI,104. Stopping the world was indeed an appropriate rendition of certain states
of awareness in which the reality of everyday life is altered because the flow
of interpretation, which ordinarily runs uninterruptedly, has been stopped by a
set of circumstances alien to that flow. In my case the set of circumstances ali
en to my normal flow of interpretations was the sorcery description of the world
.JTI,xiii,xiv. What DJ had struggled to vanquish, or rather suppress in me, was
not my reason as the capacity for rational thought, but my attention of the tona
l, or my awareness of the world of common sense.... his motive for doing so...wa
s because that the daily world exists because we know how to hold its images; co
nsequently, if one drops the attention needed to maintain those images the world
collapses. SRP,240,241. What stopped inside you yesterday was what people have
been telling you the world is like. You see, people tell us from the time we are
born that the world is such and such and so and ss, and naturally we have no ch
oice but to see the world the way people have been telling us it is. JTI,254.one
of the easiest things one can do is to fall into it (man's band of awareness) b
ut any person can reach that warehouse by simply stopping his internal dialogue.
FFW,??
IT CONSISTED OF INTRODUCING A DISSONANT ELEMENT INTO OUR CONTINUITY TO STOP OUR
FLOW OF ORDINARY EVENTS
It consisted of introducing a dissonant element into the fabric of everyday beha
vior for purposes of halting the otherwise smooth flow of ordinary events-events
that we catalogued in our minds by our reason. POS,172 Don Juan's task, as a pr
actitioner making his system accessible to me, was to dissarange a particular ce
rtainty which I share with everyone else, the certainity that our commen-sense v
iews of the world are final. SR,10.
OUR WORLD OF SELF-REFLECTION IS VERY FLIMSY AND WHEN OUR FEW KEY IDEAS FAILED OU
R REASONING AND OUR WORLD CEASES TO FUNCTION
the world of our self-reflection or of our mind was very flimsy and was held tog
ether by a few key ideas that served as its underlying order. When those ideas f
ailed, the underlying order ceased to function.. when this happens the world of
reason stops. POS,172
A FEW OF THE NAGUAL'S ONSLAUGHTS SHOULD BE ENOUGH TO DISMANTLE ONE'S VIEW
A few of the nagual's onslaughts should be enough to dismantle one's view....TOP
,243
STOPPING THE WORLD JUST HAPPENS
Nobody (wishes to stop the world), that's the point. it just happens. And once y
ou know what it is like to stop the world you realize there is a reason for it.
You see, one of the arts of the warrior is to collapse the world for a specific
reason and then restore it again in order to keep on living. JTI,136.
WHAT IS THE IMPORTANCE OF STOPPING THE WORLD?
IT IS ONE OF THE MAIN PROPOSITIONS OF THE SORCERER'S KNOWLEDGE
..its scope and importance as one of the main propositions of don Juan's knowled
ge. JTI,x.
IN ORDER TO SEE ONE FIRST HAD TO STOP THE WORLD
......DJ stated that in order to arrive at seeing one first had to stop the worl
d. JTI,xiii,xiv.
THE ENTRANCE TO THE NAGUAL IS IN FRONT OF US ALL THE TIME BUT ONLY TO THOSE WHOS
E MINDS ARE STILL AND WHOSE HEARTS ARE AT EASE WILL SEE OR FEEL ITS PRESCENCE
the truth of the matter is that the entrance is in front of us all the time.. bu
t only those whose minds are still and whose hearts are at ease can see or feel
its presence. TSC,66...
IT IS AS NECESSARY FOR SORCERERS AS READING AND WRITING
Stopping the world.. as necessary for sorcerers as reading and writing. POS,172
HOW DO WE STOP THE WORLD?
A PRECONDITION FOR STOPPING THE WORLD WAS TO LEARN THE NEW DESCRIPTION IN ORDER
TO BREAK THE DOGMATIC CERTAINITY WHICH WE ALL SHARE
DJ's precondition for stopping the world was that one had to be convinced...one
had to learn the new description in a total sense, for the purpose of pitting it
against the old one, and in that way break the dogmatic certainty, which we all
share, that the validity of our perceptions, or our reality of the world, is no
t to be questioned. JTI,xiii,xiv.
SHUTTING OFF THE INTERNAL DIALOGUE IS THE KEY TO STOPPING THE WORLD
Sorcerers call it stopping the internal dialogue, and they are convinced that it
is the single most important technique that an apprentice can learn. TOP,229 ..
..Stopping the internal dialogue is, however, the key to the sorcerers' world..t
he rest of the activities are only props; all they do is accelerate the effect o
f stopping the internal dialogue. TOP,231 .As you know..the crux of sorcery is t
he internal dialogue; that is the key to everything. TOP,93. the passageway into
the world of sorcerers opens up after the warrior has learned to shut off his i
nternal dialogue. TOP,38. to change our idea of the world is the crux of sorcery
.. and stopping the internal dialogue is the only way to accomplish it. the rest
is just padding. ...nothing of what you've seen or done, with the exception of
stopping the internal dialogue, could by itself have changed anything in you, or
in your idea of the world. the provision is, of course that the change should n
ot be deranged.... that is why a teacher doesn't clamp down on his apprentice. T
hat would only breed obsession and morbidity. TOP,20. The difficulty for the ave
rage man is the internal dialogue. Only when a state of total silence is attaine
d can one use the (earth) boost. FFW,232
WHAT IS SHUTTING OFF OUR INTERNAL DIALOGUE?
THIS IS AN OPERATIONAL WAY OF DESCRIBING THE ACT OF DISENGAGING THE ATTENTION OF
THE TONAL/THE WORLD STOPS WHEN OUR SECOND ATTENTION BECOMES ENGAGED
DJ had asserted time and time again that the essential feature of his sorcery wa
s shutting off the internal dialogue... stopping the internal dialogue was an op
erational way of describing the act of disengaging the attention of the tonal...
once we stop our internal dialogue we also stop the world. That was an operation
al description of the inconceivable process of focusing our second attention. He
had said that some part of us is always kept under lock and key because we are
afraid of it, and that to our reason, that part of us was like an insane relativ
e that we kept locked in a dungeon. That part, in La Gorda's terms, our second a
ttention, and when it finally could focus on something the world stopped. Since
we, as average men, know only the attention of the tonal, it is not too farfetch
ed to say that once that attention is cancelled, the world indeed has to stop. T
he focusing of our wild, untrained second attention has to be, perforce, terrify
ing. DJ was right in saying that the only way to keep that insane relative from
bursting in on us was by shielding ourselves with our endless internal dialogue.
SRP,268. although I could not visualize (the nagual) and that my problem was me
rely one of not being capable of completely shutting off my internal dialogue. T
OP,209. The moment when the second attention hooks onto something is called stop
ping the world. SRP,257
SHUTTING OFF THE INTERNAL DIALOGUE INVOLVED MORE THAN CURTAILING WORDS BUT WHERE
THE ENTIRE THOUGHT PROCESSES HAVE STOPPED... A FEELING OF BEING SUSPENDED, FLOA
TING
... on that occasion I also became cognizant that stopping the internal dialogue
involved more than merely curtailing the words I said to myself. My entire thou
ght processes had stopped and I felt I was practically suspended, floating. A se
nse of panic had ensued from that awareness and I had to resume my internal dial
ogue as an antidote. TOP,19.
WHAT HAPPENS WHEN WE SHUT OFF OUR INTERNAL DIALOGUE?
THE ASSEMBLAGE POINT THAT WAS FIXED IS NOW FREE TO MOVE
He stressed over and over that the internal dialogue is what keeps the AP fixed
to its internal position. Once silence is attained, everything is possible. FFW,
150 one of the most mystery aspects of the seers knowledge is the incredible ef
fects of inner silence. Once inner silence is attained, the bonds that tie the A
P to the particular spot where it was placed begin to break and the AP is free t
o move... FFW,155
THE WORLD COLLAPSES AND EVERYTHING BECOMES POSSIBLE
Whenever the dialogue stops, the world collapses and extraordinary facets of our
selves surface, as though they had been kept heavily guarded by our words. You a
re like you are, because you tell yourself that you are that way. TOP,38.
When a warrior learns to stop it, everything becomes possible; the most far-fetc
hed schemes become attainable. the passageway to all the weird and eerie experie
nces that you have had recently was the fact that you could stop talking to your
self. you have, in complete sobriety, witnessed the ally, Genaro's double, the d
reamer and the dreamed, and today you almost learned about the totality of yours
elf.. TOP,93.
DESCRIPTION OF STOPPING THE INTERNAL DIALOGUE
..then something in me turned off. I felt I was suspended . My ears seemed to un

plug and a myraid of noises in the chaparral became audible. I felt I was fallin
g asleep and then all at once something caught my attention... (continuation of
description of feelings...) I could see every individual bush as if I were looki
ng at them in a dark twilight. TOP,21.
He commanded me to empty myself of thoughts and stare at the surface of the mirr
or. He repeated over and over that the trick was not to think at all. FFW,106. h
e commanded me to turn off my internal dialogue and enter into inner silence. FF
W,309.
The Naugal said that it is a moment of blackness, a moment still more silent tha
n the moment of shutting off the internal dialogue. EG,143. ..whenever I silence
d my mind, a seemingly independent force immediately plunged me into a most deta
iled memory of some event in my life. TAOD, 150 My thoughts diminished in number
until my mind was perfectly blank. TOP,34.
HOW DO WE SHUT OFF OUR INTERNAL DIALOGUE?
WHEN YOU WILL TO STOP YOUR INTERNAL DIALOGUE YOU SET A NEW INTENT, A NEW COMMAND
.. THEN YOUR COMMAND BECOMES THE EAGLE'S COMMAND. WE MUST FIRST WILL IT,INTEND I
T TO HAPPEN
You willed to stop your internal dialogue and thus you set a new intent, a new c
ommand. Then your command became the Eagle's command. The internal dialogue stop
s in the same way it begins: by an act of will FFW, 150. The way to stop talking
to ourselves is to use exactly the same method: we must will it, we must intend
it. FFW,151. A warrior is aware of this (internal dialogue) and strives to stop
his talking. SR,218
THE WAY TO FORGET ABOUT YOUR SELF AND FREE YOUR ENERGY IS TO LEARN HOW TO FIX YO
UR ATTENTION....
...learning the warrior's way was an instance when the apprentice's attention ha
d to be trapped rather than deviated and that he had trapped my attention by pus
hing me out of my ordinary circumstances every time I had gone to see him... (ma
ybe a hint to the sorcerers' blow?) ..context disarrangement meant that I did no
t know the ropes and my attention had to be focused on everything DJ did...like
hikes and hunting, roaming around the desert and the mountains...TOP,233 Later o
n, when I had succeeded in controlling my attention and could work for hours at
a chore without distraction... EG,136. A hen remains still and listens to her eg
gs underneath her, directing all her attention to them. She listens and never le
ts her concentration waver. In this unbending manner she intends the chicks to h
atch. It's quiet listening that animals do naturally, but which human beings hav
e forgotten, and therefore must cultivate. Now, doze like a hen does and listen
with your inner ear while I talk. Concentrate on the warmth in your womb and don
't let your attention wander. Be aware of the sounds around you, but don't allow
your mind to follow them. TSC,173. By concentrating on your breathing, you can
make the solid body dissolve, but that only the soft, ethereal part is left....
he corrected himself, saying that it is not that the physical body dissolves, bu
t that by changing the fixation of our awareness we begin to realize that it was
never solid in the first place. This realization is the exact reversal of what
took place as we matured. As infants, we were totally aware of our double; as we
grew up, we learned to put increasingly more emphasis on the physical side and
less on our ethereal being. As adults we are completely unaware that our soft si
de exists. TSC,133. Once one knows that world all one needs to bring it about is
to use that extra ring of power... Genaro keep you busy turning over rocks in o
rder to distract your thoughts and allow your body to see. JTI,255
HOW DOES FIXING OUR ATTENTION MAKE US LOSE OUR SELF-REFLECTION?
WHEN WE USE OUR FULL ATTENTION OUR INTERNAL DIALOGUE STOPS AND OUR AWARENESS IS
REMOVED FROM OUR BODIES.
You fool it... you let your body feel as if it were sound asleep; you deliberate
ly quiet it by removing your awareness from it. When your body and mind are at r
est, your double wakes up and takes over. TSC,140...I let go of my physical body
and allowed my double to take over... If our awareness is tied to the double, w
e are not affected by the laws of the physical world; rather, we are governed by
ethereal forces. But as long as awareness is tied to the physical body, our mov
ements are limited by gravity and other constraints. TSC,137.
IF ATTENTION IS EXERCISED ENOUGH WE REACH THE SECOND ATTENTION...
.....The more it (attention) is exercised, the greater the possibility of gettin
g the desired result.(second attention) EG,139
WHAT ARE SOME WAYS TO HELP LOSE OUR SELF-IMPORTANCE?
GENERAL
ONE CAN DESTROY SELF-IMPORTANCE THREE WAYS
self-importance was a monster that had three thousand heads. One could face up t
o it and destroy it in any of three ways. The first way was to sever each head o
ne at a time; the second was to reach that mysterious state of being called the
place of no pity, which destroyed self-importance by slowly starving it; and the
third was to pay for the instantaneous annihilation of the three-thousand-heade
d monster with one's symbolic death. POS,252
TO GET RID OF SELF-IMPORTANCE WE MUST HAVE A GREAT STRATEGY

self-importance can't be fought with niceties...to get rid of the self-importanc
e that is rotten requires a masterpiece of strategy. FFW,29. warriors fight self
-importance as a matter of strategy, not principle. FFW,30
WE MUST WORK CEASELESSLY TO OVERCOME OUR SELF-IMPORTANCE
..egomania is a real tyrant.. we must work ceaselessly to dethrone it. POS,85
.....it is very difficult to make the self give up its strongholds except throug
h practice. TAOD,83 ....we both have to sweat blood before we let go of our self
-reflection. POS,175.. the difficulty is that the mirror of self-reflection is e
xtremely powerful and only lets its victims go after a ferocious struggle. POS,1
78..
START SLOWLY TO UNDO THE WORLD
A warrior is aware that the world will change as soon as he stops talking to him
self..and he must be prepared for that monumental jolt... the world is such-and-
such and so-and-so only because we tell ourselves that that is the way it is. if
we stop telling ourselves that the world is so-and-so, the world will stop bein
g so-and-so. At this moment I don't think you're ready for such a momentous blow
, therefore you must start slowly to undo the world. SR,219.
CONVINCE OUR PHYSICAL BODY TO GIVE UP ITS CONTROL
As we let go of our ideas of the physical body, little by little or all at once.
. awareness begins to shift to our soft side. In order to facilitate this shift,
our physical side must remain absolutely still' suspended as if it were in deep
sleep. The difficulty lies in convincing our physical body to cooperate, for it
rarely wants to give up its control. TSC,140
FEAR,AWE,POWER AND DEATH
I was in a perfect state for stopping the world...combined in that state were fe
ar,awe, power and death; he said that such a state would be pretty hard to repea
t JTI,104.
DURING THE MENSTRUAL PERIOD IT IS MORE DIFFICULT FOR A WOMAN TO FOCUS HER VIEW O
N THE WORLD AND THUS EASIER FOR IT TO COLLAPSE
Women have their own abyss. Women menstruate... that was the door for them. Duri
ng their period they become something else...no matter how well-made the disguis
e is, it falls away and women are bare. SRP,46....A female.. is always open beca
use most of the time she is not focusing her attention on anything. Especially d
uring her menstrual period.... during that time I could actually let my attentio
n go from the images of the world. If I don't focus my attention on the world th
e world collapses. SRP,216. ..When a women menstruates she cannot focus her atte
ntion. That's the crack the Nagual told me about. Instead of fighting to focus,
a woman should let go of the images, by gazing fixidly at distant hills, or by g
azing at water, like a river, or by gazing at the clouds. SRP,216.
during our menstrual periods dreaming becomes power. I get a little crazy for on
e thing. I become more daring... a crack opens in front of us during those days.
.two days before her period a woman can open that crack and step through it into
another world.... with her left hand she followed the contour of an invisible l
ine that seemed to run vertically in front of her at arm's length. During that t
ime a woman, if she wants to, can let go of the images of the world... That's th
e crack between the worlds .. it is right in front of all of us women. SRP,145
SEEING THE ORIGIN OF MAN HELPS FREE US FROM OUR SELF-CONCEPTIONS
an obligatory step in order to release all ties from my AP. FFW,277... to see it
on my own, unaided by anyone, was an important step, because all of us have cer
tain ideas that must be broken before we are free. FFW,279
HAVING A PRACTICAL TASK IS NEEDED TO STOP THE WORLD
In order to stop the view of the world which one has held since the cradle, it i
s not enough to just wish or make a resolution. One needs a practical task; that
practical task is called the right way of walking. It seems harmless and nonsen
sical. As everything else which has power in itself or by itself, the right way
of walking does not attract attention. TOP,229. ..there were two major activitie
s or techniques used to accelerate the stopping of the internal dialogue; erasin
g personal history and dreaming. TOP,231.
TECHNIQUE/METHODS FOR SHUTTING OFF THE INTERNAL DIALOGUE
NOT-DOINGS
WHAT ARE NOT-DOINGS?
WHEN YOU FOCUS ON FEATURES ON SOMETHING THAT WERE ORDINARILY OVERLOOKED (ANYTHIN
G THAT IS NOT IN OUR INVENTORY)
..a perceptual game of focusing attention on features of the world that were ord
inarily overlooked, such as the shadows of things...not-doing, like everything e
lse, is a very important technique but it was not the main issue.TOP,242. not-do
ing as an unfamiliar act which engages our total being by forcing it to become c
onscious of its luminous segment. EG,18 Not-doing is a term that comes to us fro
m our own sorcerery tradition... it refers to everything that is not included in
the inventory that was forced upon us.TSC,88
WHAT HAPPENS WHEN WE NOT-DO?
THE SECOND ATTENTION WAS BROUGHT INTO ACTION OR WAS HARNESSED, THROUGH EXERCISES
OF NON-DOING.
The second attention was brought into action or was harnessed, through exercises
of non-doing. EG,135.
DOING IS ENGAGING ANY ITEM OF OUR FORCED INVENTORY, NOT-DOING IS ANYTHING THAT I
S NOT PART OF OUT INVENTORY
When we engage any item of our forced inventory we are doing; anything that is n
ot part of that inventory is not-doing. TSC,88. Not-doing... the dissonant eleme
nt (see stopping the world) or the opposite of doing. 'Doing' was anything part
of a whole for which we had a cognitive account..Not-doing was an element that d
id not belong to the charted whole. POS,172
DOING IS THE PROBLEM/TALKING

Doing is what makes a rock a rock and that bush a bush. Doing is what makes you
yourself and me myself...that's the problem with talking..it always confuses the
issues. if one starts talking about doing, one always ends up talking about som
ething else. it is better to just act. To look at it is doing but to see it is n
ot-doing. JTI,188 That rock is a rock because of all the things you know how to
do to it...I call that doing. A man of knowledge... knows that the rock is a roc
k only because of doing, so if he doesn't want the rock to be a rock all he has
to do is not-doing. JTI,189. The world is the world because you know the doing i
nvolved in making it so.. if you didn't know its doing, the world would be diffe
rent...without that certain doing there would be nothing familiar in the surroun
dings. JTI,189.
ANYTHING MAY BE USED AS A NOT-DOING, PROVIDING THAT IT FORCES THE ATTENTION TO R
EMAIN FIXED
.....anything may suffice as a not-doing to help dreaming, providing that it for
ces the attention to remain fixed. EG,137
NOT-DOING IS DIFFICULT TO DO
something that is very simple but very difficult to perform...there is no way to
talk about it, because it is the body that does it. not-doing is so difficult a
nd so powerful that you should not mention it..not until you have stopped the wo
rld; only then can you talk about it freely; if that's what you'd want to do. C,
JTI,188... Not-doing is very simple but very difficult..it is not a matter of un
derstanding but of mastering it. JTI,194.
ONE OF THE MOST DIFFICULT PART ABOUT THE WARRIOR'S WAY IS TO REALIZE THAT THE WO
RLD IS A FEELING.
The most difficult part about the warrior's way is to realize that the world is
a feeling.JTI,193
WHEN ONE IS NOT-DOING ONE IS FEELING THE WORLD AND ONE FEELS THE WORLD THROUGH I
TS LINES
When one is not-doing, one is feeling the world, and one feels the world through
its lines.(see lines of the world) DJ said that this was only an exercise, beca
use the lines formed by the hand were not durable enough to be of real value in
a practical situation. ...JTI,193
TALKING AS DOING/EXERCISE OF NOT-DOING TO FEEL THE LINES OF THE WORLD
Talking is doing for you, but talking is not appropriate and if you want to know
what I mean by not-doing you have to do a simple exercise. Since we are concern
ed with not-doing it doesn't matter whether you do the exercise now or ten years
from now. He made me lie down and took my right arm and bent it at my elbow. Th
en he turned my hand until the palm was facing the front; he curved my fingers s
o my hand looked as if I were holding a doorknob, and then he began to move my a
rm back and forth with a circular motion that resembled the act of pushing and p
ulling a lever attached to a wheel. DJ said that a warrior executed that movemen
t every time he wanted to push something out of his body, something like a disea
se or an unwelcoming feeling. The idea was to push and pull an imaginary opposin
g force until one felt a heavy object, a solid body, stopping the free movements
of the hand. In the case of the exercise, not-doing consisted in repeating it u
ntil one felt the heavy body with the hand, in spite of the fact that one could
never believe it was possible to feel it. I began moving my arm and in a short w
hile my hand became ice cold. I had begun to feel a sort of mushiness around my
hand. It was as if I were paddling through some heavy viscous liquid matter. JTI
,192. Not-doing is only for very strong warriors and you don't have the power to
deal with it yet. Now you will only trap horrendous things with your hand. So d
o it little by little, until your hand doesn't get cold any more. Whenever your
hand remains warm you can actually feel the lines of the world with it. JTI,193.
STOPPING THE WORLD BY NOT- DOING

Now in order to stop the world you must stop doing. JTI,189. in the case of this
little rock..the first thing which doing does to it is to shrink it to this siz
e. So the proper thing to do, which a warrior does if he wants to stop the world
is to enlarge a little rock, or any other thing, by not-doing. JTI,189,190 He p
laced the pebble on the boulder and then asked me to come closer and examine it.
He told me to look at the holes and depressions in the pebble and try to pick o
ut the minute detail in them. He said that if I could pick out the detail, the h
oles and depressions would disappear and I would understand what not-doing meant
. JTI,190. Doing makes you seperate the pebble from the larger boulder...if you
want to learn not-doing, lets say you have to join them. JTI,190.
A WARRIOR ALWAYS TRIES TO NOT-DO
A warrior always tries to affect the force of doing by changing it into not-doin
g. Doing would be to leave the pebble lying around because it is merely a small
rock. Not-doing would be to proceed with that pebble as if it were something far
beyond a mere rock. In this case, that pebble has soaked in you for a long time
and now it is you, and as such, you cannot leave it lying around but must bury
it. If you would have personal power, however, not-doing would be to change that
pebble into a power object. Your life is not tight enough to do that. if you wo
uld see, you would know that your heavy concern has changed that pebble into som
ething quite unappealing, therefore the best thing you can do is to dig a hole a
nd bury it and let the earth absorb its heaviness. JTI,191. Everything I have ta
ught you so far has been an aspect of not-doing.. a warrior applies not-doing to
everything in the world, and yet I can't tell you more about it than what I hav
e said today. You must let your own body discover the power and the feeling of n
ot-doing. JTI,199.
A WARRIOR DOES NOT CARE WHETHER OR NOT SOMETHING IS TRUE OR FALSE
To say no or yes to your question is doing. But since you are learning not-doing
I have to tell you that it really doesn't matter whether or not all this is tru
e. it is here that a warrior has a point of advantage over the average man. An a
verage man cares that things are either true or false, but a warrior doesn't. An
average man proceeds in a specific way with things he knows are true, and in a
different way with things he knows are not true. If things are said to be true,
he acts and believes in what he does. But if things are said to be untrue, he do
esn't care to act, or he doesn't believe in what he does. A warrior, on the othe
r hand, acts in both instances. if things are said to be true, he would act in o
rder to do doing. If things are said to be untrue, he still would act in order t
o do not-doing. JTI,191.
INDULGING IN FEELINGS FROM NOT-DOING, DON'T SUCCUMB TO IT
He added that it was a natural tendency for all of us to indulge ourselves when
feelings of that nature occurred (getting lost in a feeling), and that by indulg
ing myself in it I had almost turned not-doing into my familiar doing. he said t
hat what I should have done was to maintain the view without succumbing to it, b
ecause in a way doing was a manner of succumbing. JTI,197.
DOING AND NOT-DOING ARE LIES/DEATH IS THE ONLY REAL THING
It may hook you to another doing and then you may realize that both doings are l
ies,unreal and that to hinge yourself to either one is a waste of time, because
the only thing that is real is the being in you that is going to die. To arrive
at that being is the not-doing of the self. JTI,200.
EXAMPLES OF NOT-DOING
1. LOSING PERSONAL HISTORY
WHY DO WE NEED TO LOSE OUR PERSONAL HISTORY?

WE MUST LOSE OUR PERSONAL HISTORY BECAUSE IT IS AN ENCUMBERING FORCE
a warrior has to erase it.. it is an encumbering force. EG,269. DJ said that eve
rybody that knew me had an idea about me, and that I kept feeding the idea with
everything I did...you must renew your personal history by telling your parents,
your relatives, and your friends everything you do...JTI,12...
YOU MUST ERASE EVERYTHING AROUND YOU UNTIL NOTHING CAN BE TAKEN FOR GRANTED, UNT
IL NOTHING IS ANY LONGER FOR SURE, OR REAL.
...how can I know who I am when I am all of this...he said sweeping the surround
ings with a gesture of his head...little by little you must create a fog around
yourself..you must erase everything around you until nothing can be taken for gr
anted, until nothing is any longer for sure, or real. Your problem now is that y
ou're too real. Your endeavors are too real; your moods are too real. Don't take
things so for granted. You must begin to erase yourself. JTI,15.
NO PERSONAL HISTORY, THEN NO ONE IS DISILLUSIONED WITH YOUR ACTS
if you have no personal history, no explanations are needed; nobody is angry or
disillusioned with your acts. And above all no one pins you down with their thou
ghts. JTI,12...
IT'S MORE FUN NOT HAVING A PERSONAL HISTORY

....we only have two alternatives: we either take everything for sure and real,
or we don't. If we follow the first we end up bored to death with ourselves and
the world. If we follow the second and erase personal history, we create a fog a
round us, a very exciting and mysterious state in which nobody knows where the r
abbit will pop out, not even ourselves... when nothing is for sure we remain ale
rt, perennially on our toes...it is more exciting not to know which bush the rab
bit is hiding behind than to behave as though we know everything. JTI,17.
HOW DO YOU ERASE YOUR PERSONAL HISTORY?
THE NOT-DOING OF YOUR PERSONAL LIFE IS TO TELL ENDLESS STORIES, BUT NOT A SINGLE
ONE ABOUT YOUR REAL SELF. ONE FIRST HAVE THE DESIRE TO DROP IT..AND THEN ONE MU
ST PROCEED HARMONIOUSLY TO CHOP IT OFF, LITTLE BY LITTLE.
The not-doing of your personal life is to tell endless stories, but not a single
one about your real self. ...EG,269. When the Naugal trained you to keep your m
outh shut about your personal life, he intended to help you overcome your feelin
g of having done wrong to your family and friends who were counting on you one w
ay or another. After a lifetime struggle the male warrior ends up erasing himsel
f, but that struggle takes its toll on the man. he becomes secretive, forever on
guard on himself. EG,270..One day I found out that personal history was no long
er necessary for me and like drinking I dropped it...one first have the desire t
o drop it..and then one must proceed harmoniously to chop it off, little by litt
le. JTI,11. It is best to erase all personal history slowly...because that would
make us free from the encumbering thoughts of other people. JTI,14..Begin with
simple things, such as not revealing what you really do. Then you must leave eve
ryone who knows you well. This way you'll build up a fog around yourself....once
people know you, you are an affair taken for granted and from that moment on yo
u won't be able to break the tie of their thoughts. I personally like the ultima
te freedom of the unknown. No one knows me with steadfast certainty, the way peo
ple know you, for instance. JTI,15....I'm not concerned with truths or lies..lie
s are only lies if you have personal history...we mislead everybody anyway. JTI,
15,16...when one does not have personal history..nothing that one says can be ta
ken for a lie. Your trouble is that you have to explain everything to everybody,
compulsively, and at the same time you want to keep the freshness, the newness
of what you do. Well, since you can't be excited after explaining everything you
've done, you lie in order to keep on going. from now on..you must simply show p
eople whatever you care to show them, but without ever telling exactly how you'v
e done it. JTI,16
THE PRICE OF ERASING PERSONAL HISTORY IS SECRECY
secrecy is the price you pay for being important to society. The struggle is onl
y for men, because they resent erasing themselves and would find curious ways to
pop up somewhere, somehow. EG,270.
IS LOSING OUR PERSONAL HISTORY EASIER FOR MEN OR WOMEN?
LOSING PERSONAL HISTORY APPLIES ONLY TO MEN BECAUSE MEN HAVE SOLID HISTORY BEHIN
D THEM
That only applies to men. EG,269. Being a man means that you have a solid histor
y behind you. you have family, friends, acquantices, and every one has a definit
e idea of you. Being a man means that you're accountable. You cannot disappear t
hat easily. In order to erase yourself, you needed a lot of work....EG,269.
IT IS EASY FOR WOMEN TO ERASE THEIR HISTORY BECAUSE THEY HAVE NO SOLID HISTORY
Women are not accountable... a woman can easily disappear.. a woman can get marr
ied. A woman belongs to her husband. in a family with lots of children, the daug
hters arscarded very early. No one counts them and chances are that some will va
nish without a trace. Their disappearance is easily accepted. EG,269. A son feel
s guilty for disappearing. A daughter does not. EG,270. A woman doesn't have to
contend with that hardship. a woman isn't compelled to secrecy.. EG,270.
THREE TECHNIQUES TO BE USED ALONG WITH ERASING PERSONAL HISTORY: LOSING SELF-IMP
ORTANCE, ASSUMING RESPONSIBILITY, AND USING DEATH AS AN ADVISER.
to help erase personal history three other techniques were taught: They were: lo
sing self-importance, assuming responsibility, and using death as an adviser. Th
e idea was that, without the beneficial effect of those three techniques, erasin
g personal history would involve the apprentice in being shifty, evasive and unn
ecessarily dubious about himself and his actions. TOP,233.
2. CHANGING ROUTINES, RITUALS AND HABITS
ALL OF OUR ACTIONS AS NORMAL HUMANS ARE DOINGS
ALL HABITS ARE DOINGS
any habit was, in essence, a doing, and that a doing needed all its parts in ord
er to function. If some parts were missing, a doing was disassembled. By doing,
he meant any coherent and meaningful series of actions. in other words, a habit
needed all its component actions in order to be a live activity. SRP,200.
HOW DO WE ESTABLISH NEW ROUTINES?
SORCERERS PUT STRESS ON NEW ACTIONS, NEW HABITS TO FREE THE ASSEMBLAGE POINT
The spot where that point is located on the cocoon of all living creatures is no
t a permanent feature, but is established on that specific spot by habit. Hence
the tremendous stress the new seers put on new actions, on new practicalities. T
hey want desperately to arrive at new usages, new habits. FFW,136 ..the way to m
ove that point is to establish new habits, to will it to move. FFW,219
TO TURN NEW CONCEPTS INTO A VIABLE WAY OF LIFE WE MUST HAVE REPETITION.. THAT IS
THE WAY WE WERE SOCIALIZED TO FUNCTION IN THE DAILY WORLD
..turn his concepts into a viable way of life by a process of repetition...anyth
ing new in our lives must be repeated to us to the point of exhaustion before we
open ourselves to it. repetition was the way in which our progenitors socialize
d us to function in the daily world. TAOD, 33,34
HOW DO WE ESTABLISH REPETITION IN OUR DAILY WORLD?
USE RITUAL BEHAVIOR

The obsessive entanglement of the first attention in self-absorption or reason i
s a powerful binding force, and that ritual behavior because it is repetitive, f
orces the FA to free some energy from watching the inventory, as a consequence o
f which the AP loses its rigidity. FFW,138 The best way to make a hit on the sec
ond attention is through ritual acts, monotonous chanting, intricate repetitious
movements. EG,250.
RITUAL WORKS WELL TO TRAP OUR ATTENTION BUT DEMANDS A VERY HIGH PRICE. IT CAN CR
EATE MORBIDITY IN A SORCERER
ritual can trap our attention better than anything I can think of..but it also d
emands a very high price. That price is morbidity; and morbidity could have the
highest liens and mortgages on our awareness... POS,265
WHAT IS MORBIDITY?
MORBIDITY WAS THE ANTITHESIS OF THE SURGE OF ENERGY AWARENESS NEEDED TO REACH FR
EEDOM.
morbidity was the antithesis of the surge of energy awareness needed to reach fr
eedom. morbidity made sorcerers lose their way and become trapped in the intrica
te, dark byways of the unknown (reference to the inorganic's world)..strangeness
is not morbidity... POS,266.
MORBIDITY IS WHEN WE CREATE HUGE MONUMENTS TO OUR OBSESSION: CHURCHES ETC..

....ritual forced the average man to construct huge churches that were monuments
to self-importance....ritual also forced sorcerers to construct edifices of mor
bidity and obsession. POS,265.
DISRUPTING ROUTINES
REALIZING THE INSANITY OF ROUTINES
..he tried to scare me out my wits with the heaviness of his unexpected behavior
because I myself was driving him up the walls with the heaviness of my expected
behavior. he added that my routines were as insane as blowing his whistle...I d
on't do things out of routine. JTI,73 ..your spirit is trained to work with a si
gnal. JTI,74...
A WARRIOR DOESN'T HAVE ROUTINES
a hunter is not at all like the animals he is after, fixed by heavy routines and
predictable quirks; he is free, fluid, unpredictable. ....I am concerned with t
he things animals do; the places they eat; the place, the manner, the time they
sleep; where they nest, how they walk. These are the routines I am pointing out
to you so you can become aware of them in your own being. JTI,75....DJ said that
he had no routines. JTI,9
ACTING FOR THE HELL OF IT, WITHOUT EXPECTING REWARDS
together with the right way of walking..a teacher must teach his apprentice anot
her possibility, which is even more subtle: the possibility of acting without be
living, without expecting rewards- acting just for the hell of it . I wouldn't b
e exaggerating if I told you that the success of a teacher's enterprise depends
on how well and how harmoniously he guides his apprentice in this specific respe
ct. TOP,230
EXAMPLES OF ACTING FOR THE HELL OF IT
.....absurd chores such as arranging firewood in patterns, encircling his house
with an unbroken chain of concentric circles drawn in the dirt with my fingers,
sweeping debris from one place to another, and so forth...wearing a black cap, o
r tying my left shoe first, or fastening my belt from right to left......he had
planted in me the idea of acting without really expecting anything in return. TO
P,231
3. GAIT OF POWER
WHAT IS THE GAIT OF POWER?
A TECHNIQUE... CONSISTING OF RUNNING IN THE DARKNESS WITHOUT TRIPPING OR HURTING
ONESELF IN ANY WAY.
a technique... consisting of running in the darkness without tripping or hurting
oneself in any way. TOP,22
THE GAIT OF POWER ACTIVATES EMANATIONS INSIDE THE COCOON
...with the gait of power.. he could activate or make dormant the emanations ins
ide his cocoon in order to look young or old. FFW,272.
THE GAIT OF POWER IS TO LET ONE'S PERSONAL POWER FLOW OUT FREELY AND MERGE WITH
THE POWER OF THE NIGHT
the gait of power is for running at night... at night the world was different, a
nd that his ability to run in the darkness had nothing to do with his knowledge
of those hills. he said that the key to it was to let one's personal power flow
out freely, so it could merge with the power of the night, and that once that po
wer took over there was no chance for a slip-up. JTI,169
CONSCIOUSLY WALKING IN THE DARKNESS

last night, you weren't making a project out of walking (she could walk in the d
ark when she wasn't concentrating on it.).. you were determined to get to the ca
ve so your feet automatically took you there. This afternoon, you were conscious
ly trying to replicate last night's walking, but you failed miserably because yo
ur mind got in the way.. or perhaps you weren't listening to the voice of the sp
irit that could have guided you safely... by emptying your wherehouse, you are c
hanging your inventory. Now there is room for something new, such as walking in
the darkness. So, I thought that perhaps there might also be room for the voice
of the spirit. TSC,82.
Now that its dark, try walking without looking at the ground.. not as a consciou
s exercise, but as a sorcerery not-doing. TSC,88
not-doing at this particular moment would be for example to force myself to trus
t the spirit implicitly by letting go of my calculating mind. Don't just pretend
to trust while secretly harboring doubts... only when your positive and negativ
e forces are in perfect accord will you be capable of either feeling or seeing t
he opening in the energy around you or walking with your eyes closed and be assu
red of success. TSC,89.
WALKING THE ASSEMBLAGE POINT: HOW THE GAIT OF POWER WORKS
ONCE INNER SILENCE HAS BEEN ATTAINED.. THE SOUND OF THE MUFFLED STEPS INSTANTLY
CATCHES THE ALIGNMENT FORCE OF THE EMANATIONS INSIDE THE COCOON.. WHICH HAS BEEN
DISCONNECTED BY INNER SILENCE
walking the assemblage point..is once warriors have attained inner silence by st
opping their internal dialogue, the sound of the gait of power, more than the si
ght of it, is what traps their AP. The rhythm of the muffled steps instantly cat
ches the alignment force of the emanations inside the cocoon, which has been dis
connected by inner silence. FFW,153. That force hooks itself immediately to the
edges of the band..(man's band) FFW,154.
DESCRIPTION OF ENTERING A HA/SA STATE USING THE GAIT OF POWER
Description of entering a HA/SA state using the gait of power. FFW,149,150.
DOING THE GAIT OF POWER
HOW TO DO THE GAIT OF POWER
....he began to walk around the corridor, arching his back and lifting his thigh
s to his chest... it's called the gait of power.. he knows several gaits of powe
r. FFW,148...try to hear the movement of his thighs as they went up against his
chest every time he stepped. FFW,226...
DJ's trunk was bent slightly forward, but his spine was straight. His knees were
also slightly bent. He walked slowly in front of me so I could take notice that
he raised his knees almost to his chest every time he took a step...JTI,169...h
e insisted I should first curl my fingers against my palms streching out the thu
mb and index of each hand. JTI,170....if I did not focus on anything but kept sc
anning the ground right in front of me. JTI,171.The gait of power was similar to
finding a place to rest. Both entailed a sense of abandon, and a sense of trust
. JTI,171.....the gait of power required that one keep the eyes on the ground di
rectly in front, because even a glance to either side would produce an alteratio
n in the flow of movement. He explained that bending the trunk forward was neces
sary in order to lower the eyes, and the reason for lifting the knees up to the
chest was because the steps had to be very short and safe. he warned that I was
going to stumble a great deal at first but he assured me that with practice I co
uld run as swiftly and as safely as I could in the daytime. The degree of concen
tration needed to keep scanning the area directly in front had to be total. JTI,
171.
THE GAIT OF POWER IS DIFFICULT BECAUSE WE RELY ON SIGHT FOR EVERYTHING WE DO INS
TEAD OF LETTING POWER BE OUR GUIDE
...he said.. the darkness was encumbering only because I relied on my sight for
everything I did, not knowing that another way to move was to let power be the g
uide.JTI,170
4. GAZING
WHAT IS THE PURPOSE OF GAZING?
GAZING IS A WAY TO GET US TO ENGAGE OUR SECOND ATTENTION
Gazing was the way to trap our second attention... dreamers have to be gazers be
fore they can trap their second attention. SRP,257. The attention under the tabl
e is the key to everything sorcerers do..in order to reach that attention... the
y taught us dreaming and to teach us how to do dreaming, the Nagual taught us ga
zing. SRP,256.
THE OLD SORCERER'S COULD GET TO THEIR ENERGY BODIES BY SIMPLY GAZING AT OBJECTS
THEY LIKED.
..gazing was the old sorcerers' technique. They were able to get to their energy
bodies in the blink of an eye, simply by gazing at objects of their predilectio
n (what they liked) TAOD,124
THE OLD SEERS DEVELOPED COMPLEX TECHNIQUES OF GAZING IN ORDER TO DESCEND INTO TH
E DEPTHS OF THE INORGANIC WORLDS. FFW,120
The old seers developed complex techniques of gazing in order to descend into th
e depths of the inorganic worlds. FFW,120
IN EL GORDA'S OPINION GAZING IS ONE OF THE BEST WAYS TO REACH THE SECOND ATTENTI
ON BECAUSE IT STOPS THE WORLD
Once you can stop the world you are a gazer. And since the only way of stopping
the world is by trying, the Nagual made all of us gaze at dry leaves for years a
nd years. I think its the best way to reach our second attention. (El Gorda's op
inion) SRP,257.
THE DIFFICULTY IN GAZING IS TO LEARN TO QUIET DOWN THE THOUGHTS
The difficulty in gazing is to learn to quiet down the thoughts.... (leaf gazing
was used because leaves are easy to get) but anything else would do the same jo
b. SRP,257.
HE COMBINED GAZING AT DRY LEAVES AND LOOKING FOR OUR HANDS IN DREAMING. IT TOOK
ME ABOUT A YEAR TO FIND MY HANDS, AND FOUR YEARS TO STOP THE WORLD.
He combined gazing at dry leaves and looking for our hands in dreaming. It took
me about a year to find my hands, and four years to stop the world. SRP,258...
ONCE DREAMERS KNOW HOW TO STOP THE WORLD, THEY CAN GAZE AT OTHER THINGS; AND FIN
ALLY WHEN THE DREAMERS LOSE THEIR FORM ALTOGETHER, THEY CAN GAZE AT ANYTHING.
Once dreamers know how to stop the world, they can gaze at other things; and fin
ally when the dreamers lose their form altogether, they can gaze at anything. SR
P,258.
THERE SHOULD ALWAYS BE SOMEONE AROUND YOU WHEN YOU GAZE
... for this reason there should always be someone around when you gaze. We neve
r know about the quirks of our second attention. Since we have never used it, we
have to become familiar with it before we could venture into gazing alone. SRP,
257.
HOW LONG DO PEOPLE GAZE?
SOMETIMES FOR HOURS, SOMETIMES FOR DAYS
they used to sit... and stare in the distance with half-closed eyes for hours, s
ometimes for days. SRP,178. the Nagual used to make us sit by the door and gaze
at those little round hills on the other side of the valley..sometimes we used t
o sit there for days until the crack would open. SRP,217.
HOW DO YOU GAZE?
POSITION OF THE BODY WHILE GAZING
the position of the body was of great importance while one was gazing. one had t
o sit on the ground on a soft mat of leaves, or on a cushion made out of natural
fibers. (she came back with a small, thick, round cushion made out of the same
natural fibre used in making nets.) The back had to be propped up against a tree
, or a stump or a flat rock.(the Nagual had made me plant those thick poles so t
hey could use them to prop themselves.) The body had to be thoroughly relaxed. S
RP,263
HOW TO USE THE EYES WHILE GAZING
the eyes were never fixed on the object, in order to avoid tiring them. the gaze
consisted in scanning very slowly the object gazed at, going counterclockwise b
ut without moving the head. SRP,263
GAZE WITH YOUR EYES HALF-CLOSED AND BLINK THEM ALOT AND MOVE THEM FROM ONE THING
TO ANOTHER
If you gaze with your eyes open, you get dizzy and the eyes get tired, but if yo
u half-close them and blink alot and move them from mountain to mountain, or fro
m cloud to cloud, you can look for hours, or days if necessary. SRP,217.
USING FLUFFY, COTTON BAGS TO GAZE IN THE DARK TO ACQUIRE A HUE
She made them undress and crawl inside thick fluffy cotton bags, some poncholike
garments.. (she directed me to feel its fluffiness with my naked skin, especial
ly with the skin of my calves.) covered them from neck to toes. She ordered them
to sit back to back on a mat... and that their task was to gaze in the darkness
until it began to acquire a hue. After many sessions, they indeed began to see
colors in the darkness... EG,255.
DESCRIPTION OF GAZING AT TWO HILLS IN THE DISTANCE
she told me to keep my eyelids half closed and stare at the place where two enor
mous round hills converged.. that particular gazing consisted of four seperate a
ctions. The first one was to use the brim of my hat as a visor to shade off the
excessive glare from the sun and allow only a minimal amount of light to come to
my eyes; then to half-close my eyelids; the third step was to sustain the openi
ng of my eyelids in order to maintain a uniform flow of light; and the fourth st
ep was to distinguish the water canyon in the background through the mesh of lig
ht fibers on my eyelashes. SRP,264.
She made me sit on the hard-packed ground with my back against a thick pole abou
t one and a half feet high that looked like a tree stump which had been planted
in the ground almost against the wall of the house. There was a row of five such
poles planted about two feet apart. SRP,248. The sun was high on the horizon an
d I had to tilt my head back. I tipped my hat until I had blocked off most of th
e glare with the brim... as soon as I half closed my eyes, a bit of light appear
ed as if it were coming from the tip of my hat literally exploded on my eyelashe
s, which were acting as a fliter that created a web of light. I kept my eyelids
closed and played with the web of light for a moment... SRP,264. ( seeing a dark
spot in a canyon ex. of distance gazing).. SRP,265,265....also DJ activity of u
sing a cloth in front of canyon for perceptual changes.) SRP,265.
DESCRIPTION OF GAZING
..in one instant I was drawn into a vortex-like sensation, extremely like the vo
rtexes in my dreams...my dreaming attention was multisensorial..what had begun a
s gazing at the foilage of the mesquite tree had turned into a dream. TAOD,71,72
..On the subjective level, however, I believed I was dreaming because I employe
d dreaming techniques to perceive energy. TAOD,79 Description of gazing at the l
ava mountains. JTI,201
TYPES OF GAZING
GAZING AT LEAVES
Gazing at leaves fortifies the second attention. If you gaze at a pile of leaves
for hours, your thoughts get quiet. Without thoughts the attention of the tonal
wanes and suddenly your second attention hooks on to the leaves and the leaves
become second else. SRP,257 ..by staring at the foilage, I would accomplish a mi
nute displacement of my assemblage point. Then, by summoning my dreaming attenti
on through staring at individual leaves, I would actually fixate that minute dis
placement, and my cohesion would make me perceive in terms of the second attenti
on. TAOD,71
Once you have trapped your second attention with dry leaves, you do gazing and d
reaming to enlarge it. And that's all there is to gazing. SRP,258. The first thi
ng the Nagual did was to put a dry leaf on the ground and made me look at it for
hours. Everyday he brought a leaf and put it in front of me. At first I thought
that it was the same leaf that he saved from day to day, but then I noticed tha
t leaves are different. The Nagual said that when I realize that, we are not loo
king anymore but gazing. SRP,257. Then he put stacks of dry leaves in front of m
e. He told me to scramble them with my left hand and fell them as I gazed at the
m. A dreamer moves the leaves in spirals, gazes at them and then dreams of the d
esigns that the leaves make. Dreamers can consider themselves as having leaf gaz
ing when they dream the designs of the leaves first and then find those same des
igns the next day in their pile of dry leaves. SRP,257.
GAZING AT SMALL PLANTS
First we gazed at small plants... small plants are very dangerous. Their power i
s concentrated; they have a very intense light and they feel when dreamers are g
azing at them; they immediately move their light and shoot it at the gazer. Drea
mers have to choose one kind of plant to gaze at.SRP,258.
GAZING AT TREES
Next we gazed at trees. Dreamers also have a particular kind of tree to gaze at.
... both of us are eucalyptus gazers. SRP,258.
A GOOD TIME TO DO GAZING FOR TREE AND ROCKS: NOON WAS WHEN THEY WERE AT THEIR BE
ST
The time of the day was an important factor in tree and rock gazing. In the earl
y morning, trees and rocks were stiff and their light was faint. Around noon was
when they were at their best, and gazing at that time was done for borrowing th
eir light and power. In the late afternoon and early evening, trees and rocks we
re quiet and sad, especially trees... La Gorda said at that hour trees gave the
feeling that they were gazing back at the gazer. SRP,259,260.
description of gazing at leaves and rocks. EG,137
GAZING AT LIVING CREATURES
next we gazed at moving living creatures... small insects were by far the best s
ubject. Their mobility made them innocuous to the gazer, the opposite of plants
which drew their light directly from the earth. SRP,259
GAZING AT ROCKS
The next step was to gaze at rocks... rocks were very old and powerful and had a
specific light which was rather greenish in contrast with the white light of pl
ants and the yellowish light of mobile, living beings. Rocks did not open up eas
ily to gazers, but it was worthwhile for gazers to persist because rocks had spe
cial secrets concealed in their core, secrets that could aid sorcerers in their
dreaming.... when I gaze into the very core of a rock.. I always catch a whiff o
f a special scent proper to that rock. SRP,259.
GAZING AT RAIN AND FOG
A second series in the order of gazing was to gaze at cyclic phenomena: rain and
fog. She said that gazers can focus their second attention on the rain itself a
nd move with it, or focus it on the background and use the rain as a magnifying
glass of sorts to reveal hidden features, Places of power or places to be avoide
d are found by gazing through rain. Places of power are yellowish and places to
be avoided are green. SRP,260
..fog was unquestionably the most mysterious thing on earth for a gazer and that
it could be used in the same two ways that rain was used.... but it did not eas
ily yield to women.. the fog was used to uncover the ghosts of things that were
no longer there and that the true feat of fog gazers was to let their second att
ention go into whatever their gazing as revealing to them. SRP,260.
GAZING AT DISTANCE OR CLOUDS
..another series was distance and cloud gazing. In both, the effort of the gazer
s was to let their second attention go to the place they were gazing at. Thus, t
hey covered great distances or rode on clouds. in the case of cloud gazing, The
nagual never permitted them to gaze at thunderheads. he told them that they had
to be formless before they could attempt that feat, and that they could not only
ride on a thunderhead, but on a thunderbolt itself. SRP,261.
GAZING AT FIRE AND SMOKE
The last series was fire, smoke and shadow gazing. She said that for a gazer, fi
re is not bright but black, and so is smoke. SRP,262 (looking at the fire for an
ally)...I did not have to stare at the flames, that I should only watch in the
direction of the fire. SR,231...
GAZING AT SHADOWS
Shadows.. are brilliant and have colour and movement in them. SRP,262. During th
e day the shadows are the doors of not-doing..but at night since very little doi
ng prevails in the dark, everything is a shadow, including the allies. JTI,199 .
.had me gaze at the shadows of leaves and plants and trees and rocks. The shadow
s in the early morning don't tell much. The shadows rest at that time. So it's u
seless to gaze very early in the day. Around six in the morning the shadows wake
up, and they are best around five in the afternoon. Then they are fully awake.
SRP,268... The shadows tell me everything I want to know. They tell me things be
cause they have heat, or cold, or because they move, or because they have colors
. (I learned what they mean) in my dreaming. Dreamers must gaze in order to do d
reaming and then they must look for their dreams in their gazing. For example, T
he nagual made me gaze at the shadows of rocks, and then in my dreaming I found
out that those shadows had light, so I looked for the light in the shadows from
then on until I found it. Gazing and dreaming go together. It took me a lot of g
azing at shadows to get my dreaming of shadows going. And then it took me a lot
of dreaming and gazing to get the two together and really see in the shadows wha
t I was seeing in my dreaming. SRP,269. Description of shadow gazing. TOP,88, JT
I,180,181.
Shadows are like doors, the doors of not-doing. A man of knowledge, for example,
can tell the innermost feelings of men by watching their shadows. JTI,195.... y
ou may say that there is movement in them, or you may say that the lines of the
world are shown in them, or you may say that feelings come from them..to believe
that shadows are just shadows is doing...what makes them shadows is merely our
doing. JTI,196.
He marked a spot for me to stand on and told me to look at the shadows of the pe
aks. He said that I should watch them and cross my eyes in the same manner I ord
inarily crossed them when scanning the ground for a place to rest. He clarified
his directions by saying that when searching for a resting place one had to look
without focusing but in observing shadows one had to cross the eyes and yet kee
p a sharp image in focus. The idea was to let one shadow be superimposed on the
other by crossing the eyes. He explained that through that process one could asc
ertain a certain feeling which emanated from shadows. JTI,196
I noticed that the act of looking without converging the images gave the single
shadow I had formed an unbelievable depth and a sort of transparency. Then, for
an instant, i lost the notion that I was looking at a rock. I felt that I was ha
nding in a world, vast beyond anything I had ever conceived. JTI,197.
To see the movement of shadows means that you have obviously freed a huge portio
n of energy with your recapitulation. TSC,73.
To observe the boulder in order to know what the boulder is, is doing, but to ob
serve its shadow is not-doing. JTI,195. I had correctly used the shadow of the r
ocks as a door into not-doing. JTI,198.
GAZING AT STARS
There were two more things that were kept seperate, star and water gazing. Starg
azing was done by sorcerers who have lost their human form... SRP,262.
GAZING AT WATER
(water) especially running water, which was used by formless sorcerers to gather
their second attention and transport it to any place they needed to go. All of
us are terrified of water..a river gathers the second attention and takes it awa
y and there is no way of stopping. SRP,262. Description of watergazing experienc
e. TOP,87.. I was sound asleep; or perhaps I entered into a perceptual state for
which I had no parallel. the closest way of describing it would be to say that
I went to sleep and had a portentous dream. TOP,87. He told me not to gaze into
the water, but to focus my eyes on the surface and keep them fixed until the wat
er turned into a green fog. Look at the water in front of you..but don't let its
sound carry you anywhere. If you let the sound of the water carry you I may nev
er be able to find you and bring you back. SR,171 The foglike phenomenon was com
posed of tiny bubbles, round objects that came into my field of vision and moved
out of it with a floating quality. SR,172. DJ ordered me again to gaze only at
the water and not think at all. He said it was difficult to stare at the moving
water and that one had to keep on trying. Description of bubbles SR,163,164. He
said that anyone can perceive the green fog because it was like the guardian, so
mething that was unavoidably there, so there
was no great accomplishment in perceiving it. SR,168. At first the water had a b
right green halo, or fluorescence, which soon dissolved, leaving only a stream o
f ordinary water. TDJ,166
5. THE RIGHT WAY OF WALKING

WHAT IS THE RIGHT WAY OF WALKING?
THE RIGHT WAY OF WALKING IS THE MOST EFFECTIVE WAY TO STOP THE INTERNAL DIALOGUE
(the right way of walking) is the most effective way to stop your internal dialo
gue. TOP,230.
IT ALSO TRAINS YOUR ATTENTION
His method was effective on two counts. It allowed me to stop my internal dialog
ue after years of trying, and it trained my attention. By forcing me to concentr
ate on the peripheral view, DJ reinforced my capacity to concentrate for long pe
riods of time on one single activity. EG,135,136
WHY IS THE RIGHT WAY OF WALKING SO EFFECTIVE?
IT SATURATES THE TONAL WITH SO MUCH INFORMATION IT CANNOT MAINTAIN A WORLD AND T
HUS BECOMES SILENT
Walking in that specific manner saturates the tonal..it floods it. ..the attenti
on of the tonal has to be placed on its creations..it is the attention that crea
tes the order of the world in the first place; so, the tonal must be attentive t
o the elements of its world in order to maintain it, and must, above all, uphold
the view of the world as internal dialogue. TOP,230.
DESCRIPTION OF HOW TO DO THE TECHNIQUE
To teach me how to master it, he used to make me walk for miles with my eyes hel
d fixed and out of focus at a level just above the horizon so as to emphasize th
e periphereal view. EG,135,136. His recommendation had been to not look at anyth
ing directly but, by slightly crossing the eyes, to keep a peripheral view of ev
erything that presented itself to my eyes.... if one kept one's unfocused eyes a
t a point just above the horizon, it was possible to notice, at once, everything
in almost the 180 degree range in front of one's eyes. He assured me that that
exercise was the only way of shutting off the internal dialogue TOP,19. appropri
ate form of walking...I had to curl my fingers gently as I walked so I would kee
p my attention on the trail and the surroundings. He claimed that my ordinary wa
y of walking was debilitating and that one should never carry anything in the ha
nds. JTI,19...his idea was that by forcing the hands into a specific position on
e was capable of greater stamina and greater awareness. JTI,19.
The right way of walking was a subterfuge. The warrior, first by curling his fin
gers, drew attention to the arms; and then by looking, without focusing his eyes
, at any point directly in front of him on the arc that started at the tip of hi
s feet and ended above the horizon, he literally flooded his tonal with informat
ion. The tonal without its one-to-one relation with the elements of its descript
ion, was incapable of talking to itself and thus one became silent. TOP,230..the
position of the fingers did not matter at all, that the only consideration was
to draw attention to the arms by clasping the fingers in various unaccustomed wa
ys, and that the important thing was the manner in which the eyes by being kept
unfocused, detected an enormous number of features of the world without being cl
ear about them. He added that the eyes in that state were capable of picking out
details which were too fleeting for normal vision... TOP,230.
it was obvious to me that the effect DJ had been after in making them gaze was t
o teach them to stop the internal dialogue.La Gorda had expressed it as quieting
down the thoughts. DJ had taught me to do the very same thing, although he had
made me follow the opposite path; instead of teaching to focus my view, as gazer
s did, he taught me to open it, to flood my awareness by not focusing my sight o
n anything. I had to sort of feel with my eyes everything in the 180-degree rang
e in front of me, while I kept my eyes unfocused just above the line of the hori
zon. SRP,267.
I told DJ that I had practised the technique for years without noticing any chan
ge... one day I had just walked for about ten minutes without having said a sing
le word to myself. TOP,19
6. SOUNDS
USING SOUNDS TO STOP THE WORLD
I began the exercise of listening to the sounds of the world and kept at it for
two months.. it was excruciating at first to listen and not look, but even more
excruciating was not to talk to myself. By the end of the two months I was capab
le of shutting off my internal dialogue for short periods of time and I was capa
ble of paying attention to sounds.(check..1969, a little late to just start lear
ning how to shut off the internal dialogue) SR,220 ...First of all you must use
your ears to take some of the burden from your eyes. We have been using our eyes
to judge the world since the time we were born. We talk to others and to oursel
ves mainly about what we see. A warrior is aware of that and listens to the worl
d; he listens to the sounds of the world. SR,219....listening to the sounds of t
he world has to be done harmoniously and with great patience. SR,219.
USING SOUNDS TO FIND OUT THINGS
he said that the holes in the sounds were used by sorcerers to find out specific
things. A sorcerer's ally would reveal complicated affairs through the holes in
the sounds. SR,225,226. Everything is meaningful for a sorcerer. The sounds hav
e holes in them and so does everything around you. ordinarily a man does not hav
e the speed to catch the holes, and thus he goes through life without protection
. SR,226.
DARKNESS JOLTS OUR PERCEPTION BECAUSE THE EYES ARE SUBSIDIARY TO THE EARS
that perception suffers a profound jolt when we are placed in states of quietude
in darkness. Our hearing takes the lead then, and the signals from all the livi
ng and existing entities around us can be detected-not with our hearing only, bu
t with a combination of the auditory and visual senses, in that order... in dark
ness, especially while one is suspended, the eyes become subsidiary to the ears.
EG,236.
A FEW MORE OTHER TECHNIQUES OF NOT DOING..
WALKING BACKWARDS EG,137.
SITTING IN A WOODEN CRATE. EG,234,235
TO LIE ON THE GROUND LIKE CURLED-UP DOGS. EG,235.
LEATHER HARNESS
the leather harness is a superb device for curing maladies that are not physical
. The idea is that the higher a person is suspended and the longer that person i
s kept from touching the ground, dangling in midair, the better the possibilitie
s of a true cleansing effect. EG,184. it tunes the body. EG,262. Suspended in a
tree inside a tree inside a leather harness. EG,235,236.
STRINGING ROCKS
Description at CC's favorite place. JTI,147
TASK OF REMEMBERING
Purpose of remembering. EG,165,166
CHANGING DIRECTION OF LOOKING
description of. SRP,37.
WORTHY OPPONENT
description of. TOP,239
3. POWER PLANTS
WHAT IS THE PURPOSE OF HALLUCINOGENIC PLANTS?
IT MOVES THE ASSEMBLAGE POINT
..his urge to give me portions of hallucinogenic plants was but an effort..to sh
ake my assemblage point and allow it to have a minimal margin of fluidity. TAOD,
75....DJ said that he had used power plants at the beginning of my apprenticeshi
p in accordance with a recommendation of the new seers. They knew by experience
and by seeing that power plants shake the AP way out of its normal setting. The
effect of power plants on the AP is in principle very much like that of dreams;
dreams make it move; but power plants manage the shift on a greater and engulfin
g scale. A teacher then uses the diorienting effects of such a shift to reinforc
e the notion that the perception of the world is never final. FFW,286
You gathered your second attention with power plants... The nagual said that his
power plants gathered the menacing side of your second attention in one clump,
and that's the shape that came out of your head... that's what happens to sorcer
ers when they are given power plants. if they don't die, the power plants spin t
heir second attention into that awful shape that comes out of their heads. SRP,2
49. (the power plants helped CC) by stopping your view of the world. In this res
pect power plants have the same effect on the tonal as the right way of walking.
Both flood it with information and force the internal dialogue to come to a sto
p. the plants are excellent for that, but very costly. TOP,236. Those plants lea
d the apprentice directly to the nagual, and the ally is an aspect of it. TOP,23
7. the plants as being vehicles that would conduct or lead a man to certain impe
rsonal forces or powers and the states they produced as being the meetings that
a sorcerer had to have with those powers in order to gain control over them. SR,
6
Only the smoke can give you the necessary speed to catch a glimpse of that fleet
ing world. SR,9. You could also see it (the guardian) without it (little smoke).
There are scores of people who could do that. I prefer the smoke because it is
more effective and less dangerous to oneself. if you try to see the guardian wit
hout the aid of the smoke, chances are that you may delay in getting out of its
way. Your movements would have been too slow. To survive in that world you need
to be fast as lightning. SR,132.
Seeing is not so simple and only the smoke can give you the speed you need to ca
tch a glimpse of that fleeting world. It's rather a fleeting world that moves an
d changes. One may perhaps learn to apprehend that fleeting world by oneself, bu
t it won't do any good, because the body decay with stress. With the smoke , one
never suffers from exhaustion. The smoke gives the necessary speed to grasp the
fleeting movement of the world and at the same time it keeps the body and its s
trength intact. SR,112.
That's what the little smoke does. One can talk and not notice it; or one can mo
ve thousands of miles and not notice that either. That's also how one can go thr
ough things. The little smoke removes the body and one is free.. SR,124. You wer
e gazing at my face and saw it shining, but it was still my face. It just happen
s that the little smoke makes one gaze like that. Nothing to it. SR,159.
WHO ARE POWER PLANTS GIVEN TO?
POWER PLANTS ARE GIVEN ONLY TO EMPTY PEOPLE.

Power plants are given only to empty people. power plants were given to us becau
se the Nagual was putting a patch on our bodies. SRP,231. (CC asks DJ why he gav
e him power plants) ..because your dumb..you're rather slow..and there was no ot
her way to jolt you. There are other types of people, however , that do not seem
to need them. TOP,10.you're plugged up and only the smoke can help you. SR,111.
You could of used those four techniques to clean and reorder your island of the
tonal..they would've led you to the nagual...but not all of us are capable of r
eacting to simple recommendations. You and I for that matter, needed something e
lse to shake us; we needed those power plants. TOP,235
POWER PLANTS WERE USED ONLY BY SORCERERS WHO HAD MASTERED THEIR ART.
Power plants were used only by sorcerers who had mastered their art. Those plant
s were such a powerful affair that in order to be properly handled, the most imp
ecaable attention was needed on the part of the sorcerer. It took a lifetime to
train one's attention to the degree needed... complete people do not need power
plants...but they would use them to get a final and total boost (to get into the
other world) SRP,232...with his power plants you learned to go very far into th
at other world. SRP,281.
WHAT ARE THE DANGERS OF POWER PLANTS?
THE DRAWBACK IN TAKING POWER PLANTS HAD BEEN THE TOLL THEY TOOK ON MY PHYSICAL W
ELL-BEING AND THE IMPOSSIBILITY OF CONTROLLING THEIR EFFECT.
The drawback in taking power plants had been the toll they took on my physical w
ell-being and the impossibility of controlling their effect. The world they plun
ged me into was unamenable and chaotic. I lacked the control, the power,... to m
ake use of such a world. SRP,232. Power plants had made you lopsided; they had m
ade you cut through your attention of the tonal and had put you directly in the
realm of the second attention, but without any mystery over that attention. SRP,
250. They cause untold damage to the body. This is their drawback, especially wi
th the devil's weed. TOP,236.
DESCRIPTION OF DISASSOCIATION
I had told him many times before, that what made me think I was ill was a series
of disruptive sensorial experience that I had had as after effects of ingesting
hallucinogenic plants. I went through states of total space and time discordanc
e, very annoying lapses of mental concentration, actual visions or hallucination
s of places and people I would be staring at as if they really existed. I could
not help thinking that I was losing my mind. FFW,139.
DID DON JUAN NEED TO SMOKE THE POWER PLANTS?
HE HIMSELF (DJ) DID NOT NEED TO SMOKE ANYMORE.. (OR) THAT HE RARELY HAD TO SMOKE
He himself (DJ) did not need to smoke anymore.. (or) that he rarely had to smoke
. TDJ,131... because the smoke is my ally. I don't need to smoke anymore. I call
him any time, any place... I.. go to him freely. TDJ,131.
WHY DID DON JUAN USE ANTHROPOMORPHIC QUALITIES WHEN DESCRIBING THE PLANT?
A PRESCRIBED MEANS FOR DEVIATING THE APPRENTICE'S ATTENTION AWAY FROM THE REAL I
SSUE, WHICH WAS STOPPING THE INTERNAL DIALOGUE.
I brought up the fact that he had described and discussed those plants in terms
of anthropomorphic qualities. his references to them were always as if the plant
s had personalities. he replied that that was a prescribed means for deviating t
he apprentice's attention away from the real issue, which was stopping the inter
nal dialogue. TOP,237 they are the allies of the man of knowledge....my ally is
the little smoke but that doesn't mean that my ally is in the smoking mixture or
in the mushrooms or in my pipe. they all have to be put together to get me to t
he ally and that ally I call little smoke for reasons of my own SR,39 The ally i
s not in the smoke..the smoke takes you to where the ally is and when you become
one with the ally you don't ever have to smoke again. From then on you can summ
on your ally at will and make him do anything you want. SR,40.
THE POWER PLANTS ARE NOT AN ESSENTIAL FEATURE TO THE SORCERER'S KNOWLEDGE
It became evident to me that my original assumption about the role of psychotrop
ic plants was erroneous. They were not the essential feature of the sorcerers' d
escription of the world, but were only an aid to cement, so to speak, parts of t
he description which I had been incapable of perceiving otherwise. My insistence
on holding on to my standard version of reality rendered me almost deaf and bli
nd to DJ's aims. Therefore, it was simply my lack of sensitivity which had foste
red their use. JTI,xiii
THE POWER PLANTS CAN ONLY AID
Power plants are only an aid.. the real thing is when the body realizes that it
can see. Only then is one capable of knowing that the world world we look at eve
ry day is only a description. my intent has been to show you that. JTI,256.
DESCRIPTION AFTER INGESTING POWER PLANTS
Each of the peyote plants on the field shone with a bluish, scintillating light.
One plant had a cery bright light. TDJ,145.
I walked through the peyote field calling the name that mescalito had given me.
Something emerged from a strange, starlike light on a peyote plant. It was a lon
g shiny object- a stick of light the size of a man. For a moment it illuminated
the whole field with an intense yellowish or amber light; then it lit up the who
le sky above, creating a portentous, marvellous sight... everything was alive. E
verything had exquisite and intricate detail, and yet everything was so simple.
I was everywhere; I could see up and down and all around, all at the same time.
TDJ,146.
The peyote plant in front of me began to light up again, and before I could move
my eyes the long light entered again. it hovered over me. I sat up. The light t
ouched my whole body with quiet strength, and then rolled away out of sight. TDJ
,147.
TYPES OF POWER PLANTS
MESCALITO
WHAT IS IT?
MESCALITO IS NOT AN ALLY..IT IS ANOTHER KIND OF POWER. A UNIQUE POWER. A PROTECT
OR, A TEACHER
He advises. He answers whatever questions you ask. TDJ,45
Mescalito is not an ally..it is another kind of power. A unique power. A protect
or, a teacher... Mescalito can't be tamed (like an ally) it is outside oneself.
He chooses to show himself in many forms to whoever stands in front of him, rega
rdless of whether that person is a brujo or a farm boy. TDJ,53. Mescalito is a t
eacher, not a power to be used for personal reasons. TDJ,69. Mescalito is gentle
, like a baby. Of course he is terrifying, but once you get to know him, he is g
entle and kind... (he protects).. you can keep him with you at all times and he
will see that nothing bad happens to you. TDJ,88.. but that does not mean you ca
n make fun of him. because he is a kind protector he can also be a horror itself
with those he does not like. TDJ,89.
Mescalito is a protector because he is available to anyone who seeks him. Anyone
can partake of Mescalito. Not everybody likes Mescalito; yet they all seek him
with the idea of profiting without doing any work. Naturally their encounter is
always horrifying... when Mescalito accepts a man completely.. he appears to him
as a man, or as a light. When a man has won this kind of acceptance, Mescalito
is constant. He never changes after that... to arrive at that point..you have to
be a strong man, and your life has to be truthful. A truthful life is a life li
ved with deliberateness, a good, strong life. TDJ,104. He is just a protector an
d a teacher. He is a power. (he is not God)... Mescalito has nothing to do with
ourselves. He is outside us. Mescalito is not the same (form) for everybody. TDJ
,90. There are no common forms (for Mescalito.).. he appears in any form to thos
e who know him a little, but to those who know him well, he is always constant.
TDJ,91. He appears to them someimtes as a man, like us, or as a light. TDJ,91.So
ngs and naming Mescalito description. TDJ,103. He said that the smoke was an all
y was unique, and I reminded him that he had also said the Mescalito was unique.
He argued that each was unique, but the differed in quality.TDJ,138
He is like nothing you have ever seen. He is like a man, but at the same time he
is not at all like one. It is difficult to explain to people who know nothing a
bout him and want to know everything about him all at once. And then, his lesson
s are as mysterious as he is himself. No man, to my knowledge, can predict his a
cts. You ask him a question and he shows you the way, but he does not tell you a
bout it in the same manner you and I talk to each other. TDJ,149.
And because it was available without any training, Mescalito was said to be a pr
otector. To be a protector meant that it was accessible to anyone. TDJ,217.
At that moment I felt a great surge of wisdom engulfing me. A conjecture I had p
layed with for three years turned then into a certainty. It had taken me three y
ears to realize, or rather to find out, that whatever is contained in the cactus
Lophophora williamsii had nothing to do with me in order to exist as an entity;
it existed by itself out there, at large. I knew it then. TDJ,145.
WHAT IS ITS PURPOSE?
MESCALITO SHOWED HOW TO LIVE
Mescalito showed how to live... he has many ways of showing it.. sometimes he sh
ows it on his hand, or on the rocks, or the trees, or just in front of you... it
is a teaching in front of you..Mescalito talks to you but not in words..he talk
s differently to every man. TDJ,53. Mescalito takes you out of yourself to teach
you. TDJ,54 (he teaches)..by showing things and tells you what is what. TDJ,89
Mescalito is a protector because he talks to you and can guide your acts.. Mesca
lito teaches the right way to live. And you can see him because he is outside of
you. The smoke.. is an ally. It transforms you and gives you power without ever
showing its presence. You can't talk to it. But you know it exists because it t
akes your body away and makes you as light as air. Yet you never see it. But it
is there giving you power to accomplish unimaginable things, such as when it tak
es your body away. TDJ,138. DJ believed mescalito taught simplification of behav
ior. TDJ,217.
HOW DO YOU GET TO KNOW MESCALITO?
THERE WERE NO EXACT STEPS TO KNOWING MESCALITO; THEREFORE NO ONE COULD TEACH ABO
UT HIM EXCEPT MESCALITO HIMSELF.
there were no exact steps to knowing Mescalito; therefore no one could teach abo
ut him except Mescalito himself. This quality made him a unique power; he was no
t the same for every man.
TDJ,53. You have to be taught his ways as a child is taught how to walk .... unt
il he himself begins to make sense to you... and then you will understand by you
rself. You won't have to tell me anything any more. TDJ,89.
YOU CAN'T TALK ABOUT MESCALITO
The opinion of those who care to talk about him (Mescalito) is not worth much...
You will probably talk about him up to a certain point, and from then on you wi
ll never discuss him. TDJ,90.
HOW DO YOU KNOW MESCALITO ACCEPTS YOU?
HE HAD ACCEPTED ME BY SHOWING HIMSELF TO ME AS A LIGHT, TWICE.
..the protector had accepted me and had made sure I knew that he had accepted me
by showing himself to me as a light, twice. TDJ,149. You are on your own now..
the protector has accepted you. I will be of very little help from now on. You d
on't have to tell me anything more about your relationship with him. You know hi
s name now; and neither his name, nor his dealings with you, should ever be ment
ioned to a living being. TDJ,148.
WHAT WERE THE SONGS OF MESCILITO FOR?
THE SONGS (OF MESCALITO) PURPOSE WERE FOR CALLING THE PROTECTOR AND THAT I SHOUL
D ALWAYS USE THEM IN CONJUNCTION WITH HIS NAME TO CALL HIM
the songs (of Mescalito) purpose were for calling the protector and that I shoul
d always use them in conjunction with his name to call him. TDJ,148.
DEVIL'S WEED (JIMSON WEED)
WHAT IS IT?
SHE GIVES THEM A TASTE OF POWER TOO SOON WITHOUT FORTIFYING THEIR HEARTS AND MAK
ES THEM DOMINEERING AND UNPREDICTABLE.
the devil's weed was my benefactor's ally (Julian) TDJ,56
She distorts men. She gives them a taste of power too soon without fortifying th
eir hearts and makes them domineering and unpredictable. She makes them weak in
the middle of their great power. There is a way to overcome it, but not to avoid
it. Whoever becomes the weed's ally must pay that price. TDJ,56. Description of
the parts of the devil's weed and what they do.
TDJ,57 (1st and 2nd paragraphs) to tame the devil's weed into an ally is one of
the most difficult tasks I know. She never became one with me.. perhaps because
I was never fond of her. TDJ,57. The weed is only used for power.. The man who w
ants his vigour back, the young people who seek to endure fatigue and hunger, th
e man who wants to kill another man, a woman who wants to be in heat- they all d
esire power. TDJ,65. I don't like its power! There is no use for it anymore. In
other times, like those my benefactor told me about, there was reason to seek po
wer. men performed phenomenal deeds, were admired for their strength and feared
and respected for their knowledge. My benefactor told me stories of truly phenom
enal deeds, that were performed long, long ago. But now we, the Indians, do not
seek that power any more.... they do not seek its power, a power that acts like
a magnet, more potent and more dangerous to handle as the root goes deeper into
the ground. When one arrives to a depth of four yards- and they some people have
- one finds the seat of permanent power, power without end. Very few humans have
done this in the past and nobody has done it today. TDJ,67. The devil's weed ha
s never protected anyone. She serves only to give power. TDJ,88 The second porti
on of the devil's weed is used for seeing. With it a, a man can soar through the
air to see what is going on at any place he chooses. TDJ,105. The second portio
n of the devil's weed is used to fly. TDJ,127. As you learn more, and take it of
ten in order to fly, you will begin to see everything with great clarity. You ca
n soar through the air for hundreds of miles to see what is happening at any pla
ce you want, or to deliver a fatal blow to your enemies far away... she will tea
ch you unimaginable things...(for) every man is different. My benefactor never t
old me what he had learned. He told me how to proceed, but never what he saw. Th
at is only for oneself... (CC tells DJ everything) now...later you will not. TDJ
,127. the devil's weed is only one path to the secrets of a man of knowledge. Th
ere are other paths. But her trap is to make you believe that hers is the only w
ay. I say it is useless to waste your life on one path, especially if that path
has no heart. TDJ,158.
You like flattery, and the devil's weed flatters you. Like a woman, she makes yo
u feel good. The devil's weed also requires strength, but of a different kind. I
t is closer to being virile with women. The strength required by the smoke is st
rength of the heart. TDJ,160.
LITTLE SMOKE
WHAT IS IT?
THE SMOKE IS FOR THOSE WHO WANT TO WATCH AND SEE
the little smoke only tells me what to do. TDJ,69.. It's not the same for everyb
ody. many fear it and won't touch it or even get close to it. The smoke is like
everything else; it wasn't made for all of us... (it is) the smoke of diviners.
TDJ,70. the smoke is for those who want to watch and see. And in my opinion, the
smoke is peerless. Once a man enters into its field, every other power is at hi
s command. it's magnificent. of course it takes a lifetime. it takes years alone
to become aquainted with its two vital parts; the pipe and the smoke mixture. T
he pipe was given to me by my benefactor... TDJ,70. I like the little smoke as a
n ally because it doesn't demand much of me. SR,40. its effect are so dreadful t
hat only a strong man can stand the smallest puff. Everything is terrifying and
confusing at the outset, but every new puff makes things more precise. And sudde
nly the world opens up anew! Unimaginable! When this happens the smoke has becom
e one's ally and will resolve any question by allowing one to enter into inconce
ivable worlds. This is the smoke's greatest property, its greatest gift. And it
performs its function without hurting in the least. I call the smoke a true ally
! TDJ,70,71. The smoke will come. You will feel it. It will set you free to see
anything you want to see. Properly speaking, it is a matchless ally. But whoever
seeks it must have an intent and a will beyond reproach. He needs them because
he has to intend and will his return, or the smoke will not let him come back. S
econd, he must intend and will to remember whatever the smoke allowed him to see
, otherwise it will be nothing more than a piece of fog in his mind. TDJ,82. The
smoke teaches but not as Mescalito does. TDJ,139 it does not show the same thin
gs. It shows you how to handle its power, and to learn that you must take it as
many times as you can. TDJ,140. ..what I felt was its unimaginable power. And to
handle that power.. one has to live a strong life. The idea of a strong life no
t only [ertains to the preparation period, but also entails the attitude of the
man after the experience. He said the smoke is so strong one can match it only w
ith strength; otherwise, one's life would be shattered to bits. I asked him if t
he smoke had the same effect on everyone. He said it produced a transformation,
but not in everyone. TDJ,140. ..all that was needed with the smoke was the prope
r attitude. TDJ,141. the only secrets never to be revealed (about the smoke) wer
e how to make the mixture, how to move around, and how to return; other matters
concerning the subject were of no importance. TDJ,141. DJ told CC he had never s
een anyone smoking before. TDJ,140.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4. CLEANING OUR WAREHOUSE/TONAL
WHAT IS CLEANING YOUR WAREHOUSE?

CLEANING AND REORDERING THE ISLAND MEANS REGROUPING ALL ITS ELEMENTS ON THE SIDE
OF REASON
By now you must have realized that cleaning and reordering the island of the ton
al means regrouping all its elements on the side of reason. TOP,245
WHY DO WE HAVE TO CLEAN OUR WAREHOUSE?
THE SECOND ATTENTION WAS REACHED ONLY AFTER WE HAVE CLEANED OUR TONAL
That attention was reached only after warriors had swept the top of their tables
clean. SRP,256. The island of the tonal has to be swept clean and maintained cl
ean. That's the only alternative a warrior has. A clean island offers no resiste
nce; it is as if nothing were there...TOP,171. One of the sources of your baffle
ment and discomfort is that your tonal doesn't let go of your eyes. the day it d
oes, your nagual will have won a great battle. Your obsession or, better yet, ev
eryone's obsession is to arrange the world according to the tonal's rules; so ev
erytime we are confronted with the nagual, we go out of our way to make our eyes
stiff and intransigent. I must appeal to the part of your tonal which understan
ds this dilemma and you must make an effort to free your eyes. TOP,169 .All are
views that seem to be unchallengable; and as long as you three persist in using
them, your bubbles of perception have not been cleared and the sorcerers explana
tion will have no meaning. TOP,247 She stressed that unless this storehouse is c
leared out, there is no way for us to be what we really are. TSC,74. She explain
ed that by storing energy, we can dissolve our preconceptions about the world an
d the body, thus making room in our wherehouse for other possibilities. TSC,111
after the tonal shrinks, the warrior is closing the gate from the other. TOP,173
.
THE TONAL MUST TEMPER THE NAGUAL
the nagual by itself was of no use it had to be tempered by the tonal. They said
I had to leap willingly and be aware of my act....the sorcerers' secret in usin
g the nagual was in our perception, that leaping was simply an exercise in perce
ption, and that it would end only after I succeeded in perceiving, as a perfect
tonal, what was at the bottom of the ravine. TOP,251.
That's what a sorcerer needs before anything else, a strong,free tonal. The stro
nger it gets the less it clings to its doings, and the easier it is to shrink. T
OP,153.
THE MORE ITEMS YOU DISCARD THE MORE YOU MAKE ROOM FOR OTHER THINGS
It proves to me, just like when you saw the shadows moving, that you're freeing
your energy. You are beginning to empty your warehouse. the more items of your i
nventory you discard, the more you make room for other things. TSC,76.
HOW DO SORCERER'S CLEAN THEIR TONAL? (CALLED SHRINKING THE TONAL)
THE TEACHER TRIES TO GET THE APPRENTICE TO GROUP HIS VIEW OF THE WORLD ON ONE HA
LF OF OUR BUBBLE OF PERCEPTION (TONAL) AND THE BENEFACTOR OPENS THE BUBBLE ON TH
E SIDE THAT HAS BEEN CLEANED(NAGUAL) AND THE APPRENTICE CAN EXPERIENCE THE TOTAL
ITY OF THEMSELF
. The art of the teacher was to force his disciple to group his view of the worl
d on the right half of the bubble...the right half is the tonal. The teacher alw
ays addresses himself to that side and by presenting his apprentice..with the wa
rrior's way he forces him into reasonableness and sobriety, and strength of char
acter and body; and by presenting him..with unthinkable but real situations whic
h the apprentice cannot cope with, he forces him to realize that his reason, alt
hough it is a most wonderful affair, can only cover a small area. Once the warri
or is confronted with his incapacity to reason everything out, he will go out of
his way to bolster and defend his defeated reason, and to that effect he will r
ally everything he's got around it. The teacher sees to that by hammering him me
rcilessly until all of his view of the world is on one half of the bubble. The o
ther half of the bubble which has been cleared, can then be claimed by something
sorcerers call will. TOP,245,246
We can better explain this by saying that the task of the teacher is to wipe cle
an one half of the bubble and to reorder everything on the other half. The benef
actor's task then is to open the bubble on the side that has been cleaned. Once
the seal is broken, the warrior is never the same. He then has the command of hi
s totality. Half of the bubble is the ultimate center of reason, the tonal. The
other half is the ultimate center of will, the nagual. That is the order that sh
ould prevail; any other arrangement is nonsensial and petty, because it goes aga
inst our nature, it robs us of our magical heritage and reduces us to nothing. T
OP,246. The delicate manoeuvre of leading a luminous being into the totality of
himself requires that the teacher work from inside the bubble and the benefactor
from outside. TOP,245 The teacher's task is to rearrange the view, to prepare t
he luminous being for the time when the benefactor opens the bubble from the out
side...TOP,244. the job of a teacher, insofar as the apprentice's perception is
concerned, consists of reordering all the elements of the island on one half of
the bubble. ..the teacher reorders the view of the world. TOP,245 My task has be
en to disarrange your ordinary view, not to destroy it, but to force it to rally
on the side of reason. TOP,245
SORCERER'S DO NOT OBLITERATE ANYTHING FROM THE TONAL BUT ALTERS THE USE ASSIGNED
TO THOSE ELEMENTS
the sorcerers' world called for a drastic transformation, the sorcerers explanat
ion said that the island of the tonal was complete and not a single elment could
be removed. Change then, did not mean obliterating anything but altering the us
e assigned to those elements.. TOP,234. If you then change the facade of self-pi
ty, you would have shifted its place of prominence...one changes the facade by a
ltering the use of elements of the island..(this means that you can't get rid of
things on the island but since all things are equal you can change one for the
other..like replacing self-pity with death as what you think about when you star
t stressing.)..self-pity was useful to you because you either felt important imp
ortant and deserving of better conditions, better treatment, or because you were
unwilling to assume responsibility for the acts that brought you to the state t
hat elicited, or because you were incapable of bringing the idea of your impendi
ng death to witness your acts and advise you...TOP,234,235 Without using those f
our techniques you never could've succeeded in changing them..but changing facad
es means only that one has assigned a secondary place to a formerly important el
ement. Your self-pity is still a feature of your island; it will be there in the
back in the same way that the idea of your impending death, or your humbleness,
or your responsibility for your acts were there, without ever being used. TOP,2
35 in order for self-pity to work you had to feel important, irresponsible and i
mmortal. When those feelings were altered in some way, it was no longer possible
to feel sorry for yourself..the same was true with all the other elements which
you've changed on your island. TOP,235 there is no way to get rid of self-pity
for good; it has a definite place and character in your island, a definite facad
e which is recognizable. Thus every time the occasion arises, self-pity becomes
active. It has history. TOP,234,235 The only important matter is that the tonal
of a warrior must be acquainted with other alternatives. TOP,174..
ERASING PERSONAL HISTORY AND ITS THREE COMPANION TECHNIQUES ARE THE SORCERERS ME
ANS FOR CHANGING THE FACADE OF THE ELEMENTS OF THE ISLAND
....erasing personal history and its three companion techniques are the sorcerer
s means for changing the facade of the elements of the island..for instance, by
erasing personal history, you have denied use to self-pity; TOP,235
YOU MUST TALK TO THE TONAL TO GIVE UP CONTROL
IN THE BEGINNING, ONE HAS TO TALK TO THE TONAL. IT IS THE TONAL THAT HAS TO RELI
NQUISH CONTROL. BUT IT SHOULD BE MADE TO DO SO GLADLY.
In the beginning, one has to talk to the tonal. It is the tonal that has to reli
nquish control. But it should be made to do so gladly. For example, your tonal h
as relinquished some controls without much struggle, because it became clear to
it that, had it remained the way it was, the totality of you would be dead by no
w.In other words, the tonal is made to give up unnecessary things like self-impo
rtance and boredom. The whole trouble is that the tonal clings to those things w
hen it should be glad to rid itself of that crap. the task then is to convince t
he tonal to become free and fluid. TOP,153. The point is to convince the tonal t
hat there are other worlds that can pass in front of the same windows. the nagua
l showed you this morning. So let your eyes be free; let them be true windows.Th
e eyes can be the windows to peer into boredom or to peak into that infinity. TO
P,170
A SHOVE BY THE NAGUAL IS ONE TECHNIQUE TO SHRINK THE TONAL AND ENTER INTO THE NA
GUAL
A shove is then the technique for shrinking the tonal. One must shove at the pre
cise instant; for that, of course, one must know how to see... once the man has
been shoved and his tonal has been shrunk, his nagual, if it is already in motio
n, no matter how small this motion is, will take over and achieve extraordinary
deeds.....your nagual took over this morning and you ended up in the market. TOP
,154.
YOU MUST GET PERSPECTIVE ON YOUR TONAL, WATCH IT FROM A DISTANCE
..He told them that sorcerers were obligated to watch their tonals from a distan
ce in order to have a better grasp of what was really around them..... average m
en does not have the grasp that a sorcerer has because an average man is right o
n top of his table, holding on to every item on it. SRP,255..
IS CLEANING YOUR TONAL EASY?
THE TONAL WOULD RATHER KILL ITSELF THAN RELINQUISH CONTROL
What you were doing this morning was absurd. You call it explaining. I call it a
sterile and boring insistence of the tonal to have everything under its control
. Whenever it doesn't succeed, there is a moment of bafflement and then the tona
l opens itself to death...It would rather kill itself than relinquish control. A
nd yet there is very little we can do to change that condition...(to change)..TO
P,171.
IT TAKES A LONG TRAINING TO TEACH THE TONAL NOT TO GO CRAZY WHEN THE NAGUAL COME
S OUT
No one is capable of surviving a deliberate encounter with the nagual without a
long training. It takes years to prepare the tonal for such an encounter. Ordina
rily, if an average man comes face to face with the nagual the shock would be so
great that he would die. TOP,171.
WARRIORS KNOW WHEN TO SHRINK THE TONAL AND TO STOP IT
A grave issue for a warrior is to know exactly when to allow his tonal to shrink
and stop it. This is a great art. A warrior must struggle like a demon to shrin
k his tonal; and yet at the very moment the tonal shrinks, the warrior must reve
rse all that struggle to immediately halt that shrinking. TOP,173...
DANGERS OF HURTING OUR TONAL
ONE SHOULD GET TO THE NAGUAL WITHOUT MALIGNING THE TONAL AND ABOVE ALL WITHOUT I
NJURING ONE'S BODY.
...I know that what matters is not to learn a new description but to arrive at t
he totality of oneself. One should get to the nagual without maligning the tonal
and above all without injuring one's body. TOP,238
A SORCERER MUST TRY TO BREAK THE UNITY OF BEING ON THE TONAL WITHOUT ENDANGERING
HIS BEING
a sorcerer, however, has to break that unity, but without endangering his being.
A sorcerer's goal is to last..he doesn't take unnecessary risks, therefore he s
pends years sweeping his island until a moment when he could in a manner of spea
king, sneak off it. TOP,189
WHEN THE TONAL SHRINKS THE OPENING OF THE SECOND ATTENTION IS OPEN AND HE MIGHT
BE SWEPT AWAY BY A REAL WIND IF HE DOESN'T SHUT IT IMMEDIATELY
But when his tonal shrinks, he is on the windy side, and that opening must be sh
ut tight immediately, or he would be swept away. TOP,173. And this is not just a
way of talking. Beyond the gate of the tonal's eyes the wind rages. I mean a re
al wind. No metaphor. A wind that can blow one's life away. In fact, that is the
wind that blows all living things on this earth TOP,173.
YOU SHOULD NOT LET THE TONAL SHRINK ITSELF OUT OF THE PICTURE
...the problem here is not to let the tonal shrink itself out of the picture.TOP
,173...
TO MAKE YOUR TONAL FEEL SAFE IS ALWAYS THE TASK OF THE TEACHER
At this point your reason admits that the nagual is indescribable, not because t
he evidence has convinced it, but because it is safe to admit that. Your reason
is on safe ground, all the elements of the tonal are on its side... To make your
reason feel safe is always the task of the teacher... TOP,267
F.) THE THIRD ATTENTION

WHAT IS THE THIRD ATTENTION?
THE THIRD ATTENTION IS AN IMMEASURABLE CONSCIOUSNESS STATE

the third attention- an immensurable consciousness which engages undefinable asp
ects of the awareness of the physical and luminous bodies. EG,18
THE THIRD ATTENTION IS KEEPING THE AWARENESS WHICH IS USUALLY RELINQUISHED AT TH
E MOMENT OF DYING
that to cross over to freedom did not mean eternal life as eternity is commonly
understood- that is as living forever. What the rule stated was that one could k
eep the awareness which is ordinarily relinquished at the moment of dying...EG,1
78,179
A SOMERSAULT OF THOUGHT INTO THE INCONCEIVABLE WHICH IS THE ACT OF BREAKING OUR
PERCEPTUAL BARRIERS. IT IS THE MOMENT IN WHICH MAN'S PERCEPTION REACHES ITS LIMI
TS.
...a somersault of thought into the inconceivable which is the act of breaking o
ur perceptual barriers. It is the moment in which man's perception reaches its l
imits. POS,122
WHY CAN'T WE PERCEIVE IN THE THIRD ATTENTION?
BECAUSE OUR ASSEMBLAGE POINT CANNOT CLUSTER ANYTHING
The unknowable is an eternity where our AP has no way of clustering anything. (t
hat's why its unknowable) FFW,142.
THE UNKNOWABLE HAS NO ENERGIZING EFFECTS WHATSOEVER/IT IS COSTLY TO EXPERIENCE I
T
the unknowable has no energizing effects whatsoever. It is not within human reac
h; therefore it should not be intruded upon foolishly or even prudentlythe new s
eers realized that they had to be prepared to pay exorbitant prices for the fain
test contact with it. FFW,50...
THE THIRD AWARENESS IS MEANINGLESS TO OUR COMPARTMENTALIZED MINDS BUT THE FOCUS
WAS TO ACKNOWLEDGE THAT SUCH A STATE CAN EXIST
this kind of awareness (of the third attention) is meaningless to our compartmen
talized minds. Therefore the crux of the warrior's struggle was not so much to r
ealize that the crossing over stated in the rule meant crossing to the third att
ention, but rather to conceive that there exists such an awareness at all. EG,17
9.
WHAT HAPPENS TO US WHEN WE GO INTO THE THIRD ATTENTION?
THE GLOW OF AWARENESS KINDLES ALL OF THE EAGLE'S EMANATIONS INSIDE THE COCOON WH
ICH IS CALLED THE FIRE FROM WITHIN
Third attention is attained when the glow of awareness turns into the fire from
within; a glow that kindles not one band at a time but all the Eagle's emanation
s inside the man's cocoon. FFW,85..fire from within.. the job of realigning all
those emanations paves the way for the peculiar maneuver of lighting up all the
emanations inside the cocoon. FFW,202... Yet it is nothing (the glow from a stat
e of heightened awareness) in comparison to the glow produced by a state of tota
l awareness, which is seen as a burst of incandescence in the entire luminous eg
g. It is an explosion of light of such a magnitude that the boundaries of the sh
ell are diffused and the inside emanations extend themselves beyond anything ima
ginable. That is the moment when the fire from within consumes them. And in full
awareness they fuse themselves to the emanations at large, and glide into etern
ity. FFW,131,132
EVERY CELL BECOMES AWARE OF ITSELF AND WE BECOME AWARE OF THE TOTALITY OF OUR BO
DY
at the moment of crossing, one enters into the third attention, and the body in
its entirety is kindled with knowledge. Every cell at once becomes aware of itse
lf, and also aware of the totality of the body. EG,178,179....
G.) SEX/CHILDREN
WHAT IS THE PURPOSE OF SEX?
THE EAGLE'S COMMAND SAYS THAT SEX IS FOR BESTOWING THE GLOW OF AWARENESS.
the Eagle's command says that sex is for bestowing the glow of awareness. It is
the Eagle's command that sexual energy be used for creating life. Through sexual
energy, the eagle bestows awareness. So when sentient beings are engaged in sex
ual intercourse, the emanations inside their cocoons do their best to bestow awa
reness to the new sentient being they are creating... during the sexual act, the
emanations encased inside the cocoon of both partners undergo a profound agitat
ion, the culmination point of which is a merging, a fusing of two pieces of the
glow of awareness, one from each partner, that seperate from their cocoons.FFW,7
6.. Sexual intercourse is always a bestowal of awareness even though the bestowa
l may not be consolidated.. the emanations inside the cocoon of human beings don
't know of intercourse for fun. FFW,77
WHAT HAPPENS TO WOMEN AFTER SEX?
ENERGY WORMS INSIDE A WOMAN/DESCRIPTION
men leave specific energy lines inside the body of women. They are like luminous
tapeworms that move inside the womb, sipping up energy. they are put there... t
o ensure that a steady supply of energy ches the man who deposited them. Those l
ines of energy, established through sexual intercourse, collect and steal energy
from the female body to benefit the male who left them there. TSC,52,53 ...some
one (man) left his energy inside you and walked off with a ton of yours. Do you
want those men you had to continue feeding from your energy? Do you want those m
en to get stronger as you get stronger? Do you want to be their source of energy
for the rest of your life? No. I don't think you understand the importance of t
he sexual act or the scope of the recapitulation. TSC,51...
Women are reared to be easily seduced by men, without the slightest idea of the
consequences of sexual intercourse in terms of energy drainage it produces in th
em. TSC,54. It's bad enough that one man leaves energy lines inside a woman's bo
dy.. although that is necessary for having offspring and ensuring their survivia
l. But to have the energy lines of ten or twenty men inside her feeding off her
luminosity is more than anyone can bear. TSC,54
Now I know he was accurate in his assessments, because I can see the wormlike fi
laments in women's bodies for myself. TSC,53.
SHE CARRIES THE WORMS FOR SEVEN YEARS
A woman carries those luminous worms for seven years.. after which time they dis
appear or fade out. But the wretched part is that when the seven years are about
to be up, the whole army of worms, from the very first man a woman had to the v
ery last one, all become agitated at once so that the woman is driven to have se
xual intercourse again. then all the worms spring to life stronger than ever to
feed off the woman's luminous energy for another seven years. it really is a nev
er-ending cycle. if the woman is celibate..the worms die out.. if she can resist
having sex for seven years. But it's nearly impossible for a woman to remain ce
libate like that in our day and age, unless she becomes a nun, or has money to s
upport herself. TSC,54.
WOMEN SUPPORT THE SOCIAL ORDER/BIOLOGICAL IMPERATIVE
she explained that women, more so than men, are the true supporters of the socia
l order, and that to fulfill this role, they have been reared uniformly the worl
d over, to be at the service of men. it makes no difference whether they are bou
ght right off the slave block, or they are courted and loved.. Their fundamental
purpose and fate is still the same: to nourish, shelter and serve men. TSC,52.
The diabolical part of women's servile position is that it doesn't appear to be
merely a social prescription.. but a biological imperative. TSC,52. She explaine
d that every species has a biological imperative to perpetuate itself, and that
nature has provided tools in order to ensure that the merging of female and male
energies takes place in the most efficient way. She said that in the human real
m, although the primary function of sexual intercourse is procreation, it also h
as a secondary and covert function, which is to ensure a continual flow of energ
y from women to men. TSC,52....Nature's imperative is to perpetuate our species.
. in order to ensure that this continues to take place, women have to carry an e
xcessive burden at their basic level. And that means a flow of energy that taxes
women. TSC,53. Women are the foundation for perpetuating the human species... t
he bulk of the energy comes from them, not only to gestate, give birth and nouri
sh their offspring, but also for ensuring the male plays his part in this whole
process. Clara explained that ideally this process ensures that a woman feeds he
r man energetically through the filaments he left inside her body, so that the m
an becomes mysteriously dependent on her at an ethereal level. This is expressed
in the overt behavior of the man returning to the same woman again and again to
maintain his source of sustenance. TSC,53. That way..nature ensures that men, i
n addition to their immediate drive for sexual gratification, set up more perman
ent bonds with women. TSC,54 Not only is it a biological imperative that women h
ave sexual intercourse, but it is also a social mandate. TSC,55. She said that s
ince we are unable to see the flow of energy, we may be needlessly perpetuating
patterns of behavior or emotional interpretations associated with this unseen fl
ow of energy. For instance, for society to demand that women marry or at least o
ffer themselves to men is wrong, as it is wrong for women to feel unfulfilled un
less they have a man's semen inside them. It is true that a man's energy lines g
ive them purpose, make them fulfill their biological destinies: feeding men and
their offspring. But human beings are intelligent enough to demand of themselves
more than merely the fulfillment of the reproduction imperative: She said that,
for example, to evolve is an equal if not a greater imperative than to reproduc
e; and that, in this case, evolving entails the awakening of women to their true
role in the energetic scheme of reproduction. TSC,55.
WHAT HAPPENS WHEN WE HAVE A CHILD?
THE PARENTS' GLOW OF AWARENESS DIMINISHES AND THE CHILD'S INCREASES
Seers see that on having a child, the parents' glow of awareness diminishes and
the child's increases. In some supersensitive, frail parents, the glow of awaren
ess almost disappears. FFW,78
AS CHILDREN ENHANCE THEIR AWARENESS, A BIG DARK SPOT DEVELOPS IN THE LUMINOUS CO
COON OF THE PARENTS
As children enhance their awareness, a big dark spot develops in the luminous co
coon of the parents, on the very place from which th glow was taken away. It is
usually on the midsection of the cocoon. FFW,78 These energy fibers left in wome
n's wombs also become merged with the energy makeup of the offspring, should con
ception take place... It may be the rudiments of family ties, for the energy fro
m the father merges with that of the fetus, and enables the man to sense that th
e child is his own...TSC,54
WHAT HAPPENS TO YOUR LUMINOUS EGG WHEN YOU HAVE CHILDREN?
THE EGGS WILL DEVELOP BLACK SPOTS IN THEM WHICH ARE AREAS OF NO LUMINOSITY CALLE
D AN INCOMPLETE PERSON
..many of the luminous eggs had black spots on them, huge spots below the midsec
tion. Others did not. La Gorda had told me that reproduction affects the bodies
of both men and women by causing a hole to appear below the stomach, but the spo
ts on those luminous eggs did not seem like holes to me. They were areas with no
luminosity, but there was no depth to them. Those that had the black spots seem
ed to be mellow, tired; the crest of their egg shape was wilted, it looked opaqu
e in comparison with the rest of their glow. EG,45 Descriptions of...incomplete
person, patches in the luminosity and how it got there.. SRP,106,107,108 ..edges
taken from children. SRP,117,118
HOW DOES A BLACK SPOT DEVELOP IN THE EGG?
THE EMBRYO CONSUMES A FILAMENT LEAVING A HOLE
The embryo, in order to accomplish its growth, attaches itself to one of those n
urturing roots and thoroughly consumes it, leaving only a hole. EG,46
A COMPLETE PERSON IS ONE WHO HAS NEVER HAD CHILDREN
A complete person is one who has never had children. SRP,106. ..So a sorcerer wh
o is empty has to regain completeness. SRP,119,122. Being complete to be pushed
or pulled. SRP,139.
H.) DEATH
WHAT IS DEATH?
DEATH CAN ONLY BE TALKED ABOUT IN PERSONAL TERMS

death is nothing. Nothing! It is here yet it isn't here at all...I cannot tell y
ou what death is like. But perhaps I could tell you about your own death. I can'
t talk about death except in personal terms...I told you my son's life expanded
at the time of his personal death.. death whatever it is, made his life expand.
SR,195.
DEATH IS WHATEVER ONE WISHES IT TO BE/DEPENDS ON PERSONAL POWER
Death is not like a person. It is rather a presence. But one may also choose to
say it is nothing and yet it is everything. One will be right on every count. De
ath is whatever one wishes. it is the same for every warrior and yet it is not.
Death witnesses a warrior's last dance, but the manner in which a warrior sees h
is death is a personal matter. it could be anything- a bird, a light, a person,
a bush, a pebble, a piece of fog, or an unknown presence. JTI,156, 157 ..(CC ask
s if your culture determines how you see your death.) it doesn't matter how one
was brought up. What determines the way one does anything is personal power. A m
an is only the sum of his personal power and that sum determines how he lives an
d how he dies. JTI,157
WHERE DO WE FIND DEATH?
DEATH IS ALWAYS TO ONE'S LEFT
..death is the hunter and that it is always to one's left.JTI,35.
DEATH IS A BLACK SPOT RIGHT BEHIND THE LEFT SHOULDER
..that our death was a black spot right behind the left shoulder. POS, 34...I tu
rned and I thought I saw a flickering movement over the boulder. A chill ran thr
ough my body, the muscles of my abdomen contracted involuntarily and I experienc
ed a jolt, a spasm.. JTI,33 death is our eternal companion,,it is always to our
left, at an arm's length.... JTI,33
DEATH'S PRESCENCE IS MARKED AS A CHILL
and you felt its chill. It has always been watching you. it always will until th
e day it taps you. JTI,33. Your death gave you a little warning..it always comes
as a chill.
DYING
HOW DO YOU KNOW WHEN SOMEONE IS CLOSE TO DYING?
WHEN A DARK SPOT BECAME A MOVING SHADOW THE EXACT SAME SIZE AND SHAPE OF THE PER
SON IT BELONGED TO
..sorcerers knew when a person was close to dying because they could see the dar
k spot, which became a moving shadow the exact size and shape of the person to w
hom it belonged. POS,34
YOU DON'T FEEL PAIN IN A FIGHT FOR YOUR LIFE
death is only painful only when it happens in one's bed, in sickness. In a fight
for your life, you feel no pain. If you feel anything, it's exultation. POS,212
.
WHY DO WE DIE?
WE DIE WHEN WE CANNOT COMMAND OUR WILL ANY LONGER
It is his will which assembles a sorcerer.. but as his old age makes him feeble
his will wanes and a moment unavoidably comes when he is no longer capable of co
mmanding his will. He then has nothing with which to oppose the silent force of
his death, and his life becomes like the lives of all his fellow men, an expandi
ng fog moving beyond its limits. SR,198.
HOW DOES OUR COCOON BECOME WEAK?
IF THERE IS AN INVOLUNTARY SHIFT OF THE ASSEMBLAGE POINT THE ROLLING FORCE CRACK
S THE COCOON AND THE TUMBLER HITS THE CRACK CEASELESSLY
When the AP shifts involuntarily, the RF cracks the cocoon. FFW,245. The tumbler
hits us in the gap in the cocoon ceaselessly and this is where the cocoon crack
s. FFW,245.
IF THE SHIFT IS SMALL THEN THE COCOON REPAIRS ITSELF AND PEOPLE EXPERIENCE BLOTH
CHES OF COLOR AND CONTORTED SHAPES
If it is a minor shift of the AP, the crack is very small, the cocoon quickly re
pairs itself and people experience.. blotches of color and contorted shapes, whi
ch remain even if the eyes are closed. FFW,245
IF THE SHIFT IS BIG (WHEN USING POWER PLANTS OR DRUGS) THEN IT TAKES TIME FOR TH
E COCOON TO REPAIR ITSELF THESE PEOPLE EXPERIENCE NUMBNESS AND COLD AND HAVE DIF
FICULTY TALKING OR THINKING
If the shift is considerable, the crack also is extensive and it takes time for
the cocoon to repair itself, as in the case of warriors who purposely use power
plants to elicit that shift or people who take drugs and unwittingly do the same
. In these cases men feel numb and cold; they have difficulty talking or thinkin
g; it is as if they have been frozen from inside. FFW,245.
IF THE SHIFT IS DRASTIC BECAUSE OF TRAUMA OR DISEASE, THE ROLLING FORCE PRODUCES
A CRACK THE LENGTH OF THE COCOON AND THE COCOON COLLAPSES AND THE PERSON DIES
In cases in which the AP shifts drastically because of the effects of trauma or
of a mortal disease, the RF produces a crack the length of the cocoon; the cocoo
n collapses and curls in on itself, and the individual dies. FFW,245. As the tum
bler hits us over and over, death comes to us through the gap. FFW,245.When it f
inds weakness in the gap of a luminous being it automatically cracks it open and
makes it collapse. FFW,245.
HOW DOES THE ROLLING FORCE KILL US?
WHEN WE BECOME WEAK, THE TUMBLER FORCE TUMBLES THE CREATURE INTO THE BEAK OF THE
EAGLE TO BE DEVOURED
....Luminous organic beings meet the rolling force head on, until the day when t
he force proves to much for them and the creatures finally collapse. ..the tumbl
er then tumbles the creature into the beak of the Eagle to be devoured... FFW,24
3.
WHAT HAPPENS TO US WHEN WE DIE?
DEATH HAS TWO STAGES: THE FIRST IS A MEANINGLESS BLACKOUT STAGE, THE SECOND STAG
E IS WHEN DEATH DISSOLVES US INTO NOTHING
Death has two stages. The first is a blackout. it is a meaningless stage, very s
imilar to the first effect of mescalito, in which one experiences a lightness th
at makes one feel happy, complete, and that everything in the world is at ease.
But that is only a shallow state; it soon vanishes and one enters a new realm, a
realm of harshness and power. That second stage is the real encounter with Mesc
alito. Death is very much like this. ..it is the real stage where one meets with
death; it is a brief moment, after the first blackout, when we find that we are
somehow ourselves again. It is then that death smashes against us with quiet fu
ry and power until it dissolves our lives into nothing.... SR,196.
DESCRIPTION OF DEATH COMING AND SMASHING YOU TO EXPAND AND THE DISSOLVE YOU
If you'd look closer, you'd realize that it is a cloud that looks like a shiny w
horl. it would resemble, let's say, a face, right in the middle of the sky on fr
ont of you. As you watched it, you would see it moving backward until it was onl
y a brilliant point in the distance, and then you would notice that it began mov
ing toward you again; it would pick up speed and in a blink of an eye it would s
mash against the windshield of your car. You are strong. I'm sure it would take
death a couple of whams to get to you.... the face would enter inside you and th
en you'd know-it was the ally's face all the time, or it was me talking, or you
writing. Death was nothing all the time. Nothing. it was a little dot lost in th
e sheets of your notebook. And yet it would enter inside you with uncontrollable
force and would make you expand; it would make you flat and extend you over the
sky and the earth and beyond. And you would like a fog of tiny crystals moving,
moving away. SR,197
DEATH BEGINS TO ENTER US THROUGH OUR LUMINOUS GAP
Death enters through the belly..right through the gap of the will. That area is
the most important and sensitive part of man. It is the area of the will and als
o the area through which all of us die. SR,197,198
OUR LUMINOUS LAYERS BECOME SEPERATED PERMANENTLY BECAUSE OF JOLTS
We die because our layers become seperated.. jolts are always seperating them bu
t they get together again. Sometimes, though, the jolt is so great that the laye
rs get loose and can't get back together anymore. SRP,253. When human beings are
healthy they are like luminous eggs, but if they are injured they begin to peel
, like an onion. SRP,254. We can see death whirling around the man, setting its
hooks deeper and deeper into his luminous fibers. We can see the luminous string
s losing their tautness and vanishing one by one. TOP,113.
Jolts of any kind seperate those layers and can even cause human beings to die.
SRP,253
THE CENTER OF OUR LUMINOSITY (THE ATTENTION OF THE NAGUAL) IS ALWAYS PUSHING OUT
AND THAT'S WHAT LOOSENS THE LAYERS
Death pushes the layers aparts.... the center of our luminosity, which is the at
tention of the nagual, is always pushing out, and that's what loosens the layers
. So it's easy for death to come in between them and push them completely apart.
Sorcerer have to do their best to keep their own layers closed. SRP,254
WE DON'T REALIZE THAT WE HAVE THE SECOND ATTENTION UNTIL OUR DEATH.
Our second ring of power, the attention of the nagual remains hidden for the imm
ense majority of us, and only at the moment of our death is it revealed to us. S
RP,242
WE EXPERIENCE A JOLT WHEN WE REALIZE OUR TOTALITY AT DEATH
At those moments the tonal becomes aware of the totality of oneself. TOP,133 whe
n we die, we die with the totality of ourselves..if we're going to die with the
totality of ourselves, why not, then, live with that totality?. TOP,133. ...It i
s always a jolt because that awareness disrupts the lull. I call that awareness
the totality of the being that is going to die. The idea is that at the moment o
f death the other member of the true pair, the nagual, becomes fully operative a
nd awareness and memories and perceptions stored in our calves and thighs, in ou
r back and shoulders and neck, begin to expand and disintegrate. Like the beads
of an endless broken neckllace, they fall asunder without the binding force of l
ife. TOP,131. if we die without erasing our false dualism of body and mind, we d
ie an ordinary death. TSC,43
OUR ENERGY FROM ALL THE UNUSED EMANATIONS ARE RELEASED (FIRE FROM WITHIN)
at the moment of death is that all that energy is released at once.. living bein
gs at that moment become flooded by the most inconceivable force. It is not the
rolling force that has cracked their gaps, because that force never enters insid
e the cocoon; it only makes it collapse. What floods them is the force of all th
e emanations that are suddenly aligned after being dormant for a lifetime. There
is no outlet for such a giant force except to escape through the gap. FFW,273.
THE DOUBLE BECOMES FREE
and the light part, the double, becomes free TSC,43
THE DOUBLE IS FREE ONLY FOR AN INSTANT BECAUSE IT WAS NEVER PERFECTED/WE DIE AN
ORDINARY DEATH
But unfortunately, since the double was never perfected, it experiences freedom
for only an instant, before it is scattered into the universe. If we die without
erasing our false dualism of body and mind, we die an ordinary death. TSC,43 (A
nd here is the mystery of our being in a nutshell.. if you drive this concept th
rough all religions, mystical experiences and sages throughout time..there are n
o contradictions... every experience and every religion strives to have contact
with the double and because everyone's rational side interprets the double diffe
rently the experiences are different. 7/18/94)
WE EXPAND AT DEATH LIKE A FOG OF CRYSTALS
I shifted my eyes so I would see his personal life disintegrating, expanding unc
ontrollably beyond its limits, like a fog of crystals, because that is the way o
f life and death mix and expand. SR,90. at the moment of dying, all of our being
disintegrates under the attraction of that immense force. FFW,59
WE ENTER THE THIRD ATTENTION FOR AN INSTANT BUT ONLY TO PURIFY OUR AWARENESS FOR
THE EAGLE TO DEVOUR US.
There is nothing gorgeous or peaceful about death.. because the real terror begi
ns upon dying. With that incalculable force you felt in there, the Eagle will sq
ueeze out of you every flicker of awareness you have ever had. EG,243 ... upon d
ying our awareness also enters into the third attention; but only for an instant
, as a purging action, just before the Eagle devours it. EG,247. TOP,131. at the
moment of dying all human beings enter into the unknowable and some of them do
attain the third attention, but altogether too briefly and only to purify the fo
od for the Eagle. FFW,85 The seers saw that the awareness of sentient beings fli
es away at the moment of death and floats like a luminous cotton puff right into
the Eagle's beak to be consumed... FFW,55..
OUR PHYSICAL BODY IS RETURNED AND ABSORBED BY THE EARTH
At death, the heavier part, the body returns to earth to be absorbed by it, TSC,
43
C:\Documents and Settings\7\Desktop\carlos castaneda txt\CASTAZIP\index.html

Following The Eagle S Flight Understanding The Books of Carlos Castaneda

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Description:

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Following The Eagle S Flight Understanding The Books of Carlos Castaneda

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Part I. - The Nature of the Universe and Ourselves.

A.) THE UNIVERSE

Part I. - The Nature of the Universe and Ourselves

Part I. - The Nature of the Universe and Ourselves

Part I. - The Nature of the Universe and Ourselves

Part I. - The Nature of the Universe and Ourselves

Introduction: Following the Eagle's Flight - A Conceptual Guide to the Books of

DOES THE EAGLE REALLY LOOK LIKE AN EAGLE?

HOW IS THE EAGLE'S ENERGY DISPERSED THROUGHOUT THE UNIVERSE?

WHAT DOES THE ORGANIC BEING CLUSTER LOOK LIKE?

INTENT MANIFESTS ITSELF DIFFERENTLY IN DIFFERENT THINGS

WHAT IS THE VOICE OF THE SPIRIT?

THE CIRCULAR FORCE COMES IN RINGS, THREADLIKE LOOPS OF IRIDESCENCE

A.) THE UNIVERSE

HOW WOULD YOU DESCRIBE THE GREAT BANDS?

CAN INTENT COMMUNICATE WITH US?

ARE THEY REALLY CIRCLES?

WE ARE DEEPER THAN WE LOOK AND HAVE NO KNOWLEDGE OF IT

HOW DOES THIS BELIEF OF BEING DIVIDED HURT US?

C.) SELF-IMPORTANCE AND THE INTERNAL DIALOGUE

WHY DO WE ONLY PERCEIVE IN THE FIRST ATTENTION?

THE INVENTORY IS THE MIND

SELF-IMPORTANCE IS THE FORCE GENERATED BY MAN'S SELF-IMAGE, IT KEEPS THE ASSEMBL

WE ARE BORN WITH A LIMITED AMOUNT OF ENERGY

SELF-IMPORTANCE AND SELF-PITY ARE THE SAME THING

WHY DO PEOPLE THINK THE MOLD OF MAN IS GOD?

THERE ARE MANY KINDS OF SEERS

HOW DID SORCERY START?

WHEN DID THE TOLTECS EXIST?

WHAT SORCERY DID THEY DEVELOP?

WHAT WERE THE CHARACTERISTICS OF THE TOLTECS?

WHAT IS THE PHILOSOPHY AND CHARACTERISTICS OF THE NEW SEERS?

THEY DIDN'T WANT CONCRETE THINGS

B.) SORCERER'S WAY

HOW DOES SORCERY TEACH US TO REACH THIS ULTIMATE GOAL?

MOLDING OUR LIFE SITUATION SO THAT WE CAN GET SOME ENERGY

.When self-importance is curtailed, the energy it requires is no longer expended

HOW DOES SEEING COME ABOUT?

PERSONAL POWER IS SOMETHING THAT ONE ACQUIRES REGARDLESS OF ONE'S ORIGIN.

A HUNTER OF POWER WATCHES EVERYTHING... AND EVERYTHING TELLS HIM A SECRET

FLAWS IN THE WARRIOR'S WAY

B.) SORCERER'S WAY

HOW IS SORCERY TAUGHT?

ARE PEOPLE EVER BORN AS A WARRIOR?

WHEN THEIR CONTINUITY HAS BEEN SHATTERED

STALKERS ENTER STATES OF HEIGHTENED AWARENESS BY CONTROLLING THEIR OWN BEHAVIOR

WOMEN ARE MORE PROFICIENT AT DREAMING AND STALKING

3. TEACHERS FOR THE SORCERER'S WAY

SOME PEOPLE DON'T NEED A TEACHER

MOST OF US ARE UNWILLING TO ACCEPT THAT WE NEED SO LITTLE TO GET ON WITH IT

A NAGUAL GUIDES PEOPLE TO THE NAGUAL

C.) ENTERING THE SECOND ATTENTION

THE AP IS DISPLACED THROUGH INTENDING AND FIXATE THEM THROUGH INTENDING

WHEN DOES WILL COME OUT?

2. STOPPING THE WORLD

..then something in me turned off. I felt I was suspended . My ears seemed to un

TO GET RID OF SELF-IMPORTANCE WE MUST HAVE A GREAT STRATEGY

DOING IS THE PROBLEM/TALKING

STOPPING THE WORLD BY NOT- DOING

WHY DO WE NEED TO LOSE OUR PERSONAL HISTORY?

IT'S MORE FUN NOT HAVING A PERSONAL HISTORY

USE RITUAL BEHAVIOR